TW201247733A - Electronic device and polymer compound - Google Patents

Electronic device and polymer compound Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201247733A
TW201247733A TW101110520A TW101110520A TW201247733A TW 201247733 A TW201247733 A TW 201247733A TW 101110520 A TW101110520 A TW 101110520A TW 101110520 A TW101110520 A TW 101110520A TW 201247733 A TW201247733 A TW 201247733A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
substituent
formula
integer
represented
Prior art date
Application number
TW101110520A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Masanobu Tanaka
Rui Ishikawa
Ken Sakakibara
Arihiro Yashiro
Hideyuki Higashimura
Original Assignee
Sumitomo Chemical Co
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Sumitomo Chemical Co filed Critical Sumitomo Chemical Co
Publication of TW201247733A publication Critical patent/TW201247733A/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G61/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G61/02Macromolecular compounds containing only carbon atoms in the main chain of the macromolecule, e.g. polyxylylenes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G61/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G61/02Macromolecular compounds containing only carbon atoms in the main chain of the macromolecule, e.g. polyxylylenes
    • C08G61/10Macromolecular compounds containing only carbon atoms in the main chain of the macromolecule, e.g. polyxylylenes only aromatic carbon atoms, e.g. polyphenylenes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G61/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G61/12Macromolecular compounds containing atoms other than carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G61/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G61/12Macromolecular compounds containing atoms other than carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G61/122Macromolecular compounds containing atoms other than carbon in the main chain of the macromolecule derived from five- or six-membered heterocyclic compounds, other than imides
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/10Organic polymers or oligomers
    • H10K85/111Organic polymers or oligomers comprising aromatic, heteroaromatic, or aryl chains, e.g. polyaniline, polyphenylene or polyphenylene vinylene
    • H10K85/115Polyfluorene; Derivatives thereof
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/10Organic polymers or oligomers
    • H10K85/151Copolymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/30Monomer units or repeat units incorporating structural elements in the main chain
    • C08G2261/31Monomer units or repeat units incorporating structural elements in the main chain incorporating aromatic structural elements in the main chain
    • C08G2261/312Non-condensed aromatic systems, e.g. benzene
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/30Monomer units or repeat units incorporating structural elements in the main chain
    • C08G2261/31Monomer units or repeat units incorporating structural elements in the main chain incorporating aromatic structural elements in the main chain
    • C08G2261/314Condensed aromatic systems, e.g. perylene, anthracene or pyrene
    • C08G2261/3142Condensed aromatic systems, e.g. perylene, anthracene or pyrene fluorene-based, e.g. fluorene, indenofluorene, or spirobifluorene
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/30Monomer units or repeat units incorporating structural elements in the main chain
    • C08G2261/31Monomer units or repeat units incorporating structural elements in the main chain incorporating aromatic structural elements in the main chain
    • C08G2261/316Monomer units or repeat units incorporating structural elements in the main chain incorporating aromatic structural elements in the main chain bridged by heteroatoms, e.g. N, P, Si or B
    • C08G2261/3162Arylamines
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/30Monomer units or repeat units incorporating structural elements in the main chain
    • C08G2261/32Monomer units or repeat units incorporating structural elements in the main chain incorporating heteroaromatic structural elements in the main chain
    • C08G2261/324Monomer units or repeat units incorporating structural elements in the main chain incorporating heteroaromatic structural elements in the main chain condensed
    • C08G2261/3245Monomer units or repeat units incorporating structural elements in the main chain incorporating heteroaromatic structural elements in the main chain condensed containing nitrogen and oxygen as heteroatoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/40Polymerisation processes
    • C08G2261/41Organometallic coupling reactions
    • C08G2261/411Suzuki reactions
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/50Physical properties
    • C08G2261/51Charge transport
    • C08G2261/514Electron transport
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G2261/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carbon-to-carbon link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G2261/90Applications
    • C08G2261/95Use in organic luminescent diodes
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00Organic light-emitting devices
    • H10K50/10OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED]
    • H10K50/11OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED] characterised by the electroluminescent [EL] layers

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Electroluminescent Light Sources (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
  • Polyoxymethylene Polymers And Polymers With Carbon-To-Carbon Bonds (AREA)
  • Polymerisation Methods In General (AREA)
  • Polyurethanes Or Polyureas (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)

Abstract

This invention provides an electronic device to be an electroluminescent element for emitting light in a high illumination. Specifically, this invention provides an electronic device having layers as charge injection layers and/or charge transportation layers, wherein the above layers comprises polymer compounds having one or more structural units selected from the group consisting of a structural unit represented by formula (1) and a structural unit represented by formula (14). (wherein, R1 represents a given monovalent organic group, R2 represents a given monovalent organic group, m2 represents an integer of 1 to 3. When R2 exists in plural, they may be the same or different. The hydrogen atom exists in formula (1) may be substituted by substituents other than R1 and R2.) (wherein, R6 represents a given monovalent organic group, R7 represents a given monovalent organic group, m7 represents an integer of 0 to 3. When R7 exists in plural, they may be the same or different. The hydrogen atom exists in formula (14) may be substituted by substituents other than R6 and R7.)

Description

201247733 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明係關於電子裝置、及可用於該電子裝置中的高 分子化合物。 【先前技術】 為了提升特性,於電激發光元件的發光層與電極之間 插入各種層進行檢討。例如,已知一種電激發光元件,其 於發光層與電極之間具有由含有陽離子與具有2個雜原子 ® 之取代基的非共軛高分子化合物構成之層(專利文獻1)。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻] [專利文獻1]日本特表2003-530676號公報 【發明内容】 (發明欲解決之課題) 然而,上述電激發光元件的亮度仍不足夠。 φ 於此,本發明之目的係提供一種以高亮度發光的電激 發光元件構成之電子裝置。 (解決課題之手段) 本發明者等發現藉由以下電子裝置等可達成上述目 的,而完成本發明。 亦即,本發明係提供電子裝置等,其以含有具有選自 式(1)所示結構單元及式(14)所示結構單元而成群組之1 種以上的結構單元之高分子化合物之層作為電荷注入層及 /或電荷輸送層。式(1)所示結構單元及式(14)所示結構單 324119 6 (1) 201247733 元分別為二價結構單元201247733 VI. Description of the Invention: [Technical Field of the Invention] The present invention relates to an electronic device, and a high molecular compound usable in the electronic device. [Prior Art] In order to improve the characteristics, various layers are inserted between the light-emitting layer of the electroluminescence element and the electrode for review. For example, an electroluminescent device is known which has a layer composed of a non-conjugated polymer compound containing a cation and a substituent having two hetero atoms ® between the light-emitting layer and the electrode (Patent Document 1). [Prior Art] [Patent Document 1] [Patent Document 1] JP-A-2003-530676 [Disclosure] The problem to be solved by the invention However, the luminance of the above-described electroluminescent device is still insufficient. φ Here, an object of the present invention is to provide an electronic device comprising an electroluminescent element that emits light with high luminance. (Means for Solving the Problems) The inventors of the present invention have found that the above objects can be attained by the following electronic devices and the like, and the present invention has been completed. In other words, the present invention provides an electronic device or the like which comprises a polymer compound having one or more structural units selected from the group consisting of a structural unit represented by the formula (1) and a structural unit represented by the formula (14). The layer serves as a charge injection layer and/or a charge transport layer. The structural unit represented by the formula (1) and the structural unit represented by the formula (14) are 324119 6 (1) 201247733, respectively, are divalent structural units

(式(1)中,Rl表示式(2)或式(3)所示之基,R2表示式(4)所 不之基,m2表不1至3的整數,R2有複數個時,可為相同 或相異,式(1)中的氫原子可經Rl、RZ以外的取代基取代)。 -R3- { (Q1) η1-γι (M1) ai (zl) bi} (2) (i式(2)中,R3表示單鍵或可具有取代基之(1+m3)價有機基, Q1 表示 2 價有機基,γ» 表示_c〇2-、_s〇3-、_S(V、_p〇32_或 ^(R )3 ’M表不金屬陽離子或可具有取代基之銨陽離子, Ζ 表不 F、C1、Br-、r、〇H-、B(Ra)4-、RaS〇3-、Rac〇〇-、cl〇·、 ci〇2、ci〇3、ci〇4、scr、cm、S〇42·、nsor、p〇43-、 HP〇4、H2P〇4、BF4或PF6,ni表示〇以上的整數,al表示 1以上的整數,bl表示〇以上的整數。惟,al及bl係以 使式(2)所示之基㈣荷成為G的方式選擇,Ra表示可具有 取代基之碳料數1至3G的絲或可具有取代基之碳原子 數6至50的芳基,『表示可具有取代基之碳原子數}至別 的燒基或可具有取代基之碳原子數6至5〇的芳基,…表 γΐ以上的整數。惟,r3為單鍵時,ro3表示卜qi、y'mi、 ^ nl、ai、bl各有複數個時,可為相同或相異)。 (3) m 4 ~R4- { (Q2) η2-Υ2 (μ2) β2 (22} ^ 、 324119 7 201247733 (式(^中」R表示單鍵或可具有取代基之〇掄4)價有機 f,Q表不2價有機基,γ2表示碳陽離子、銨陽離子、鱗 陽離子、銃陽離子或鐄陽離子,M2表示Γ、Cl_、Br_、I-、 〇H、B(R )4、Rbs〇3·、RbC〇〇—、CIO-、Cl〇2-、C1(V、cior、 yCN、CN、N〇3、S〇42-、HSOr、PO43—、HP〇42-、Η2ΡΟΓ、BFr 或pf6-,z2表示金屬陽離子或可具有取代基之按陽離子, n2表示〇以上的整數,a2表示i以上的整數,b2表示〇(In the formula (1), R1 represents a group represented by the formula (2) or the formula (3), R2 represents a group not represented by the formula (4), m2 represents an integer of 1 to 3, and when a plurality of R2 are present, The same or different, the hydrogen atom in the formula (1) may be substituted with a substituent other than R1 or RZ). -R3- { (Q1) η1-γι (M1) ai (zl) bi} (2) In the formula (2), R3 represents a single bond or a (1+m3) valence organic group which may have a substituent, Q1 Represents a 2-valent organic group, γ» represents _c〇2-, _s〇3-, _S(V, _p〇32_ or ^(R)3 'M represents a metal cation or an ammonium cation which may have a substituent, Ζ Table F, C1, Br-, r, 〇H-, B(Ra)4-, RaS〇3-, Rac〇〇-, cl〇·, ci〇2, ci〇3, ci〇4, scr, Cm, S〇42·, nsor, p〇43-, HP〇4, H2P〇4, BF4 or PF6, ni represents an integer above 〇, al represents an integer of 1 or more, and bl represents an integer greater than 〇. And bl is selected such that the base (tetra) charge represented by the formula (2) is G, and Ra represents a filament having a carbon number of 1 to 3 G which may have a substituent or an aromatic group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. An aryl group having a carbon atom number of 6 to 5 Å, which may have a substituent, or an alkyl group having 6 to 5 Å, which may have a substituent, an integer of γ ΐ or more. However, when r 3 is a single bond, When ro3 indicates that there are multiple numbers of qi, y'mi, ^nl, ai, and bl, they may be the same or different. (3) m 4 ~R4- { (Q2) η2-Υ2 ( 2) β2 (22} ^, 324119 7 201247733 (wherein R represents a single bond or may have a substituent of 〇抡4) valence organic f, Q represents a bivalent organic group, and γ2 represents a carbocation, an ammonium cation , scaly cation, phosphonium cation or phosphonium cation, M2 represents hydrazine, Cl_, Br_, I-, 〇H, B(R)4, Rbs〇3·, RbC〇〇—, CIO-, Cl〇2-, C1 ( V, cior, yCN, CN, N〇3, S〇42-, HSOr, PO43-, HP〇42-, Η2ΡΟΓ, BFr or pf6-, z2 represents a metal cation or a cation which may have a substituent, and n2 represents 〇 The above integer, a2 represents an integer greater than i, and b2 represents 〇

:上的整數,,aUb2係以使式⑶所示之基的電荷成 =的方式選擇。Rb表示可具有取代基<碳原子數i至3〇 的燒基或可具有取代基之碳原子數6至5q的絲,^表 以上的整數。惟,Μ為單鍵時,m4表示卜Q2、y2、M2、 2、112、32、52各有複數個時,可為相 H { (Q3) “-YM m5 (4) 一 二⑷中,R5表示單鍵或可具有取代基之㈣ 表示2價有機基,f表示氰基μ⑸至⑽中任一 惟,U單鍵時,m5表示 可為相同或相異)。 有複數個時, 0〜(R,〇) a3 — R,,The upper integer, aUb2 is selected such that the charge of the group represented by the formula (3) becomes =. Rb represents an alkyl group which may have a substituent <a carbon atom number i to 3 Å or a carbon atom which may have a substituent of 6 to 5 q, and is an integer of the above. However, when Μ is a single bond, m4 indicates that when there are multiples of Q2, y2, M2, 2, 112, 32, and 52, it can be phase H { (Q3) "-YM m5 (4) one or two (4), R5 represents a single bond or may have a substituent (4) represents a divalent organic group, f represents a cyano group (5) to (10), and when U is a single bond, m5 represents the same or different). When there are plural, 0 ~(R,〇) a3 — R,,

(6) 5) (13) 201247733 -S- (R,s) a4-R,, (7) ~ C (=〇) — (R* ~C (=〇)) 一 C (=S) — (R* —C (=S))-N { (R,)a4R,,} 2 (1 〇)a4 ~~ C ( = 〇) 〇 — ( R,— C ( = 〇 ) 〇 ) —C ( = 〇) 〇— (R, 〇) a4__R,, 一NHC ( = 〇) — (R* NHC (=〇) —R, -R’ (8) (9) “一R,, (1 2) )a 4 — R,, (式(5)至(13)中,R’表示可具有取代基之2價烴基,R,, 表不氫原子、可具有取代基之丨價烴基、羧基、_磺酸基、 羥基、缒基、-NR。2、氰基或_C(==〇)NRe2,R,,,表示可具有 取代基之3價煙基,a3表示1以上的整數,a4表示〇以上 的整數,R°表不可具有取代基之碳原子數丨至3〇的烷基或 可具有取代基之碳原子數6至5〇的芳基,r,、r,,及R,,, 各有複數個時’可為相同或相異)。 R6 、(6) 5) (13) 201247733 -S- (R,s) a4-R,, (7) ~ C (=〇) — (R* ~C (=〇)) A C (=S) — ( R* —C (=S))-N { (R,)a4R,,} 2 (1 〇)a4 ~~ C ( = 〇) 〇—( R, — C ( = 〇) 〇) —C ( = 〇) 〇—(R, 〇) a4__R,, an NHC (= 〇) — (R* NHC (=〇) —R, -R' (8) (9) “一R,, (1 2) )a 4 — R,, (In the formulae (5) to (13), R' represents a divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, R, represents a hydrogen atom, may have a substituent of an indane hydrocarbon group, a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group A group, a hydroxyl group, a fluorenyl group, a —NR. 2, a cyano group or a _C(==〇)NRe2, R, , represents a trivalent smoky group which may have a substituent, a3 represents an integer of 1 or more, and a4 represents 〇 or more. The integer R, the R° table may not have an alkyl group having a carbon atom number of 3 to 3 Å or an aryl group having 6 to 5 Å carbon atoms which may have a substituent, r, r, and R, When there are multiples, 'can be the same or different.' R6,

(式(14)中,R6表示式(15)或式(16)所示之基,R7表示前述 式(4)所示之基,m7表示〇至3的整數,R7有複數個時,可 為相同或相異。式(14)中的氫原子可經R6、R7以外的取代 基取代)。 (15) -R8—{(Q1)nrV1(M1)a1(Z1)b1}m8 {(Q3)n3-Y3}m9 (式(15)中,R8表示取代(i+mg+m9)價有機基,y、q3、γΐ、 Υ、Μ、Ζ、nl、η3、al及bl表示與前述同義,m8及m9 ^24119 9 201247733 分別獨立表示1以上的整數,Q1、Q3、Y1、Y3、Μ1、Z1、nl、 η3、al及bl各有複數個時,可為相同或相異)。 —R9一{(Q2)n2-Y2(M2)a2(Z2)b2}m10 (叫 {(Q3)n3-Y3}m11 (式(16)中,R9 表示(1+mlO+mll)價有機基,Q2、Q3、Y2、Y3、 Μ2、Z2、n2、n3、a2及b2表示與前述同義,mlO及mil分 別獨立表示1以上的整數。Q2、Q3、Y2、Y3、Μ2、Z2、n2、n3、 φ a2及b2各有複數個時,可為相同或相異)。 (發明之效果) 本發明之電子裝置成為以高亮度發光之電激發光元 件。 【實施方式】 以下,詳細說明本發明。 <高分子化合物> 本發明高分子化合物係具有選自前述式(1)所示結構 # 單元及前述式(14)所示結構單元所成群組之1種以上的結 構單元之高分子化合物。 前述高分子化合物較佳係全部結構單元中具有15至 100莫耳%前述式(1)所示結構單元及/或前述式(14)所示 結構單元。 式(1)所示結構單元 式(1)中,R1表示式(2)或式(3)所示之基,從本發明高 分子化合物對電子電流的安定性之觀點,較佳係式(2)所示 之基。R2表示式(4)所示之基,m2表示1至3的整數。從本 324119 10 201247733 發明高分子化合物的合成的容易性之觀點,m2較佳係1。 前述式(1)所示結構單元可含有2種以上前述式(2)所 示之基’或亦可含有2種以上式(3)所示之基,可含有2種 以上前述式(4)所示結構單元。 前述式(1)中的氫原子可經、R2以外的取代基取代。 就該取代基’可例舉如烷基、烷氧基、烷硫基、芳基、 芳氧基、芳硫基、芳烷基、芳烷氧基、芳烷硫基、芳烯基、 • 芳炔基、胺基、取代胺基、矽基(silyl)、取代矽基、鹵原 子、醯基、醯氧基、亞胺殘基、醯胺基、醯亞胺基、1價 雜環基、羥基、取代羧基、氰基、硝基及交聯基等,前述 取代基存在複數個時,該等可為相同或相異。 以下’說明取代基。再者,「Cm至Cii」(m、η係滿足m <η的正整數)之用語表示與該用語一起記載的有機基的碳 原子數為m至η個。例如,Cm至Cn烷基表示烷基的碳原子 數為m至η個,Cm至Cn烧芳基表示烧基的碳原子數為m至 0 η,芳基-(^至Cn烷基表示烷基的碳原子數為m至η個。再 者,下述用語亦用於前述取代基以外之基。又,可具有取 代基之預定基意指具有取代基之預定基或不具有取代基之 預定基。 烷基可為直鏈狀、分枝狀或環烷基。烷基的碳原子數 通常為1至20(環烷基時,通常為3至20),較佳係1至 10(環烷基時,3至10)。烷基可具有取代基,該取代基的 碳數不包含在上述碳數中。 就烷基而言,可例舉如甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、 324119 11 201247733 丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、環己 基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基等。前述烷基中的 氫原子可經氟原子取代。就該氟原子取代烧基而言,可例 舉如三氟甲基、五氟乙基、全象丁基、全氟己基、全氟辛 基等。再者,就Cl至Cl2烧基’可例舉如曱基、乙基、丙基、 異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、異 戊基、己基、環己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基。 • 烧氧基(亦稱為烧基氧基)可為直鏈狀或分枝狀,亦可 為環烧基氧基。烧氧基的碳原子數通常係1至2〇(環烧氧 基時’通常係3至20) ’較佳係1至ι0(環烷氧基時,較佳 係3至10)。烷氧基可具有取代基,該取代基的碳數不包 含在上述碳數中。 就烷氧基而言,可例舉如曱氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、 異丙氧基、丁氧基、異丁氧基、第二丁氧基、第三丁氧基、 戊氧基、己氧基、環己氧基、庚氧基、辛氧基、壬氧基、 _癸氧基、月桂基氧基等。前述烧氧基中的氮原子可經^ 子取代。就該氟原子取代烷氧基而言,可例舉如三氟曱氧 基、五氟乙氧基、全氟丁氧基、全氟己氧基、全氣辛氧基 等。又,該烷氧基包含曱氧基甲基氧基、2_甲氧基乙基氧 基。再者,就匕至C!2烷氧基而言,可例舉如甲氧基、乙氧 基、丙氧基、異丙氧基、丁氧基、異丁氧基、第二丁氧基、 第三丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基、環己氧基、庚氧基、辛氧 基、2-乙基己氧基、壬氧基、癸氧基、3, 7-二甲基辛氧基、 月桂基氧基。 324119 12 201247733 烧硫基可為直鏈狀或分枝狀,亦可為環烷硫基。燒硫 基的碳原子數通常係1至20(環烷硫基時,通常係 20),較佳係1至1〇(環烷硫基時,較佳係3至1〇)。俨碎 基可具有取代基,該取代基的碳數不包含在上述碳數中&7 就烷硫基而言’可例舉如曱硫基、乙硫基、丙硫其 異丙硫基、丁硫基、異丁硫基、第二丁硫基、第三丁硫美、 戊硫基、己硫基、環己硫基、庚硫基、辛硫基、壬硫基 癸硫基、月桂基硫基等。前述烷硫基中的氫原子可經氟原 子取代。就該氟原子取代烷硫基而言,可例舉如二 : 基等。 牛一 硫 芳基係從芳族烴去除1個與構成環(較佳係芳環)的碳 原子鍵結之氫原子後剩餘的原子團,具有苯環之美、具有 縮合環之基、選自含有獨立的苯環及縮合環之群^的2個 以上為單鍵或2價有機基,例如包含隔著伸乙烯基等伸烯 基而鍵結之基。芳基的碳原子數通常係6至6〇,較佳係6 • 至48。芳基可具有取代基,但該取代基的碳數不包含在上 述破數中。 就芳基而言,可例舉如苯基、匕至&烷氧基苯基、G 至C1Z烷基苯基、卜萘基、2_萘基、卜蒽基、2_蒽基、9一蒽 基等。前述芳基中的氫原子可經氟原子取代。就該氟原子 取代芳基而言,可例舉如五氟苯基等。芳基中,較佳係苯 基、Cl至Cl2烧氧基苯基、Cl至Cl2烧基苯基。 月’J述芳基中,就Cl至Cl2烧氧基苯基而言,可例舉如甲 氧基笨基、乙氧基苯基、丙氧基苯基、異丙氧基苯基、丁 324119 13 201247733 氧基苯基、異丁氧基苯基、第二丁氧基苯基、第三丁氧基 笨基、戊氧基苯基、己氧基笨基、環己氧基苯基、庚氧基 苯基、辛氧基苯基、2-乙基己氧基笨基、壬氧基苯基、癸 氧基笨基、3, 7-二曱基辛氧基笨基、月桂基氧基苯基等。 前述芳基中,就匕至Cu烷基苯基而言’可例舉如曱基 苯基、乙基苯基、二曱基苯基、丙基苯基、2, 4, 6-三甲苯 基(mesityl)、曱基乙基苯基、異丙基苯基、丁基苯基、異 0 丁基苯基、第三丁基苯基、戊基苯基、異戊基苯基、己基 ' 笨基、庚基苯基、辛基笨基、壬基苯基、癸基苯基、月桂 基苯基等。 芳氧基的碳原子數通常係6至60 ’較佳係6至48。芳 氧基可具有取代基’但該取代基的碳數不包含在上述碳數 中。 就芳氧基而言,可例舉如苯氧基、匕至Ci2烷氧基笨氧 基、Ci至Ci2烷基苯氧基、卜萘氧基、2_萘氧基、五氟笨氧 _基等。芳氧基巾,較佳絲氧基、Gi2⑨氧基苯氧基及 Cl至Cl2烷基苯氧基。 前述芳氧基中,就〇至L烷氧基苯氧基而言,可例舉 如:氧基苯氧基、乙氧基苯氧基、丙氧基苯氧基、異丙氧 ^笨氧基、丁氧基苯氧基、異丁氧基苯氧基、第二丁氧基 本基、第三丁氧基苯氧基、戊氧基苯氧基、己氧基苯氧 基、環己氧基苯氧基、庚氧基笨氧基、辛氧基苯氧基、2_ 乙基己氧基苯氧基、壬氧基苯氧基、癸氧基苯氧基、W一 一甲基辛氧基苯氧基、月桂基氧基笨氧基等。 324119 14 201247733 芳硫基係前述芳基與硫鍵結之基。芳硫基的碳原子數 通常係6至60’較佳係6至30。芳硫基中前述芳基的芳環 上可具有取代基,但該取代基的碳數不包含在上述碳數中。 就芳硫基而言,可例舉如苯硫基、匕至Cu烷氧基苯硫 基、Cl至Cl2烷基苯硫基、卜萘硫基、2-萘硫基、五氟苯硫 基等。 芳烷基係前述芳基與前述烷基鍵結之基。芳烷基的碳 原子數通常係7至60,較佳係7至30。芳烷基可具有取代 1 基,但§亥取代基的碳數不包含在上述碳數中。 就芳烷基而言,可例舉如苯基—匕至Ci2烷基、〇至L 烷氧基苯基-〇至c,2烷基、(^至L烷基苯基_Ci至Ci2烷基、 卜萘基-匕至clz烷基、2-萘基-匕至(:12烷基等。 芳烷氧基(亦稱為芳基烷氧基)係前述芳基與前述烷氧 基鍵結之基。芳烷氧基的碳原子數通常係7至6〇,較佳係 7至30。芳烷氧基可具有取代基,但該取代基的碳數不包 φ 含在上述碳數中。 就芳烷氧基而言,可例舉如苯基_Cl至Ci2烷氧基、Ci 至〇2烷氧基苯基-〇1至&烷氧基、〇至&烷基苯基_Ci至(In the formula (14), R6 represents a group represented by the formula (15) or the formula (16), R7 represents a group represented by the above formula (4), m7 represents an integer of 〇 to 3, and when a plurality of R7 are present, The same or different. The hydrogen atom in the formula (14) may be substituted by a substituent other than R6 or R7). (15) -R8—{(Q1)nrV1(M1)a1(Z1)b1}m8 {(Q3)n3-Y3}m9 (In the formula (15), R8 represents a substituted (i+mg+m9) valence organic group , y, q3, γΐ, Υ, Μ, Ζ, nl, η3, al, and bl are synonymous with the above, m8 and m9 ^24119 9 201247733 respectively represent integers of 1 or more, Q1, Q3, Y1, Y3, Μ1. When there are a plurality of Z1, nl, η3, a1, and bl, they may be the same or different. —R9—{(Q2)n2-Y2(M2)a2(Z2)b2}m10 (called {(Q3)n3-Y3}m11 (in the formula (16), R9 represents (1+mlO+mll) valence organic group , Q2, Q3, Y2, Y3, Μ2, Z2, n2, n3, a2, and b2 are synonymous with the above, and mlO and mil each independently represent an integer of 1 or more. Q2, Q3, Y2, Y3, Μ2, Z2, n2 When there are a plurality of n3 and φ a2 and b2, they may be the same or different. (Effect of the Invention) The electronic device of the present invention is an electroluminescence device that emits light with high luminance. [Embodiment] Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail. According to the present invention, the polymer compound of the present invention has one or more structural units selected from the group consisting of the structural # unit represented by the above formula (1) and the structural unit represented by the above formula (14). The polymer compound preferably has 15 to 100 mol% of the structural unit represented by the above formula (1) and/or the structural unit represented by the above formula (14) in all the structural units. In the structural unit formula (1), R1 represents a group represented by the formula (2) or the formula (3), and is preferably a viewpoint of stability of an electron current of the polymer compound of the present invention. (2) The group shown. R2 represents a group represented by the formula (4), and m2 represents an integer of 1 to 3. From the viewpoint of easiness of synthesis of the polymer compound of the invention of 324119 10 201247733, m2 is preferably 1. The structural unit represented by the above formula (1) may contain two or more groups represented by the above formula (2) or may contain two or more groups represented by the formula (3), and may contain two or more kinds of the above formula (4). The structural unit shown in the above formula (1) may be substituted with a substituent other than R2. The substituent ' may, for example, be an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, an aryl group or an aryloxy group. , arylthio, aralkyl, aralkyloxy, aralkylthio, aralkenyl, • arylalkynyl, amine, substituted amine, silyl, substituted fluorenyl, halogen, fluorenyl a decyloxy group, an imine residue, a decylamino group, a quinone imine group, a monovalent heterocyclic group, a hydroxyl group, a substituted carboxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a crosslinking group, etc., when a plurality of the substituents are present, The same may be the same or different. The following 'describes the substituent. Further, the term "Cm to Cii" (m, η is a positive integer satisfying m < η) means that together with the term The number of carbon atoms of the organic group carried is from m to n. For example, Cm to Cn alkyl means that the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is from m to n, and Cm to Cn is an aryl group, and the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is m to 0 η, aryl-(^ to Cn alkyl means that the alkyl group has from m to n carbon atoms. Further, the following terms are also used for the substituent other than the above substituent. Further, a predetermined group having a substituent may be used. It means a predetermined group having a substituent or a predetermined group having no substituent. The alkyl group may be a linear chain, a branched chain or a cycloalkyl group. The alkyl group has usually 1 to 20 carbon atoms (usually 3 to 20 in the case of a cycloalkyl group), preferably 1 to 10 (3 to 10 in the case of a cycloalkyl group). The alkyl group may have a substituent, and the carbon number of the substituent is not included in the above carbon number. As the alkyl group, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, 324119 11 201247733 butyl group, isobutyl group, second butyl group, tert-butyl group, pentyl group, hexyl group, cyclohexyl group can be exemplified. , heptyl, octyl, decyl, sulfhydryl, lauryl and the like. The hydrogen atom in the aforementioned alkyl group may be substituted with a fluorine atom. The fluorine atom-substituted alkyl group may, for example, be a trifluoromethyl group, a pentafluoroethyl group, a hologram group, a perfluorohexyl group or a perfluorooctyl group. Further, the Cl to Cl2 alkyl group may, for example, be a mercapto group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a second butyl group, a tert-butyl group, a pentyl group or an isopentyl group. , hexyl, cyclohexyl, heptyl, octyl, decyl, decyl, lauryl. • Alkoxy groups (also known as alkyloxy groups) may be linear or branched, or may be a cycloalkyloxy group. The number of carbon atoms of the alkoxy group is usually 1 to 2 Torr (generally 3 to 20 in the case of a ring-burning oxygen group), and preferably 1 to ι0 (preferably 3 to 10 in the case of a cycloalkoxy group). The alkoxy group may have a substituent, and the carbon number of the substituent is not included in the above carbon number. The alkoxy group may, for example, be an methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a butoxy group, an isobutoxy group, a second butoxy group, a third butoxy group or a pentyl group. An oxy group, a hexyloxy group, a cyclohexyloxy group, a heptyloxy group, an octyloxy group, a decyloxy group, a methoxy group, a lauryloxy group or the like. The nitrogen atom in the aforementioned alkoxy group may be substituted by a moiety. The fluorine atom-substituted alkoxy group may, for example, be a trifluoroantimonyloxy group, a pentafluoroethoxy group, a perfluorobutoxy group, a perfluorohexyloxy group or an all-gas octyloxy group. Further, the alkoxy group includes a decyloxymethyloxy group and a 2-methoxyethyloxy group. Further, as far as the C?2 alkoxy group is concerned, there may be mentioned, for example, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, an isopropoxy group, a butoxy group, an isobutoxy group or a second butoxy group. , third butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, heptyloxy, octyloxy, 2-ethylhexyloxy, decyloxy, decyloxy, 3,7-dimethyl Alkyloxy, lauryloxy. 324119 12 201247733 The sulfur-burning group may be linear or branched, or may be a cycloalkylthio group. The number of carbon atoms of the sulfur-burning group is usually from 1 to 20 (in the case of a cycloalkylthio group, usually 20), preferably from 1 to 1 Torr (preferably from 3 to 1 Å in the case of a cycloalkylthio group). The cleavage group may have a substituent, and the carbon number of the substituent is not included in the above carbon number & 7 in terms of the alkylthio group, 'exemplified by sulfonylthio group, ethylthio group, propylthio isopropylthio group Butylthio, isobutylthio, butyl sulphide, succinimide, pentylthio, hexylthio, cyclohexylthio, heptylthio, octylthio, sulfonylthiothio, Laurylthio group and the like. The hydrogen atom in the aforementioned alkylthio group may be substituted with a fluorine atom. The fluorine atom may be substituted with an alkylthio group, for example, a ruthenium group or the like. The bovine monothioaryl group is an atomic group remaining after removing one hydrogen atom bonded to a carbon atom constituting a ring (preferably an aromatic ring) from an aromatic hydrocarbon, and has a benzene ring, a condensed ring group, and is selected from the group consisting of Two or more of the groups of the independent benzene ring and the condensed ring are a single bond or a divalent organic group, and for example, a group bonded by an alkenyl group such as a vinyl group. The aryl group usually has 6 to 6 carbon atoms, preferably 6 to 48. The aryl group may have a substituent, but the carbon number of the substituent is not included in the above-mentioned number. The aryl group may, for example, be a phenyl group, a fluorene to an alkoxyphenyl group, a G to a C1Z alkylphenyl group, a naphthyl group, a 2-naphthyl group, a diphenyl group, a 2 fluorenyl group, a 9-fluorenyl group or the like. . The hydrogen atom in the aforementioned aryl group may be substituted with a fluorine atom. The fluorine atom-substituted aryl group may, for example, be a pentafluorophenyl group or the like. Among the aryl groups, preferred are phenyl group, Cl to Cl2 alkoxyphenyl group, and Cl to Cl2 alkylphenyl group. In the case of the aryl group of the formula, in the case of the Cl to Cl2 alkoxyphenyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxyphenyl group, a propoxyphenyl group, an isopropoxyphenyl group, or a butyl group can be exemplified. 324119 13 201247733 oxyphenyl, isobutoxyphenyl, second butoxyphenyl, tert-butoxy, pentyloxyphenyl, hexyloxyphenyl, cyclohexyloxyphenyl, Heptyloxyphenyl, octyloxyphenyl, 2-ethylhexyloxy, decyloxyphenyl, decyloxy, 3,7-didecyloxyoxy, lauryloxy Phenyl group and the like. In the above aryl group, as far as the Cu alkylphenyl group is concerned, ' can be exemplified by a nonylphenyl group, an ethylphenyl group, a dinonylphenyl group, a propylphenyl group, a 2,4,6-trimethylphenyl group. (mesityl), mercaptoethylphenyl, isopropylphenyl, butylphenyl, isobutylphenyl, tert-butylphenyl, pentylphenyl, isopentylphenyl, hexyl' stupid Base, heptylphenyl, octylphenyl, nonylphenyl, nonylphenyl, laurylphenyl and the like. The aryloxy group usually has 6 to 60' carbon atoms, preferably 6 to 48 carbon atoms. The aryloxy group may have a substituent ', but the carbon number of the substituent is not included in the above carbon number. The aryloxy group may, for example, be a phenoxy group, a hydrazine to a Ci2 alkoxyalkyloxy group, a Ci to a Ci2 alkylphenoxy group, a naphthyloxy group, a 2-naphthyloxy group or a pentafluoro oxy group. Base. An aryloxy towel, preferably a silkoxy group, a Gi29oxyphenoxy group, and a Cl to Cl2 alkylphenoxy group. In the above aryloxy group, the hydrazine to the L alkoxyphenoxy group may, for example, be an oxyphenoxy group, an ethoxyphenoxy group, a propoxyphenoxy group or a isopropyloxy group. , butoxyphenoxy, isobutoxyphenoxy, second butoxybenyl, tert-butoxyphenoxy, pentyloxyphenoxy, hexyloxyphenoxy, cyclohexyloxy Phenoxy, heptyloxy, octyloxyphenoxy, 2-ethylhexyloxyphenoxy, nonyloxyphenoxy, nonyloxyphenoxy, W-methyloctyloxy A phenoxy group, a lauryloxyoxy group, and the like. 324119 14 201247733 The arylthio group is the group of the aforementioned aryl group bonded to sulfur. The number of carbon atoms of the arylthio group is usually from 6 to 60', preferably from 6 to 30. In the arylthio group, the above aryl group may have a substituent on the aromatic ring, but the carbon number of the substituent is not included in the above carbon number. The arylthio group may, for example, be a phenylthio group, a fluorene to a Cu alkoxyphenylthio group, a Cl to a C 2 alkyl phenylthio group, a naphthylthio group, a 2-naphthylthio group or a pentafluorophenylthio group. Wait. The aralkyl group is a group in which the aforementioned aryl group is bonded to the aforementioned alkyl group. The aralkyl group usually has 7 to 60 carbon atoms, preferably 7 to 30 carbon atoms. The aralkyl group may have a substituted 1 group, but the carbon number of the § substituent is not included in the above carbon number. As the aralkyl group, for example, phenyl-hydrazine to Ci2 alkyl group, fluorene to L alkoxyphenyl-fluorene to c, 2 alkyl group, (^ to L alkylphenyl group - Ci to Ci2 alkane) a base, a naphthyl-anthracene to a clz alkyl group, a 2-naphthyl-anthracene to a (12 alkyl group, etc. an aralkyloxy group (also known as an arylalkoxy group) is a bond of the aforementioned aryl group to the aforementioned alkoxy group. The aralkyloxy group has usually 7 to 6 Å, preferably 7 to 30. The aralkyloxy group may have a substituent, but the carbon number of the substituent does not include φ in the above carbon number. As the aralkyloxy group, for example, phenyl_Cl to Ci2 alkoxy group, Ci to 〇2 alkoxyphenyl-〇1 to & alkoxy group, oxime to & alkylphenyl group can be exemplified. Ci to

Cu烷氧基、1-萘基-(^至&烷氧基、2_萘基气!至。烷氧 基等。 芳烷硫基係前述芳基與前述烷硫基鍵結之基。芳烷硫 基的碳原子數通常係7至60,較佳係7至30。芳烷硫基可 具有取代基,但該取代基的碳數不包含在上述碳數中。Cu alkoxy, 1-naphthyl-(^ to & alkoxy, 2-naphthyl gas to alkoxy, etc. The aralkylthio group is a group in which the aforementioned aryl group is bonded to the aforementioned alkylthio group. The number of carbon atoms of the aralkylthio group is usually from 7 to 60, preferably from 7 to 30. The aralkylthio group may have a substituent, but the carbon number of the substituent is not included in the above carbon number.

就芳烷硫基而言,可例舉如苯基_Cl至Ci2烷硫基、G 324119 15 201247733 至L烷氧基苯基—匕至Clz烷硫基、。至u烷基苯基_Ci至 c12烧硫基、卜萘基义至Ci2院硫基、2_萘基《至&烧硫 基等。 芳烯基係前述芳基與烯基鍵結之基。芳烯基的碳原子 數通常係8至60,較佳係8至30。芳烯基可具有取代基, 但該取代基的碳數不包含在上述碳數中。 就芳烯基而言,可例舉如苯基—匕至L烯基、G至。 φ烷氧基苯基—CdCl2婦基、^至C,2烧基笨基{至Ci2烯基、 1- 萘基-(:2至C1Z烯基、2-萘基-(:2至C!2烯基等,較佳係Ci 至C12烷氧基苯基-a至Clz烯基、G至。烷基笨基_Cz至“ 烯基。再者,就(:2至Clz烯基而言,可例舉如乙烯基、卜 丙烯基、2-丙烯基、卜丁烯基、2_丁烯基、卜戊烯基、2_ 戊烯基、卜己烯基、2-己烯基、1-辛稀基。 芳炔基係前述芳基與炔基鍵結之基。芳炔基的碳原子 數通常係8至60,較佳係8至30。芳炔基可具有取代基, 0 但該取代基的碳數不包含在上述碳數中。 就芳炔基而言,可例舉如苯基—匕至Ciz炔基、。至& 烷氧基苯基-C2至Cl2炔基、Cl至C!2烷基苯基-C2至c12炔基、 1萘基C2至Ci2炔基、2-萘基-C2至Ci2炔基等,較佳係g 至C1Z烷氧基苯基-C2至C,2炔基、(:,至C,2烷基苯基-c2至Cl2 炔基。再者,就(:2至Cu炔基,可例舉如乙炔基、卜丙炔基、 2- 丙炔基、卜丁炔基、2-丁炔基、丨-戊炔基、2_戊炔基、 1-己炔基、2-己炔基、1-辛炔基。 取代胺基係指胺基中之至少1個氫原子經選自含有烷 324119 16 201247733 基、芳基、芳烷基及1價雜環基之群的1或2個基而取代 之胺基。該烧基、芳基、芳烧基或丨價雜環基可具有取代 基,但該取代基的碳數不包含在取代胺基的碳數中。取代 胺基的碳原子數在不包含該烷基、芳基、芳烷基或丨價雜 環基可具有之取代基的碳原子數時通常係丨至6〇,較佳係 2 至 48。 就取代胺基而言,可例舉如甲基胺基、二甲基胺基、 φ 乙基胺基、二乙基胺基、丙基胺基、二丙基胺基、異丙基 胺基、二異丙基胺基、丁基胺基、異丁基胺基、第二丁基 胺基、第三丁基胺基、戊基胺基、己基胺基、環己基胺基、 庚基胺基、辛基胺基、2-乙基己基胺基、壬基胺基、癸基 胺基、3, 7-二曱基辛基胺基、月桂基胺基、環戊基胺基、 二環戊基胺基、環己基胺基、二環己基胺基、二-三氟曱基 胺基、笨基胺基、二苯基胺基、((^至Cl2烷氧基苯基)胺基、 二(匕至Ck烷氧基苯基)胺基、二(匕至匕2烷基苯基)胺基、 % 卜萘基胺基、2-萘基胺基、五氟苯基胺基、η比啶基胺基、 嗒哄基胺基、嘧啶基胺基、吼畊基胺基、三畊基胺基、(笨 基-Cl至Cl2烷基)胺基、(Cl至Cl2烷氧基苯基-Cl至Cl2烷基) 胺基、(匕至C1Z烷基苯基-(^至c12烷基)胺基、二(匕至c12 烷氧基苯基至Cu烷基)胺基、二(C!至C12烷基苯基 至Cl2烧基)胺基、1-萘基-Cl至Cl2烧基胺基、2-萘基-Cl至 Cl2烧基胺基等。 取代梦基係指石夕基中之至少1個氫原子經選自含有燒 基、芳基、芳烷基及1價雜環基之群的1至3個基而取代 324119 17 201247733 之石夕基。該貌基、芳基、芳烷基或1價雜環基可具有取代 基’但該取代基的碳數不包含在取代矽基的碳數中。取代 矽基的碳原子數在不包含該烷基、芳基、芳烷基或丨價雜 環基可具有之取代基的碳原子數時通常係丨至60,較佳係 3 至 48。 就取代矽基而言,可例舉如三甲基矽基、三乙基矽基、 二丙基矽基、三異丙基矽基、異丙基二曱基矽基、異丙基 φ 二乙基矽基、第三丁基二甲基矽基、戊基二甲基矽基、己 基二甲基矽基、庚基二甲基矽基、辛基二甲基矽基、2_乙 基己基二曱基矽基、壬基二曱基矽基、癸基二甲基矽基、 3, 7-二甲基辛基二甲基矽基、月桂基二甲基矽基、(苯基 至Cu烷基)矽基、((^至c!2烷氧基苯基_Cl至Ci2烷基)矽基、 (C!至C】2烷基苯基-c,至clz烷基)矽基、(卜萘基—Cl至Cl2 烷基)矽基、(2-萘基-Cl至C,2烷基)矽基、(苯基_Cl至Cl2 烷基)二甲基矽基、三苯基矽基、三(對_二曱苯基)矽基、 _二节絲基、二苯基甲基碎基、第三丁基二苯基碎基、二 曱基苯基石夕基等。 就齒原子而言,可例舉如氣原子、氣原子、漠原子及 蛾原子。 醯基(亦稱為烷基羰基)的碳原子數通常係2至2〇,較 佳係2至18。醯基可具有取代基,但該取代基的碳數 含在上述碳數中。 就醯基而言,可例舉如乙醯基、丙醯基、丁醯基、異 丁酿基、三甲基乙醯基(pival〇yi)、节酿基、三氣乙酿基、 324119 18 201247733 五氟苄醯基等。 醯氧基(亦稱為烷基羰基氧基)的碳原子麩通常係2至 20,較佳係2至18。醯氧基可具有取代基,佴該取代基的 碳數不包含在上述破數中。 就醯氧基而言,可例舉如乙醯基氧基、兩醯基氧基、 丁醯基氧基、異丁醯基氧基、三甲基乙醯基氧基、苄醯基 氧基、三氟乙醯基氧基、五氟苄醯基氧基等。 φ 亞胺殘基係指從具有以式:H-N = C<及式:-N = CH- 1 之至少其中一者表示之結構的亞胺化合物去除1個該結構 中的氫原子之基。就此種亞胺化合物而言,可例舉如醛亞 胺、酮亞胺及與醛亞胺中的氮原子鍵結之氫原子經烷基、 芳基、芳烷基、芳烯基、芳炔基等取代之化合物。亞胺殘 基的碳原子數通常係2至2〇,較佳係2至18。亞胺殘基可 具有取代基,但該取代基的碳數不包含在上述碳數中。 就亞胺殘基而言,可例舉如以式:或式: 鲁:N = C(RT)2(式中’ Μ表示氩原子、烧基、芳基、芳院基、 芳烯基或芳炔基,Rr獨立地表示烧基、芳基、芳烧某芳 縣或芳炔基。惟,存在2個時,2個『互相鍵結成一 體之2價基,可例舉如伸乙基、三亞甲基、四亞甲基、五 亞甲基、六亞曱基等’作為碳原子數2至18的伸烧基亦可 形成環)所不之基。就亞胺殘基而言,可例舉如下述基。 324119 19 201247733As the aralkylthio group, for example, phenyl_Cl to Ci2 alkylthio group, G 324119 15 201247733 to L alkoxyphenyl-hydrazine to Clz alkylthio group can be exemplified. To the u-alkylphenyl group -Ci to c12 sulfur-containing group, the naphthyl group to the Ci2 compound thio group, the 2-naphthyl group to the & sulfur group and the like. The aralkenyl group is a group in which the aforementioned aryl group and the alkenyl group are bonded. The arylalkenyl group usually has 8 to 60 carbon atoms, preferably 8 to 30 carbon atoms. The arylalkenyl group may have a substituent, but the carbon number of the substituent is not included in the above carbon number. The aromatic alkenyl group may, for example, be phenyl-hydrazine to L-alkenyl group or G to. φ alkoxyphenyl-CdCl2, ^ to C, 2 alkyl, { to Ci2 alkenyl, 1-naphthyl-(: 2 to C1Z alkenyl, 2-naphthyl-(: 2 to C! 2 alkenyl group, etc., preferably Ci to C12 alkoxyphenyl-a to Clz alkenyl, G to alkyl styryl-Cz to "alkenyl. Further, in terms of (2 to Clz alkenyl) And may, for example, be a vinyl group, a propylene group, a 2-propenyl group, a butenyl group, a 2-butenyl group, a becenyl group, a 2-pentenyl group, a hexenyl group, a 2-hexenyl group, or The aryl alkynyl group is a group in which the aforementioned aryl group is bonded to an alkynyl group. The number of carbon atoms of the aralkynyl group is usually from 8 to 60, preferably from 8 to 30. The aralkynyl group may have a substituent, but The carbon number of the substituent is not included in the above carbon number. The aromatic alkynyl group may, for example, be a phenyl-hydrazine to a Ciz alkynyl group, to an & alkoxyphenyl-C2 to Cl2 alkynyl group, Cl to C! 2 alkylphenyl-C2 to c12 alkynyl, 1 naphthyl C2 to Ci2 alkynyl, 2-naphthyl-C2 to Ci2 alkynyl, etc., preferably g to C1Z alkoxyphenyl-C2 To C, 2 alkynyl, (:, to C, 2 alkylphenyl-c2 to Cl2 alkynyl. Further, (: 2 to Cu alkynyl, may be exemplified by ethynyl, propynyl, 2 - Propynyl, Buding a base, a 2-butynyl group, a fluorenyl-pentynyl group, a 2-pentynyl group, a 1-hexynyl group, a 2-hexynyl group, a 1-octynyl group. A substituted amine group means at least one of the amine groups. The hydrogen atom is substituted with an amine group selected from the group consisting of 1 or 2 groups containing a group of an alkane 324119 16 201247733 base, an aryl group, an aralkyl group and a monovalent heterocyclic group. The alkyl group, the aryl group, the aryl group or the oxime group The valent heterocyclic group may have a substituent, but the carbon number of the substituent is not included in the carbon number of the substituted amine group. The number of carbon atoms of the substituted amine group does not include the alkyl group, the aryl group, the aralkyl group or the valence group. The heterocyclic group may have a substituent having a carbon number of usually from 6 to 〇, preferably from 2 to 48. The substituted amino group may, for example, be a methylamino group, a dimethylamino group or a φ group. Ethylamino, diethylamino, propylamino, dipropylamino, isopropylamino, diisopropylamino, butylamino, isobutylamino, second butyl Amino, tert-butylamino, pentylamino, hexylamino, cyclohexylamino, heptylamino, octylamino, 2-ethylhexylamino, decylamino, decylamine Base, 3, 7-didecyloctylamine, laurylamine Base, cyclopentylamino, dicyclopentylamino, cyclohexylamino, dicyclohexylamino, di-trifluorodecylamino, strepylamino, diphenylamino, ((^ to Cl2 alkoxyphenyl)amine, bis(indenyl to Ck alkoxyphenyl)amine, bis(indolyl 2 alkylphenyl)amine, % naphthylamino, 2-naphthylamino, Pentafluorophenylamino, η-pyridylamino, decylamino, pyrimidinylamino, hydrazine-based, tri-roughing amine, (stupyl-Cl to Cl2 alkyl) amine group, (Cl to Cl2 alkoxyphenyl-Cl to Cl2 alkyl) Amine, (匕 to C1Z alkylphenyl-(^ to c12 alkyl)amine, bis(匕 to c12 alkoxyphenyl to Cu) Alkyl)amino, di(C! to C12 alkylphenyl to Cl2 alkyl)amine, 1-naphthyl-Cl to Cl2 alkylamino, 2-naphthyl-Cl to Cl2 alkylamino, etc. . Substituting the dream base means that at least one hydrogen atom in the group is replaced by one to three groups selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group, an aryl group, an arylalkyl group and a monovalent heterocyclic group, and 316119 17 201247733 base. The vinyl group, aryl group, aralkyl group or monovalent heterocyclic group may have a substituent ' but the carbon number of the substituent is not included in the carbon number of the substituted fluorenyl group. The number of carbon atoms of the substituted indenyl group is usually from 60 to 60, preferably from 3 to 48, in the case of a carbon atom which does not contain the substituent which the alkyl group, the aryl group, the aralkyl group or the indenocyclic group may have. The substituted fluorenyl group may, for example, be a trimethyl fluorenyl group, a triethyl decyl group, a dipropyl fluorenyl group, a triisopropyl fluorenyl group, an isopropyl decyl fluorenyl group or an isopropyl φ two group. Ethyl decyl, tert-butyldimethylmethyl, pentyl dimethyl decyl, hexyl dimethyl fluorenyl, heptyl dimethyl fluorenyl, octyl dimethyl fluorenyl, 2-ethyl Hexyldifluorenyl fluorenyl, fluorenyl dimethyl fluorenyl, fluorenyl dimethyl fluorenyl, 3, 7-dimethyloctyl dimethyl fluorenyl, lauryl dimethyl fluorenyl, (phenyl to Cu alkyl) fluorenyl, ((^ to c! 2 alkoxyphenyl_Cl to Ci2 alkyl) fluorenyl, (C! to C) 2 alkylphenyl-c, to clz alkyl) fluorenyl , (naphthyl-Cl to Cl2 alkyl) fluorenyl, (2-naphthyl-Cl to C, 2 alkyl) fluorenyl, (phenyl-Cl to Cl2 alkyl) dimethyl fluorenyl, triphenyl fluorene a base, a tris(p-dioxanylphenyl)fluorenyl group, a fluorene group, a diphenylmethyl group, a tert-butyldiphenyl group, a dinonylphenyl group, and the like. For example, a gas atom, a gas atom, a desert atom, and a moth atom may be exemplified. The carbon number of the sulfhydryl group (also referred to as an alkylcarbonyl group) is usually 2 to 2, preferably 2 to 18. The fluorenyl group may have a substituent, but the carbon number of the substituent is contained in the above carbon number. As the fluorenyl group, an ethyl fluorenyl group or a propyl fluorenyl group may be exemplified. , butyl sulfhydryl, isobutyl aryl, trimethyl acetyl hydrazine (pival 〇 ) 、 、 节 节 节 324 324 324 324 324 324 324 324 324 324 324 324 324 324 324 324 324 324 324 324 324 324 324 324 324 324 324 324 324 324 324 324 324 324 The carbon atomic bran of the oxy group is usually 2 to 20, preferably 2 to 18. The decyloxy group may have a substituent, and the carbon number of the substituent is not included in the above-mentioned number of breaks. For example, an ethoxycarbonyl group, a bis-indenyloxy group, a butyl fluorenyloxy group, an isobutyl decyloxy group, a trimethyl ethyloxy group, a benzhydryloxy group, a trifluoroethenyloxy group, and a pentafluoro group are mentioned. a benzylideneoxy group, etc. The φ imine residue is one in which the imine compound having a structure represented by at least one of the formula: HN = C < and the formula: -N = CH-1 is removed from the structure. The hydrogen atom group. For such an imine compound, an aldimine, a ketimine, and a hydrogen atom bonded to a nitrogen atom in an aldimine may be exemplified by an alkyl group, an aryl group or an aralkyl group. a compound substituted with an aralkenyl group, an aralkynyl group, etc. The number of carbon atoms of the imine residue is usually 2 to 2, preferably 2 to 18. The imine residue may have a substituent, but the carbon of the substituent The number is not included in the above carbon number. As the imine residue, it may be exemplified by the formula: or the formula: Lu: N = C(RT) 2 (wherein Μ represents an argon atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group , a aryl group, an aralkenyl group or an alkynyl group, Rr independently represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, an aromatic aryl group or an alkynyl group. However, when there are two, two "two valences that are bonded to each other" The base may, for example, be an ethyl group, a trimethylene group, a tetramethylene group, a pentamethylene group or a hexamethylene group, and the like may be formed as a ring having a carbon atom number of 2 to 18 and forming a ring. . As the imine residue, the following group can be exemplified. 324119 19 201247733

醯胺基的碳原子數通常係1至20,較佳係2至18。醯 胺基可具有取代基,但該取代基的碳數不包含在上述碳數 中。 就醯胺基而言,可例舉如曱醯胺基、乙醯胺基、丙醯 胺基、丁醯胺基、苄醯胺基、三氟乙醯胺基、五氟苄醯胺 基、二甲醯胺基、二乙醯胺基、二丙醯胺基、二丁醯胺基、 二苄醯胺基、二-三氟乙醯胺基、二-五氟苄醯胺基等。 醯亞胺基係指從醯亞胺去除與其氮原子鍵結的氫原子 324119 20 201247733 所得之基。醯亞胺基的碳原子數通常係4至20,較佳係4 至18。醯亞胺基可具有取代基,但該取代基的碳數不包含 在上述碳數中。 就醯亞胺基,可例舉如下述基。The mercapto group has usually from 1 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably from 2 to 18 carbon atoms. The hydrazine group may have a substituent, but the carbon number of the substituent is not included in the above carbon number. The guanamine group may, for example, be a mercaptoamine group, an acetamino group, a propylamine group, a butylammonium group, a benzammonium group, a trifluoroacetamido group or a pentafluorobenzylamine group. Dimethylguanamine, diethylammonium, dipropylammonium, dibutylammonium, dibenzylammonium, di-trifluoroacetamido, bis-pentafluorobenzylamino and the like. The quinone imine group refers to a group obtained by removing a hydrogen atom bonded to its nitrogen atom from quinone imine 324119 20 201247733. The quinone imine group usually has 4 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably 4 to 18 carbon atoms. The quinone imine group may have a substituent, but the carbon number of the substituent is not included in the above carbon number. As the quinone imine group, the following groups can be exemplified.

1價雜環基係指從雜環式化合物去除1個與構成環的 碳原子鍵結的氫原子所剩餘原子團。在此,雜環式化合物 係指具有環式結構的有機化合物中,作為構成環的元素不 只有碳原子,更包含氧原子、硫原子、氣原子、填原子、 硼原子、石夕原子、袖原子、蹄原子、坤原子等雜原子之有 機化合物。1價雜環基的碳原子數通常係3至60,較佳係 3至20。再者,1價雜環基的碳原子數不包含取代基的碳 原子數。1價雜環基可具有取代基,但該取代基的碳數不 包含在上述碳數中。 324119 21 201247733 就此種1價雜環基而言,可例舉如嗟吩基、& 基、鱗基、料基、^定基、Cl至㈣基。比咬= 、射基”轉基、三、鱗絲L、 ^基:異料基,其中’較佳係齡基、G至⑽基售 土 m比啶基、Cl至Cl2烷基吡啶基及三哄基。再者,就1 價雜環基’較佳係i價芳族雜環基。 取代竣基係指缓基中的氫原子經烧基、 ’、仏土方基、方烷基或1價雜環基)所示之基。取代M 綱原子數通常係2至60,較佳係2至48。前述竣 方基、方院基或1價雜環基可具有取代基 碳數不包含在上述碳數巾。 /取代基的 就取代m基而言,可鮮如甲氧基齡、乙氧 Ϊ氧丙二編、丁_基、異丁氧基二 第-丁氧基祕、第三τ氧基躲、戊氧顧基、 幾基、環己氧基絲、絲基、辛氧基縣、2_乙= 己氧基叛基、*氧基縣、癸氧基幾基、3, 7—二甲 基Ik基、月桂基氧基幾基、三氟甲氧基叛基、五氣=氧美 ,二氟τ氧絲基、全氟己氧基縣、全氟辛氧基i 基、錢基、萘氧基縣、㈣基氧基幾基等。 交聯基係指藉由熱H聚合起始 :::r聚一可於2分子以上的分子二: 就該交聯基而言,可例舉如乙烯基、乙炔基、丁烯基、 324119 22 201247733 丙烯醯基、丙烯酸酯基、丙烯酸基鹽酸貝那替畊基(acryl amizil)、甲基丙烯酸基、曱基丙烯酸酯基、曱基丙烯酸基 鹽酸貝那替D井基、乙烯氧基、乙烯胺基、羥基矽基、及含 有小員環(例如環丙烷、環丁烷、苯并環丁烯、環氧乙烷 (epoxide)、環氧丙烧(oxetane)、雙乙婦酮、環硫乙烧 (thiirane)、内酯、内醯胺等)結構之官能基、含有矽氧烷 衍生物結構之官能基等。又,上述基以外,亦可利用可形 φ 成醋鍵或醯胺鍵之基的組合等。就可形成酯鍵或醯胺鍵之 基的組合而言’可例舉如酯基與胺基、酯基與羥基等的組 合。 -式(2)所示之基- 式(2)中’R3表示單鍵或可具有取代基之(1+m3)價有機 基。式(2)所不之基係一價基。 式(2)中’就R3所示之可具有取代基之(i+m3)價有機基 而言,可例舉如甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁 φ 基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、環己基、庚基、 辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基、該等基中至少1個氫原子經 取代基取代之基等從可具有取代基之碳原子數1至2〇的烷 基去除m3個氫原子之基;苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基、1-蒽基、 2-蒽基、9-蒽基、該等基中至少1個氫原子經取代基取代 之基等從可具有取代基之破原子數6至30的芳基去除m3 個氫原子之基;甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、戊氧 基、己氧基、壬氧基、月桂基氧基、環丙氧基、環丁氧基、 環戊氧基、環己氧基、環壬氧基、環月桂基氧基、降莰基 324119 23 201247733 氧基、金㈣基氧基、該等基中至少丨個氫原子經取代基 取代之基等從可具有取代基之碳原子數U5〇的烧氧基去 除m3個氫原子之基;從具有含有碳原子之取代基 除…個氫原子之基;從具有含有碳原子之取代基之石夕^去 除m3個氫原子之基。該取代基的碳數不包含在上二 中。從原料單體的合成之容易度的觀點來看,較佳係從烧 基去除m3個氫原子之基、從芳基去除⑽個氫原子之某、 從烧氧基去除m3個氫原子之基,更佳係從芳基去除^個 ~ 氫原子之基。 就前述取代基而言,可例舉如與前述關於式之說明 中所例示之取代基相同的取代基。前述取代基存在複數個 時’該等可為相同或相異。 式(2)中,m3表示1以上的整數(例如卜〗、^。惟, R3為举鍵時,m3表示1。 式(2)中,就Q所示之2價有機基而言,可例舉如亞甲 φ 基、伸乙基、丨,伸丙基、1,3-伸丙基、1,2-伸丁基、l 3_ 1 伸丁基、丨,4-伸丁基、1,5-伸戊基、1,6_伸己基、丨,9_伸 壬基、M2-伸月桂基、該等基中至少i個氫原子經取代基 取代之基等可具有取代基之碳原子數1至5〇的2價鏈狀飽 和烴基;包含伸乙烯基、伸丙烯基、3-伸丁烯基、2-伸丁 烯基、2-伸戊烯基、2-伸己烯基、2-伸壬烯基、2-伸月桂 烯基、該等基中至少1個氫原子經取代基取代之基等可具 有取代基之碳原子數2至50的伸烯基,以及伸乙快基之可 具有取代基之碳原子數2至50的2價鏈狀不飽和烴基;伸 324119 24 201247733 制基、伸環丁基、伸環戊基、伸環己基、伸環壬基、伸 %月桂基、伸㈣基、伸金剛烧基、該等基中至少】個氮 原子經取代基取代之基等可具有取代基之碳原子數3至50 的2價環狀飽和烴基;1,3-伸苯基、1,4-伸苯基、1,4-伸 秦基、1,5-伸萘基、2, 6-伸萘基、聯苯基_4, 4,—二基、該 等基中至少1個氫原子經取代基取代之基等可具有取代基 之碳原子數6至5G的伸芳基;亞甲基氧基、伸乙基氧基、 •伸丙基氧基、伸丁基氧基、伸戊基氧基、伸己基氧基、該 等基中至少1個氫原子經取代基取代之基等可具有取代基 之碳原子數1至50的伸烷氧基(亦即,式:_Rd_〇_(式中,The monovalent heterocyclic group means an atomic group remaining from the heterocyclic compound by removing one hydrogen atom bonded to a carbon atom constituting the ring. Here, the heterocyclic compound refers to an organic compound having a cyclic structure, and the element constituting the ring includes not only a carbon atom but also an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a gas atom, a filling atom, a boron atom, a stone atom, and a sleeve. An organic compound of a hetero atom such as an atom, a hoof atom or a Kun atom. The monovalent heterocyclic group has usually 3 to 60 carbon atoms, preferably 3 to 20 carbon atoms. Further, the number of carbon atoms of the monovalent heterocyclic group does not include the number of carbon atoms of the substituent. The monovalent heterocyclic group may have a substituent, but the carbon number of the substituent is not included in the above carbon number. 324119 21 201247733 The monovalent heterocyclic group may, for example, be an anthracene group, a & base, a fluorenyl group, a base group, a group or a group of Cl to a group. Specific bite =, shot base "transfer base, three, filaria L, ^ base: heterogeneous base, wherein 'the preferred base group, G to (10) base sale m is pyridine group, Cl to Cl2 alkyl pyridyl group and Further, the monovalent heterocyclic group is preferably an i-valent aromatic heterocyclic group. The substituted indenyl group means a hydrogen atom in a slow group via an alkyl group, ', an alumina group, a cyan group or a group represented by a monovalent heterocyclic group. The number of atoms of the substituted M group is usually 2 to 60, preferably 2 to 48. The above anthracene group, a square group or a monovalent heterocyclic group may have a substituent carbon number. Included in the above carbon number. / Substituent in place of the m group, may be as fresh as methoxyl age, ethoxylated propane, butyl-based, isobutoxydi-butoxy-secret, a third τ oxo, a pentoxy group, a benzyl group, a cyclohexyloxy silk, a silk group, an octyloxy group, a 2-ethyl group, a hexyloxy group, an oxy group, an oxoxy group, 3, 7-dimethyl Ik group, lauryl oxy group, trifluoromethoxy group, five gas = oxygen, difluoro τ oxyl, perfluorohexyloxy, perfluorooctyloxy i group, money base, naphthyloxy group, (d) oxyl group, etc. Crosslinked group means polymerization by thermal H ::: r can be used in more than 2 molecules of the molecule 2: In terms of the crosslinking group, for example, a vinyl group, an ethynyl group, a butenyl group, 324119 22 201247733 acryl fluorenyl group, an acrylate group, an acryl group Acryl amizil, methacrylic acid, mercapto acrylate, mercapto acrylate-based benazide D well, vinyloxy, vinylamine, hydroxy fluorenyl, and small Ring (eg cyclopropane, cyclobutane, benzocyclobutene, epoxide, oxetane, diacetoin, thiirane, lactone, linoleum) a functional group of a structure such as an amine or a functional group containing a structure of a decane derivative, etc. Further, in addition to the above-mentioned group, a combination of a group capable of forming a quinone bond or a guanamine bond, or the like may be used. Or a combination of a group of a guanamine bond can be exemplified by a combination of an ester group and an amine group, an ester group and a hydroxyl group, etc. - a group represented by the formula (2) - in the formula (2), 'R3 represents a single bond or a (1+m3) valent organic group which may have a substituent. The base of the formula (2) is a monovalent group. In the formula (2), the substituent represented by R3 may have a substituent. The (i+m3) valence organic group may, for example, be a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl φ group, a second butyl group, a tert-butyl group or a pentyl group. a hexyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a decyl group, a fluorenyl group, a lauryl group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent, or the like, and a number of carbon atoms which may have a substituent of 1 to 2 Å The alkyl group removes a group of m3 hydrogen atoms; a phenyl group, a 1-naphthyl group, a 2-naphthyl group, a 1-fluorenyl group, a 2-fluorenyl group, a 9-fluorenyl group, and at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent The substituent or the like removes a group of m3 hydrogen atoms from an aryl group having 6 to 30 atomic atoms which may have a substituent; methoxy group, ethoxy group, propoxy group, butoxy group, pentyloxy group, hexyloxy group , anthraceneoxy, lauryloxy, cyclopropoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, cyclodecyloxy, cyclolauryloxy, norbornyl 324119 23 201247733 oxy, a gold (tetra)yloxy group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent, and the like, wherein a group of m3 hydrogen atoms is removed from an alkoxy group having a carbon atom number U5? having a substituent; Replace ... In addition to hydrogen atoms of the group; the group having a group of stone Xi ^ m3 hydrogen atoms to be contained in addition to carbon atoms substituted. The carbon number of the substituent is not included in the above two. From the viewpoint of easiness of synthesis of the raw material monomers, it is preferred to remove m3 hydrogen atoms from the group, remove (10) hydrogen atoms from the aryl group, and remove m3 hydrogen atoms from the alkoxy group. More preferably, the radical is removed from the aryl group. The above substituents may, for example, be the same substituents as those exemplified above for the description of the formula. When the above substituents are present in plural, these may be the same or different. In the formula (2), m3 represents an integer of 1 or more (for example, 卜, ^. However, when R3 is a bond, m3 represents 1. In the formula (2), the divalent organic group represented by Q may be used. For example, methylene φ, ethyl, hydrazine, propyl, 1,3-propenyl, 1,2-butyl, 1,3-butyl, hydrazine, 4-butylene, 1 , 5-pentyl, 1,6-extension, anthracene, 9-extension, M2-stretched lauryl, a group of at least i hydrogen atoms substituted by a substituent in the group, etc. a divalent chain saturated hydrocarbon group having an atomic number of 1 to 5 Å; comprising a vinyl group, a propenyl group, a 3-butenyl group, a 2-butenyl group, a 2-pentenyl group, a 2-extended hexenyl group a 2-alkenyl group, a 2-barred lauryl group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent, etc., and an alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and a divalent chain unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; extension 324119 24 201247733 base group, cyclopentene butyl group, cyclopentylene group, cyclohexylene group, fluorene ring group, extensor % lauryl, exf (tetra), exoskeletin, at least one nitrogen in the base a divalent cyclic saturated hydrocarbon group having 3 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and the like; 1,3-phenylene, 1,4-phenylene, 1,4-methylphenyl And 1,5-anthracenyl, 2,6-anthranyl, biphenyl-4,4,-diyl, a group substituted with at least one hydrogen atom in the group, or the like may have a substituent a aryl group having 6 to 5 G carbon atoms; a methyleneoxy group, a hexyloxy group, a propyloxy group, a butyloxy group, a pentyloxy group, a hexyloxy group, and the like. a group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a substituent, and the like may have a substituent having an alkylene group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms (that is, a formula: _Rd_〇_ (wherein,

Rd係亞曱基、伸乙基、伸丙基、伸丁基、伸戊基、伸己基' δ亥等基中至少1個氫原子經取代基取代之基等可具有取代 基之碳原子數1至50的伸烷基)所示之2價有機基);具有 含有碳原子之取代基之亞胺基;具有含有碳原子之取代基 之亞矽基。該取代基的碳數不包含在上述碳數十。從合成 Φ 成為尚分子化合物的原料之單體(本說明書中稱為「原料單 體」)的容易度之觀點來看,較佳係2價鏈狀飽和烴基、伸 芳基、伸烷氧基。 作為前述Q1所示之2價有機基的例子所列舉之基可具 有取代基,就該取代基而言,可例舉如與前述關於式G) 之說明甲所例示之取代基相同的取代基。取代基存在複數 個時’該等可為相同或相異。 式(2)令,Υ1 表示-c〇2.、-s〇3.、-s〇2、-ρ〇32-或_b(r«)3-。 從高分子化合物的酸度之觀點來看,γ1較佳係_C(V、_S(V、 324119 25 201247733The number of carbon atoms which may have a substituent, such as a substituent of at least one hydrogen atom substituted by a substituent, such as a fluorenylene group, an ethylidene group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, and a hexyl group. a divalent organic group represented by an alkyl group of 1 to 50); an imido group having a substituent having a carbon atom; an anthracene group having a substituent having a carbon atom. The carbon number of the substituent is not included in the above carbon number. From the viewpoint of easiness of synthesizing Φ into a monomer which is a raw material of a molecular compound (referred to as "raw material monomer" in the present specification), a divalent chain saturated hydrocarbon group, an extended aryl group, an alkoxy group is preferred. . The group exemplified as the example of the divalent organic group represented by the above Q1 may have a substituent, and the substituent may be the same as the substituent exemplified for the above-mentioned formula G). . When there are a plurality of substituents, the numbers may be the same or different. Equation (2), Υ1 represents -c〇2., -s〇3., -s〇2, -ρ〇32- or _b(r«)3-. From the viewpoint of the acidity of the polymer compound, γ1 is preferably _C (V, _S (V, 324119 25 201247733)

看,較佳係-c〇2、-s〇3-、一s〇2j_p〇32-。R4示可具有取代 基之碳原,數l至30的院基或可具有取代基之碳原子數6 至50的芳基。該取代基的碳數不包含在上述碳數中。就該 取代基而言,可例舉如與前述關於式⑴的朗中所例示之 取代基相同的取代基。取代基存在複數個時,該等可為相 同或相異。就IT而言,可例舉如甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙 基、丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、 環己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基等碳原子數夏 至20的烷基,笨基、卜萘基、2-萘基、卜蒽基、2_蒽基、 9-蒽基等碳原子數6至30的芳基等。 式(2)中,M1表示金屬陽離子或可具有取代基之銨陽離 子。就金屬陽離子而言,較佳係丨價、2價或3價的離子, 可例舉 Li、Na、K、Rb、Cs、Be、Mg、Ca、Ba、Ag、A卜Look, it is better to -c〇2, -s〇3-, one s〇2j_p〇32-. R4 represents a carbon atom which may have a substituent, a number of from 1 to 30, or an aryl group having from 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. The carbon number of the substituent is not included in the above carbon number. As the substituent, the same substituent as the one exemplified above for the formula (1) can be exemplified. When there are a plurality of substituents, these may be the same or different. In the case of IT, for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, t-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, cyclohexyl, heptyl, Octyl, fluorenyl, fluorenyl, lauryl and the like having an alkyl group having a carbon number of from summer to 20, and a carbon number of from 6 to 30 such as a strepto, a naphthyl group, a 2-naphthyl group, a diterpene group, a 2-mercapto group or a 9-fluorenyl group. Aryl and the like. In the formula (2), M1 represents a metal cation or an ammonium cation which may have a substituent. In the case of metal cations, preferred are valence, divalent or trivalent ions, and Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs, Be, Mg, Ca, Ba, Ag, Ab are exemplified.

Bi、Cu、Fe、Ga、Μη、Pb、Sn、Ti、V、W、Y、Yb、Zn、Zr 等金屬離子’較佳係 Li+、、K+、Rb+、Cs+、Ag+、Mg2+、 Ca2+。又,就銨陽離子可具有的取代基而言,可例舉如曱基、 乙基、丙基、異丙基、正丁基、異丁基、第三丁基等碳原 子數1至10的烷基’苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基等碳原子數6 至60的芳基。 式(2)中,Z1 表示 Γ、C1_、Br_、Γ、OH_、B(RaV、RaS(V、 RaCOO-、CIO-、C1(V、C1(V、cior、SCN-、CN.、N(V、S〇42.、 HS〇r、Ρ〇Λ、ΗΡΟΛ、IhPOr、BFr或 PF6_。Ra 表示可具有取 代基之碳原子數1至30的烷基或可具有取代基之碳原子數 26 324119 201247733 6至50的芳基。該取代基的碳數不包含在上述碳數中。就 該取代基而言,可例舉如與前述關於式(1)的說明中所例示 之取代基相同的取代基。取代基存在複數個時,該等可為 相同或相異。就Ra而言,可例舉如曱基、乙基、丙基、異 丙基、丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、 環己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基等碳原子數1 至20的烷基,苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基、1-蒽基、2-蒽基、 9-蒽基等碳原子數6至30的芳基等。 _ 式(2)中,nl表示0以上的整數,從原料單體的合成 之觀點來看,較佳係0至8的整數,更佳係0至2的整數。 式(2)中,al表示1以上的整數(例如1至10的整數), bl表示0以上的整數(例如0至10的整數)。 a 1及b 1係以使式(2)所不之基的電何成為0的方式選 擇。例如 Y1 係-C(V、-S〇3_、-S〇2_、-ΡΟΛ或-B(Ra V,M1 係 1價金屬陽離子或可具有取代基之銨陽離子,z1係r、cr、 Φ Br、Γ、0『、B(Ra)4—、RaS(V、RaCO(T、CUT、Cl〇2_、CUV、 Cl〇4-、SCN—、CN—、ΝΟΓ、HS〇4_、H2P〇4_、BFr或 PF6-時,以滿 足 al = bl + l 的方式選擇。Y1 係-(:〇2_、-3〇3-、-3〇2-、-?〇32_ 或-B(RaV,Μ1係2價金屬陽離子,Ζ1係Γ、Cl_、Br_、Γ、 OH—、B(RaV、RaS(V、RaCOO_、CIO—、C1(V、C1(V、CKV、 scr、CN_、N〇3_、HS〇r、H2P〇r、BFr或 PFr時,以滿足 bl = 2xa卜1 的方式選擇。Y1 係-C〇2_、-S〇3_、-S(V或-Ρ〇32、Μ1 係3價金屬陽離子,Z1係F—、Cr、Br_、Γ、0『、B(RaV、 RaS〇3_、RaC00_、CIO—、C1(V、CUV、Cl〇4-、SCN_、CN_、N(V、 324119 27 201247733 HS(V、H2P〇4-、BFr或 PFr時,以滿足 bl = 3xal-l 的方式選 擇。y1 係-αν、-S〇3-、_s〇2-、_P〇32-或—B(R«)3-,…係 1 價 金屬陽離子或可具有取代基之銨陽離子,Z1係SOA或HP〇42-=,心2細的方式選擇。用以表示ai與μ的 M2。迷任-數式中,al較佳係的整數,更佳係 基。⑵所示之基而言’可例舉如Metal ions such as Bi, Cu, Fe, Ga, Μη, Pb, Sn, Ti, V, W, Y, Yb, Zn, and Zr are preferably Li+, K+, Rb+, Cs+, Ag+, Mg2+, and Ca2+. Further, as the substituent which the ammonium cation may have, a carbon number of 1 to 10 such as a mercapto group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group or a t-butyl group may, for example, be mentioned. An aryl group having 6 to 60 carbon atoms such as an alkyl 'phenyl group, a 1-naphthyl group or a 2-naphthyl group. In the formula (2), Z1 represents Γ, C1_, Br_, Γ, OH_, B (RaV, RaS (V, RaCOO-, CIO-, C1 (V, C1 (V, cior, SCN-, CN., N ( V, S〇42., HS〇r, Ρ〇Λ, ΗΡΟΛ, IhPOr, BFr or PF6_. Ra represents an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or a carbon atom which may have a substituent 26 324119 201247733 aryl group of 6 to 50. The carbon number of the substituent is not included in the above carbon number. The substituent may be, for example, the same as the substituent exemplified in the above description about the formula (1). a substituent. When a plurality of substituents are present, the groups may be the same or different. In the case of Ra, exemplified are fluorenyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, and second. Alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms such as butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, cyclohexyl, heptyl, octyl, decyl, decyl, lauryl, phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2 - an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms such as a naphthyl group, a 1-fluorenyl group, a 2-fluorenyl group or a 9-fluorenyl group. In the formula (2), nl represents an integer of 0 or more, and is synthesized from a raw material monomer. From the viewpoint of viewpoint, it is preferably an integer of 0 to 8, more preferably 0 to 2 In the formula (2), a1 represents an integer of 1 or more (for example, an integer of 1 to 10), and bl represents an integer of 0 or more (for example, an integer of 0 to 10). a 1 and b 1 are used to make the formula (2) The choice of the basis of the power of the base is 0. For example, Y1 is -C (V, -S〇3_, -S〇2_, -ΡΟΛ or -B (Ra V, M1 is a monovalent metal cation or may have Substituent ammonium cation, z1 is r, cr, Φ Br, Γ, 0 、, B(Ra) 4 —, RaS (V, RaCO (T, CUT, Cl〇2_, CUV, Cl〇4-, SCN- , CN—, ΝΟΓ, HS〇4_, H2P〇4_, BFr or PF6-, select the way to satisfy al = bl + l. Y1 series-(:〇2_,-3〇3-,-3〇2- , -?〇32_ or -B (RaV, Μ1 is a divalent metal cation, Ζ1 system Cl, Cl_, Br_, Γ, OH-, B (RaV, RaS (V, RaCOO_, CIO-, C1 (V, C1 ( When V, CKV, scr, CN_, N〇3_, HS〇r, H2P〇r, BFr or PFr, select bl = 2xa Bu 1. Y1 is -C〇2_, -S〇3_, -S (V or -Ρ〇32, Μ1 is a trivalent metal cation, Z1 is F-, Cr, Br_, Γ, 0", B (RaV, RaS〇3_, RaC00_, CIO-, C1 (V, CUV, Cl〇) 4-, SCN_, CN_, N (V When the 324119 27 201247733 HS (V, H2P〇4-, BFr or PFr, to meet bl = 3xal-l way selection. Y1 is -αν, -S〇3-, _s〇2-, _P〇32- or -B(R«)3-,... is a monovalent metal cation or an ammonium cation which may have a substituent, Z1 is SOA or HP 〇42-=, the choice of heart 2 is fine. M2 used to represent ai and μ. In the fan-type equation, al is preferably an integer, and more preferably a base. (2) The base shown can be exemplified as

下边式中 ’M 表示 Li、Na、K、Rb、Cs^(CH:M 324119 28 201247733In the following formula, 'M denotes Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs^(CH:M 324119 28 201247733

•COOM -CH2——COO'M4 (ch2)2-coom+ -(ch2)4-coom+ -COOM+ -^-(CH2)B-C00ivr) _-COO-M+) -^-C- -^-0-CH2-C00-M+) —^o—(ch2)2-coom —(-0—(CH2)8-CO〇-M+) —^-o—(CH2)4-COOM+) ch3 O-CH——COOM4•COOM -CH2——COO'M4 (ch2)2-coom+ -(ch2)4-coom+ -COOM+ -^-(CH2)B-C00ivr) _-COO-M+) -^-C- -^-0- CH2-C00-M+) —^o—(ch2)2-coom —(-0—(CH2)8-CO〇-M+) —^-o—(CH2)4-COOM+) ch3 O-CH——COOM4

CH 3 —fo-C-COO'M+ CH, io- COOM+ COOM+ COOM+-bCH 3 —fo-C-COO'M+ CH, io- COOM+ COOM+ COOM+-b

COOM+ 4〇^rv coow )-/o-hT^ COO'M4 COOM+COOM+ 4〇^rv coow )-/o-hT^ COO'M4 COOM+

COOK/TCOOK/T

-S〇3-M+ ) —^-CH2 S〇3-M+ ) —^-(CH2)2~S〇3'M+ j —^-(CH2)4-S〇3'M'f j —(-(CH2)8-so3-M+ j -^-o-ch2-so3m+ j -^·〇—(CH2)b - S03'M+-S〇3-M+ ) —^-CH2 S〇3-M+ ) —^-(CH2)2~S〇3'M+ j —^-(CH2)4-S〇3'M'f j —(- (CH2)8-so3-M+ j -^-o-ch2-so3m+ j -^·〇—(CH2)b - S03'M+

CH -CH —so3m+ ) —(-C- -so3_m+ -o一 (ch2)2- so3_m+ ) ——(ch2)4- so3m+ )CH -CH —so3m+ ) —(-C- -so3_m+ -o一 (ch2)2- so3_m+ ) ——(ch2)4- so3m+ )

CH 3 O-CH——S03M+ -f° ch3 -so3-m +) -c- ch3CH 3 O-CH——S03M+ -f° ch3 -so3-m +) -c- ch3

-式(3)所不之基- 式(3)中,R4表示單鍵或可具有取代基之(l+m4)價有機 基。式(3)所示之基係一價基。 324119 29 201247733 式(3)中,R4所示之且 可例舉如甲基、乙基 ,、取代基之(1 +m4)價有機基, 二丁基、第1丁基、戊:基;:内基、丁基、*丁基、第 壬基、癸基、月桂基、ς等=、環己基、庚基、辛基、 取代之基等從可具有取 4至少1個氫原子經取代基 m4個氫原子之基;笼龙土之碳原子數1至20的烷基去除 基' 9_蕙基、咳等土、卜萘基、2-萘基、1-蒽基、2-®- a group not in the formula (3) - In the formula (3), R4 represents a single bond or a (l+m4) valent organic group which may have a substituent. The group represented by the formula (3) is a monovalent group. 324119 29 201247733 In the formula (3), R4 is exemplified by a methyl group, an ethyl group, a (1 + m4) valent organic group as a substituent, a dibutyl group, a first butyl group, a pentyl group; : an internal group, a butyl group, a butyl group, a decyl group, a fluorenyl group, a lauryl group, a fluorene group, etc., a cyclohexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a substituted group, etc. may be substituted with at least one hydrogen atom. The base of 4 hydrogen atoms; the alkyl group of the caged earth with 1 to 20 carbon atoms removed from the group '9_蕙, cough, naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 1-decyl, 2-®

等從可具有取代基:碳原子經取代基取代之基 原子之基1氧基、至30的絲絲以個氫 P g. ^ & 乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、戊氧基、 d t基、月桂基氧基、環丙氧基、環丁氧基、環 乳%己氧基、環壬氧基、環月桂基氧基、降获基氧 、,燒基氧基、該等基巾至少1個氫原子經取代基取 Γ之基等從可具有取代基之碳原子數1至50的烧氧基去除 014個,原子之基;從具有含有碳原子之取代基之胺基去除 m4個氫原子之基;從具有含有碳原子之取代基之♦基去除 014個氫原子之基。該取代基的碳數不包含在上述碳數中。 從合成原料單體的容易度之觀點來看,較佳係從烷基去除 014個氫原子之基、從芳基去除m4個氫原子之基、從烷氧 基去除m4個氫原子之基,更佳係從芳基去除^4個氫原子 之基。 就前述取代基而言,可例舉如與前述關於式(1)的說明 中所例示之取代基相同的取代基。前述取代基存在複數個 時,該等可為相同或相異。 式(3)中,m4表示1以上的整數(例如1、2、3)。惟, 324119 30 201247733 R為單鍵時’ m4表示1。 式(3)中,就Q2所示之2價有機基,玎例舉如前述針對 Q1所示之2價有機基所例示者相同之基,從合成原料單體 的容易度之觀點來看,較佳係2價鏈狀飽和烴基、伸芳基、 伸烷氧基。And the like: a group 1 oxy group which may have a substituent: a carbon atom substituted with a substituent, a filament of 30 to a hydrogen P g. ^ & ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentyloxy Base, dt group, lauryloxy, cyclopropoxy, cyclobutoxy, cyclohexyloxy, cyclodecyloxy, cyclolauryloxy, reduced oxygen, decyloxy, The at least one hydrogen atom of the base towel is removed from the alkoxy group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and the atomic group; and an amine having a substituent having a carbon atom; The group removes a group of m4 hydrogen atoms; and removes a group of 014 hydrogen atoms from a group having a substituent containing a carbon atom. The carbon number of the substituent is not included in the above carbon number. From the viewpoint of easiness of synthesizing a raw material monomer, it is preferred to remove a group of 014 hydrogen atoms from an alkyl group, a group of m4 hydrogen atoms from an aryl group, and a group of m4 hydrogen atoms from an alkoxy group. More preferably, the group of 4 hydrogen atoms is removed from the aryl group. The above substituents may, for example, be the same substituents as those exemplified above for the description of the formula (1). When a plurality of the above substituents are present, the groups may be the same or different. In the formula (3), m4 represents an integer of 1 or more (for example, 1, 2, and 3). However, 324119 30 201247733 When R is a single key, ' m4 means 1'. In the formula (3), the divalent organic group represented by Q2 is exemplified by the same group as exemplified above for the divalent organic group represented by Q1, and from the viewpoint of the easiness of synthesizing the raw material monomer, It is preferably a divalent chain saturated hydrocarbon group, an extended aryl group or an alkoxy group.

324119 作為前述Q2所示之2價有機基的例子所例舉之基可具 有取代基’就該取代基而言,可例舉如與前述關於式〇) 的說明中所例示之取代基相同的取代基。取代基存在複數 個時’該等可為相同或相異。 式(3)中,Y2表示碳陽離子、銨陽離子、鱗陽離子、锍 陽離子或錤陽離子。 就碳陽離子而言,可例舉如 -C+R2所示之基 (式中’ R表示前舰基絲基。有複數個的R可為相同或 相異)。 就録陽離子而言,可例舉如 -N+R3所示之基 (式中, 就鱗陽離子而言,可例舉如 ” -P+R3所示之基 R可為相同或相異)。 (式中’R表示與前述同義。有複數個的 就銃陽離子而言,可例舉如 - S+R2所示之基 (式中’R表示與前述同義。有複數個的^為相同或相異)。 31 201247733 就錤陽離子而言,可例舉如 -i+r2所示之基 (式中,R表示與前述同義。有複數個的r可為相同戈相 式(2)中,合成原料單體的容易度以及原料草體及 子化合物對空氣、濕氣或熱的安定性的觀點來看,γ2鬲分 係碳陽離子、銨陽離子、鱗陽離子、銕陽離子, 敕隹 陽離子。隹係鎿 β 式(3)中,Μ2 表示 F-、Cr、Br·、Γ、〇IT、B(RbV、Rbs324119 The group exemplified as the example of the divalent organic group represented by the above Q2 may have a substituent. The substituent may be, for example, the same as the substituent exemplified in the description of the above formula (〇). Substituent. When there are a plurality of substituents, the numbers may be the same or different. In the formula (3), Y2 represents a carbocation, an ammonium cation, a scaly cation, a phosphonium cation or a phosphonium cation. As the carbocation, a group represented by -C+R2 may be exemplified (wherein 'R represents a former ship's base group. A plurality of R's may be the same or different). The cation to be recorded may, for example, be a group represented by -N+R3 (wherein, in the case of a scale cation, a base such as "P+R3" may be the same or different). (wherein 'R represents the same as defined above. There are a plurality of ruthenium cations, and a group represented by -S+R2 may be exemplified (wherein 'R represents the same as defined above. There are a plurality of ^ which are the same or 31 201247733 In the case of a ruthenium cation, a group represented by -i+r2 may be exemplified (wherein R represents the same as defined above. A plurality of r may be in the same phase (2), From the viewpoints of the easiness of synthesizing a raw material monomer and the stability of air, moisture or heat of the raw material grass and the sub-compound, the γ 2 鬲 is a carbocation, an ammonium cation, a scale cation, a phosphonium cation, and a phosphonium cation. In the formula (3), Μ2 represents F-, Cr, Br·, Γ, 〇IT, B (RbV, Rbs

RbC00_、CIO—、Cl〇2_、Cl〇3-、ClOr、SCN.、CN.、N〇3、、。〇3、 HS(V、PO’、ΗΡ0Λ、H2P〇4—、BFr或 PF6-。Rb 表示可具 4、 代基之碳原子數1至30的烷基或可具有取代基之碜^有取 6至50的芳基。該取代基的碳數不包含在上述碳數^數 該取代基而言,可例舉如與前述關於式(1)的說明中所。,就 之取代基相同的取代基。取代基存在複數個時,該等 相同或相異。就Rb而言,可例舉如甲基、乙基基可^ 丙基、丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己美異 環己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基等碳原子^ 至別的烷基,苯基、卜萘基、2-萘基、1-蒽基、2_蒽基、 9一蒽基等礙原子數6至30的芳基等。 ^ 表示金屬陽離子或可具有取代基之錢陽離 士一戶斤示之金屬陽離子、可具有取代基之録陽離子而 美之::::針對前述z1所示之金屬陽離子、可具有取代 土之銨%離子所例示者相同者。 式(3)中’ 表示〇以上的整數,較佳係Q至6的整 324119 32 201247733 數,更佳係0至2的整數。 式(3)中,a2表示1以上的整數(例如1至10的整數), b2表示0以上的整數(例如0至10的整數)。 a2及b2係與針對式(2)的al及bl相同地,以使式(3) 所示之基的電荷成為0的方式選擇。a2較佳係1至5的整 數,更佳係1或2。 就前述式(3)所示之基而言,可例舉如下述式所示之基 (式中,X 表示 F、C1、Br、I、B(C6H5)4、CH3COO 或 CF3S〇3)。 -^Ν+(0Η3)3Χ-) —(-CH2—N+(CH3)3X') —(-(CH2)2-N+(CH3)3X- ) —(-(CH2)4-N+(CH3)3X·) -(CH2)8-N+(CH3)3X- ch3 -CH—N+(CH3)3X-ch3 -c—N+(CH3)3X- ch3 —(0—(CH2)4-N+(CH3)3X- -^0-CH2-N+(CH3)3X-) —(CH2)2-N+(CH3)3X-1 ch3 c— ch3RbC00_, CIO-, Cl〇2_, Cl〇3-, ClOr, SCN., CN., N〇3, ,. 〇3, HS (V, PO', ΗΡ0Λ, H2P〇4—, BFr or PF6-. Rb represents an alkyl group having 4 to 30 carbon atoms or a substituent which may have a substituent. An aryl group of 6 to 50. The carbon number of the substituent is not included in the above-mentioned number of carbon atoms, and may be exemplified by the above description of the formula (1), and the substituents are the same. a substituent. When a plurality of substituents are present, the same or different. For Rb, a methyl group, an ethyl propyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a second butyl group, and the like are exemplified. a carbon atom such as tributyl, pentyl, hexylisocyclohexyl, heptyl, octyl, decyl, decyl, lauryl, etc. to other alkyl groups, phenyl, naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 1-indole a group, a 2 fluorenyl group, a 9-fluorenyl group, etc., an aryl group having an atomic number of 6 to 30, etc. ^ represents a metal cation or a metal cation which may have a substituent, may have a substituent Recording cations and beautiful:::: The same as those exemplified for the metal cations shown in the above z1 and the ammonium % ions which may have the substituted soil. In the formula (3), 'is an integer above 〇, preferably Q The integer number of 324119 32 201247733 to 6 is more preferably an integer of 0 to 2. In the formula (3), a2 represents an integer of 1 or more (for example, an integer of 1 to 10), and b2 represents an integer of 0 or more (for example, 0 to 10). The integers a2 and b2 are selected in such a manner that the charge of the group represented by the formula (3) is 0, similarly to the a1 and the bl of the formula (2). a2 is preferably an integer of 1 to 5, more Preferably, the group represented by the above formula (3) is a group represented by the following formula (wherein X represents F, C1, Br, I, B(C6H5)4, CH3COO. Or CF3S〇3). -^Ν+(0Η3)3Χ-) —(-CH2—N+(CH3)3X') —(-(CH2)2-N+(CH3)3X- ) —(-(CH2)4 -N+(CH3)3X·) -(CH2)8-N+(CH3)3X-ch3 -CH-N+(CH3)3X-ch3 -c-N+(CH3)3X- ch3 —(0—(CH2)4- N+(CH3)3X- -^0-CH2-N+(CH3)3X-) —(CH2)2-N+(CH3)3X-1 ch3 c— ch3

—(-0—(CH2)8-N+(CH3)3x) _^.〇_ch—N+(CH3)3x) ~(*0_9—N+(CH3)3X·—(-0—(CH2)8-N+(CH3)3x) _^.〇_ch—N+(CH3)3x) ~(*0_9—N+(CH3)3X·

33 324119 201247733 ?h3 -c—n+(c2h5)3x·] ch3 如 (C2H5)3X·) -(-CH2—N+(C2H5)3X-) -(-(CH2)2-N+(C2H5)3X· ) —(-(CH2)4-N+(C2H5)3X-) -(CH^e-N^^HrfaX-) _^_έΗ-Ν+(02Η5)3Χ·) -〇-CH2_N+(C2H5)3X. ) —(*。—(CH2>2-N*<C2H5)3X.) —^O—(CH2)4-N+(C2H5)3X-33 324119 201247733 ?h3 -c-n+(c2h5)3x·] ch3 as (C2H5)3X·) -(-CH2—N+(C2H5)3X-) -(-(CH2)2-N+(C2H5)3X· ) —(-(CH2)4-N+(C2H5)3X-) -(CH^eN^^HrfaX-) _^_έΗ-Ν+(02Η5)3Χ·) -〇-CH2_N+(C2H5)3X. ) —(* -(CH2>2-N*<C2H5)3X.) —^O—(CH2)4-N+(C2H5)3X-

x . CH3 x . CHa X ch3 n+(C2h5)3x·x . CH3 x . CHa X ch3 n+(C2h5)3x·

-〇-(CH2)8-N+(C2H5)3X·] -^-o-ch—n+(C2h5)3x· J -γο-c—N+(C2H5)3Xj N+(C2H5)3X-‘ (C2h5)3X-) ~-〇-(CH2)8-N+(C2H5)3X·] -^-o-ch-n+(C2h5)3x· J -γο-c-N+(C2H5)3Xj N+(C2H5)3X-' (C2h5)3X -) ~

n+(c2hs)3X-~(〇Ό-ν+^η^χ*) -(°-〇 -(^♦H(C2H5>2xj -(-CH2-NTH(C2Hs)2X-) —(-(CH2>2-N+H(C2Hs)2X-) —f*(cH2>4_N W ~(-(CH2)a-N+H(C2Hs)2X-) _^H_N-H(C2Hs>2X·) ——N+H(C2Hs)2X') ' 7 ch3 -^0-CH2-N+H(C2H5)2X·) —(·〇—(CH2)2-N+H(C2H5)2X-) ——(CHz)4 —(-〇-(CH2)8-N*H(C2Hs)2X- ) _^.〇_έΗ—N*H(C2H5)2X-) -^O-C—N+H(C2Hs)2X ) Ν+(〇2^δ)3^n+(c2hs)3X-~(〇Ό-ν+^η^χ*) -(°-〇-(^♦H(C2H5>2xj -(-CH2-NTH(C2Hs)2X-) —(-(CH2&gt ; 2-N+H(C2Hs)2X-) —f*(cH2>4_N W ~(-(CH2)a-N+H(C2Hs)2X-) _^H_N-H(C2Hs>2X·) —— N+H(C2Hs)2X') ' 7 ch3 -^0-CH2-N+H(C2H5)2X·) —(·〇—(CH2)2-N+H(C2H5)2X-)——(CHz ) 4 —(-〇-(CH2)8-N*H(C2Hs)2X- ) _^.〇_έΗ—N*H(C2H5)2X-) -^OC—N+H(C2Hs)2X ) Ν +(〇2^δ)3^

(C2H5)2X- N+H(C2H5)2X- ch3(C2H5)2X- N+H(C2H5)2X- ch3

N^(C2H5)2X、N^(C2H5)2X,

34 3.24119 201247733 -N'CeH5)3X- —^CH2—N+(C6H5)3X ) -^(CH2)2-N+(C6H5)3X- ) —^(CH2)4-N+(C6H5)3X-) -(〇Η2)8-Ν^06Η5)3Χ-) _i.^H-N+(C6H5)3X- ) —(-C—N+(C6Hs)3X*) v ' ch3 .0—(ch2)4-n+(c6hs)3x_ ?H3 N -c—N"(CeH5)3Xj CH, 〇-ch2-n+(csh5)3x- ) —(〇—<CH2)2-N+(CSH5)3X-) -i ch3 -O-CH—N+{C6H5)3X' 〇—<CH2>e-N+(CeH5)3X·34 3.24119 201247733 -N'CeH5)3X- —^CH2—N+(C6H5)3X ) -^(CH2)2-N+(C6H5)3X- ) —^(CH2)4-N+(C6H5)3X-) -( 〇Η2)8-Ν^06Η5)3Χ-) _i.^H-N+(C6H5)3X- ) —(-C—N+(C6Hs)3X*) v ' ch3 .0—(ch2)4-n+(c6hs ) 3x_ ?H3 N -c-N"(CeH5)3Xj CH, 〇-ch2-n+(csh5)3x- ) —(〇—<CH2)2-N+(CSH5)3X-) -i ch3 -O- CH—N+{C6H5)3X′ 〇—<CH2>e-N+(CeH5)3X·

,N+(CeH5)3X- -(〇-+伽一)被]_(。1) N+(C6H5)3X- -to -f°, N+(CeH5)3X- -(〇-+伽一) is]_(.1) N+(C6H5)3X- -to -f°

_式(4)所示之基- 式(4)中,R5表示單鍵或可具有取代基之(i+m5)價有機 基。式(4)所示之基係一價基。 式(4)中’就R5所示之可具有取代基之(i+m5)價有機基 而言,可例舉如甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁 • 基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、環己基、庚基、 辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基、該等基中至少1個氫原子經 取代基取代之基等從可具有取代基之碳原子數1至2〇的烷 基去除m5個氩原子之基;苯基、卜萘基、2-萘基、1-蒽基、 2-蒽基、9-蒽基、該等基中至少1個氫原子經取代基取代 之基從可具有取代基之碳原子數6至30的芳基去除m5個 氫原子之基;甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁氧基、戊氧基、 己氧基、壬氧基、月桂基氧基、環丙氧基、環丁基氧基、 環戊氧基、環己氧基、環壬氧基、環月桂基氧基、降莰基 324119 35 201247733 氧基、金剛烷基氧基、該等基中至少1個氫原子經取代基 取代之基等從可具有取代基之碳原子數1至50的烷氧基去 除m5個氫原子之基;從具有含有碳原子之取代基之胺基去 除m5個氫原子之基;從具有含有碳原子之取代基之矽基去 除m5個氫原子之基。該取代基的碳數不包含在上述碳數 中。從合成原料單體的容易度之觀點來看,較佳係從烷基 会除m5個氫原子之基、從芳基去除m5個氫原子之基、從 炫氣基去除m5個氫原子之基。In the formula (4), R5 represents a single bond or an (i+m5)valent organic group which may have a substituent. The group represented by the formula (4) is a monovalent group. In the formula (4), the (i+m5) valent organic group which may have a substituent represented by R5 may, for example, be a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group or an isobutyl group. a base, a second butyl group, a tert-butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a decyl group, a fluorenyl group, a lauryl group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent Etching a group of m5 argon atoms from an alkyl group having 1 to 2 Å of a carbon atom having a substituent; phenyl, naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 1-indenyl, 2-indenyl, 9-fluorenyl, The group in which at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent removes a group of m5 hydrogen atoms from an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; methoxy group, ethoxy group, propoxy group, Butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, decyloxy, lauryloxy, cyclopropoxy, cyclobutyloxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, cyclodecyloxy, cyclolautonyl Oxyl group, thiol group 324119 35 201247733 oxy group, adamantyloxy group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent, etc., an alkoxy group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent Remove m5 Yl atoms; substituent group having a group containing carbon atoms of from removal of one hydrogen atom of the group m5; from the substituent group having a carbon atom to the silicon based group m5 hydrogen atoms contained in addition. The carbon number of the substituent is not included in the above carbon number. From the viewpoint of easiness of synthesizing a raw material monomer, it is preferred to remove a group of m5 hydrogen atoms from an alkyl group, a group of m5 hydrogen atoms from an aryl group, and a base of m5 hydrogen atoms from a phosgene group. .

就前述取代基而言,可例舉如與前述關於式(1)的說明 中所例示之取代基相同的取代基。前述取代基存在複數個 時,該等可為相同或相異。 式(4)中’ m5表示1以上的整數(例如1、2、3)。惟, r5為單鍵時,m5表示1。 式(4)中’就Q3所示之2價有機基而言,可例舉如與針 對前述Q1所示之2價有機基所例示者相同之基,從合成原 料單體的容易度之觀點來看,較佳係2價鏈狀飽和烴基、 伸芳基、伸烷氧基。 作為前述Q3所示之2價有機基的例子所例舉之基可具 有取代基,就該取代基而言,可例舉如與前述關於式G) 的説明中所例示之取代基相同的取代基。取代基存在複數 個時,該等可為相同或相異。 式(4)中,n3表示0以上的整數,較佳係〇至2〇的整 數,更佳係0至8的整數。 式(4)中,Y3表示氰基或式(5)至(13)任一者所示之基。 36 324119 201247733 式(5)至(13)所示之基係一價基。 式(5)至(13)中,京尤R’所示之可具有取代基 基而言,可例舉如亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丙基M時 丙基、1,2-伸丁其1 q从 ’伸 ’竹基、1,3-伸丁基伸丁基、15 基、伸己基、U-伸壬基、m—伸月桂基、該等^ 至個風原子經取代基取代之基等可具有取代基之二 子數1至5G的2價鏈狀飽和烴基;包含伸乙婦基、伸二、 基、3-伸丁婦基、2_伸丁縣、2_伸戊烯基、2_伸己歸/ 2_伸壬婦基、2~伸月桂稀基、該等基中至少1個氫原^ 取代基取代之基衬具有取代基之縣子數2至5()的伸^ 基,以及伸乙炔基之可具有取代基之碳原子數2至50的2 價鏈狀不飽和烴基;伸環丙基、伸環丁基、伸環戊基、伸 %己基、伸環壬基、伸環月桂基、伸降莰基、伸金剛烷基、 該等基中至少1個氫原子經取代基取代之基等可具有^代 基之碳原子數3至50的2價環狀飽和烴基;丨,3_伸苯基、 1,4-伸苯基、1,4-伸萘基、1,5-伸萘基、2, 6-伸萘基、聯 苯基-4, 4’-二基、該等基中至少1個氫原子經取代基取代 之基等可具有取代基之碳原子數6至50的伸芳基。該取代 基的碳數不包含在上述碳數中。 就前述取代基而言,可例舉如與前述關於式(1)的說明 中所例示之取代基相同的取代基。取代基存在複數個時, 該等可為相同或相異。 式(5)至(13)中,就R’’所示之可具有取代基之1價烴 基而言’可例舉如曱基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異 324119 37 201247733 丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、環己基、庚義、 辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基、該等基中至少1個氫原子經 取代基取代之基專可具有取代基之碳原子數1至20的 基,苯基、1-弟·基、2-萘基、1-蒽基、2-蒽基、9_貧義 該等基中至少1個氫原子經取代基取代之基等可具有取代 基之碳原子數6至30的芳基等。該取代基的碳數不包含在 上述碳數中。從高分子化合物的溶解性之觀點來看,較佳 係曱基、乙基、苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基。就前述取代基而 — 言,可例舉如與前述關於式(1)的說明中所例示之取代基才目 同的取代基。取代基存在複數個時,該等可為相同或相異。 式(6)中’就R’’’所示之可具有取代基之3價烴基而 言,可例舉如甲烧三基、乙烧三基、1,2, 3-丙烧三基、1,2 丁烧二基、1,2,5_戍烧二基、1,3,5 -戊院三基、1,2 6 -己 烷三基、1,3, 6-己烷三基、該等基中至少1個氫原子經取 代基取代之基等可具有取代基之碳原子數1至20的烧三 基;1,2,3_本二基、1,2, 4-本二基、1,3,5-苯三基、該等 基中至少1個氫原子經取代基取代之基等可具有取代基之 碳原子數6至30芳烴三基等。該取代基的碳數不包含在上 述碳數中。從高分子化合物的溶解性之觀點來看,較佳係 甲燒三基、乙烧三基、1,2, 4-苯三基、1,3, 5-苯三基。就 前述取代基而言,可例舉如與前述關於式(1)的說明中所例 示之取代基相同的取代基。取代基存在複數個時,該等可 為相同或相異。 關於K"之例子之—NR%及-C( = 0)NRe2,Re表示可具有 324119 38 201247733The above substituents may, for example, be the same substituents as those exemplified above for the description of the formula (1). When a plurality of the above substituents are present, the groups may be the same or different. In the formula (4), 'm5' represents an integer of 1 or more (for example, 1, 2, and 3). However, when r5 is a single bond, m5 represents 1. In the formula (4), the divalent organic group represented by Q3 may, for example, be the same as those exemplified for the divalent organic group represented by the above Q1, from the viewpoint of easiness of synthesizing a raw material monomer. In view of the above, a divalent chain saturated hydrocarbon group, an aryl group, and an alkoxy group are preferred. The group exemplified as the example of the divalent organic group represented by the above Q3 may have a substituent, and the substituent may be the same as the substituent exemplified in the above description about the formula G). base. Where a plurality of substituents are present, the may be the same or different. In the formula (4), n3 represents an integer of 0 or more, preferably an integer of 2 to 〇, more preferably an integer of 0 to 8. In the formula (4), Y3 represents a cyano group or a group represented by any one of the formulae (5) to (13). 36 324119 201247733 The monovalent group of the formula shown by the formulae (5) to (13). In the formulae (5) to (13), the group which may have a substituent represented by the group of the group R, may, for example, be a methylene group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a propyl group, a 1,2-extension group. Ding Qi 1 q from 'stretching' bamboo base, 1,3-butyl butyl butyl, 15 yl, hexyl, U-extension, m-stretching laurel, these ^ to a wind atom replaced by a substituent a divalent chain saturated hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent of two to several subunits of 1 to 5 G; and includes a thiophenanyl group, a stilbene group, a stilbene group, a 3-butanyl group, a 2 stilbene group, and a 2 pentylene group. , 2_伸己归/ 2_ stretching 壬 、, 2~ stretching sulphate, at least one hydrogen atom in the group, the substituent substituted by the substituent, the number of the county is 2 to 5 () a 2-valent chain unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; an exocyclopropyl group, a cyclobutene butyl group, a cyclopentylene group, a stretching hexyl group, and a stretching ring; a mercapto group, a ring-shaped lauryl group, a fluorenyl group, an adamantyl group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent, or the like may have a divalent ring having 3 to 50 carbon atoms Saturated hydrocarbon group; hydrazine, 3_phenylene, 1,4-phenylene, 1,4-naphthyl a 1,5-anthracenyl group, a 2,6-anthranyl group, a biphenyl-4,4'-diyl group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent, or the like may have a substituent. An extended aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms. The carbon number of the substituent is not included in the above carbon number. The above substituents may, for example, be the same substituents as those exemplified above for the description of the formula (1). Where there are a plurality of substituents, the may be the same or different. In the formulae (5) to (13), the monovalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent represented by R'' may be exemplified by a mercapto group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, and an iso-324119. 37 201247733 butyl, t-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, cyclohexyl, heptyl, octyl, decyl, decyl, lauryl, at least one hydrogen atom in the group via a substituent The substituent group may have a substituent having a carbon atom number of 1 to 20, a phenyl group, a 1-diyl group, a 2-naphthyl group, a 1-fluorenyl group, a 2-fluorenyl group, and a 9-minimide group. An aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, such as a group substituted with a substituent of at least one hydrogen atom. The carbon number of the substituent is not included in the above carbon number. From the viewpoint of solubility of the polymer compound, a mercapto group, an ethyl group, a phenyl group, a 1-naphthyl group or a 2-naphthyl group is preferred. With respect to the above substituents, the same substituents as those exemplified above for the description of the formula (1) can be exemplified. Where there are a plurality of substituents, the may be the same or different. In the formula (6), the trivalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent represented by R''' may, for example, be a trimethyl group, an ethidium triyl group, a 1,2, 3-propanol triyl group, 1,2 butylene dibasic, 1,2,5-fluorenyldiyl, 1,3,5-pentyltriyl, 1,2 6-hexanetriyl, 1,3,6-hexanetriyl a group of three or more carbon atoms having a substituent of at least one hydrogen atom in the group, which may have a substituent, wherein the carbon atom number is from 1 to 20; 1,2,3_bensyl, 1,2,4-ben A diyl group, a 1,3,5-benzenetriyl group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent, or the like may have a substituent having 6 to 30 aromatic hydrocarbon groups and the like. The carbon number of the substituent is not included in the above carbon number. From the viewpoint of solubility of the polymer compound, a trimethyl group, an ethidium triyl group, a 1,2,4-benzenetriyl group, and a 1,3,5-benzenetriyl group are preferable. The above substituents may, for example, be the same substituents as those exemplified above for the description of the formula (1). When there are a plurality of substituents, the ones may be the same or different. For the example of K" -NR% and -C( = 0)NRe2, Re means that it can have 324119 38 201247733

取代基之碳原子數< — 數6至50的芳基 就轉取代基而言, 示之取代基相同的 物的溶解性之觀點 萘基、2-萘基。 κ 1以上的整數,較佳係3至 a4表示〇以上的整數;。式(γ) 式(5)及式(6)中,a3表示 10的整數。式(7)至(13)中,a4 中,a4較佳係0至30的整數,更佳係3至2〇的整數。式 (8)至(11)中’ a4較佳係〇至1〇的整數,更佳係〇至5的 整數。式(12)中,a4較佳係〇至2〇的整數,更佳係3至 20的整數。式(13)中,a4較佳係〇至2〇的整數,更佳係 0至10的整數。 從合成原料單體的容易度之觀點來看,γ3較佳係氰 基、式(5)所示之基、式(6)所示之基、式(7)所示之基、式 φ (11)所示之基、式(12)所示之基,更佳係式(5)所示之基、 式(6)所示之基、式(7)所示之基、式(12)所示之基,特佳 係下述基。 324119 39 201247733 -0(CH20)2CH3 -0(CH20)3CH3The number of carbon atoms of the substituent < - aryl group of 6 to 50 The viewpoint of the solubility of the same substituent as the substituent is naphthyl or 2-naphthyl. An integer of κ 1 or more, preferably 3 to a4 represents an integer of 〇 or more; In the formula (5) and the formula (6), a3 represents an integer of 10. In the formulae (7) to (13), a4 is preferably an integer of 0 to 30, more preferably an integer of 3 to 2 Å. In the formulae (8) to (11), 'a4 is preferably an integer of from 1 to 〇, more preferably an integer of from 5 to 5. In the formula (12), a4 is preferably an integer of from 2 to 20, more preferably an integer of from 3 to 20. In the formula (13), a4 is preferably an integer of from 2 to ,, more preferably an integer of from 0 to 10. From the viewpoint of easiness of synthesizing a raw material monomer, γ3 is preferably a cyano group, a group represented by the formula (5), a group represented by the formula (6), a group represented by the formula (7), and a formula φ ( 11) The group shown by the formula (12), more preferably a group represented by the formula (5), a group represented by the formula (6), a group represented by the formula (7), and a formula (12) The base shown is particularly preferred. 324119 39 201247733 -0(CH20)2CH3 -0(CH20)3CH3

324119 )和 )如 f )-^-o<ch2ch2o)6h) -(CH2〇)6CH3 +(丨)和 七 ~^-o(ch2ch2o)10h -〇(CH2O)10CH3 0(CH2CH2〇)2CH3 -t"0(CH2CH20)3CH3) -H〇{CH2CH2〇)6CH3 I -t-〇(CH2CH2O)10CH3324119) and) as f)-^-o<ch2ch2o)6h) -(CH2〇)6CH3 +(丨) and seven~^-o(ch2ch2o)10h -〇(CH2O)10CH3 0(CH2CH2〇)2CH3 -t&quot ;0(CH2CH20)3CH3) -H〇{CH2CH2〇)6CH3 I -t-〇(CH2CH2O)10CH3

•0(CH20}2H •o(ch2o)3h•0(CH20}2H •o(ch2o)3h

0(CH20)6H0(CH20)6H

-〇(CH2O)10H-〇(CH2O)10H

-〇(CH2CH2〇)2H )-〇(CH2CH2〇)2H )

-0(CH2CH20)3H —^-C-0{CH20)2CH3^ -^-C—〇(〇Η20)3〇Η3^ —^-C-0(CH2O)6CH3^ —^-C-〇(CH2CH20)2CH3 j —^-C-〇(CH2CH20)3CH3j-^-C-0(CH2CH20)3CH3j —^-C—〇( -(c-〇(CH20)2H ) -[c- 0(CH20)3H j -^C-〇iCH20)6H )1 O(CH2O)10CH3 CH2CH20)3CHq -^-〇(CH2CH2〇)2H) 4!--0(CH2CH20)3H —^-C-0{CH20)2CH3^ -^-C—〇(〇Η20)3〇Η3^ —^-C-0(CH2O)6CH3^ —^-C-〇(CH2CH20 ) 2CH3 j —^-C-〇(CH2CH20)3CH3j-^-C-0(CH2CH20)3CH3j —^-C—〇( -(c-〇(CH20)2H ) -[c- 0(CH20)3H j -^C-〇iCH20)6H )1 O(CH2O)10CH3 CH2CH20)3CHq -^-〇(CH2CH2〇)2H) 4!-

0(CH2CH20)3…寸 c 一0{CH2CH20)6H O(CH2O)10H j — [式(4)所示之基的具體例] 就前述式(4)所示之基而言,可例舉如下述式所示之 基。 40 201247733 t0( ch2ch2o)2ch30(CH2CH20)3...inch c - 0{CH2CH20)6H O(CH2O)10H j - [Specific example of the group represented by the formula (4)] The group represented by the above formula (4) can be exemplified The base is as shown in the following formula. 40 201247733 t0( ch2ch2o)2ch3

o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 )+ o(ch2ch2o)sch3 0(CH2CH2〇)i〇CH3o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 )+ o(ch2ch2o)sch3 0(CH2CH2〇)i〇CH3

o(ch2ch2o)2h )o(ch2ch2o)2h )

0(CH2CH20)3H )0(CH2CH20)3H )

-^-0(CH2CH20)6H-^-0(CH2CH20)6H

0(CH2CH2〇)i〇H0(CH2CH2〇)i〇H

p(CH2CH20)3CH3 o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 ) h3c(oh2ch2c)3o、p(CH2CH20)3CH3 o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 ) h3c(oh2ch2c)3o,

^-0(CH2CH20)3CH3^-0(CH2CH20)3CH3

0(CH2CH20)2CH3 片c- 0(CH2CH20)3CI0(CH2CH20)2CH3 piece c- 0(CH2CH20)3CI

h3K C-〇(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 0(CH2CH2〇)3CH, -4-C-0(CH2CH20)2h) -4-C-〇(CH2CH2〇)3h] -+-〇-〇{αΗ2ΟΗ20)6Η)-4-〇-〇(〇Η2ΟΗ20)10Η 0h3K C-〇(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 0(CH2CH2〇)3CH, -4-C-0(CH2CH20)2h) -4-C-〇(CH2CH2〇)3h] -+-〇-〇{αΗ2ΟΗ20)6Η) -4-〇-〇(〇Η2ΟΗ20)10Η 0

II ,c—o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 c-〇(ch2ch2o)3ch3 ,c-o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 0(CH2CH20)3CH3II, c-o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 c-〇(ch2ch2o)3ch3,c-o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 0(CH2CH20)3CH3

就式(1)所示結構單元而言,可例舉如可具有下述式所 示之取代基之結構單元。下述式中,Μ表示與前述同義, 就前述取代基而言,可例舉如與前述關於式(1)的說明中所 例示之取代基相同的取代基。前述取代基存在複數個時, 該等可為相同或相異。 324119 41 201247733The structural unit represented by the formula (1) may, for example, be a structural unit which may have a substituent represented by the following formula. In the following formula, Μ is the same as the above, and the substituent is the same as the substituent exemplified in the above description of the formula (1). When a plurality of the above substituents are present, the groups may be the same or different. 324119 41 201247733

H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇 CO〇-M+ 0(CH2CH20)3CH3H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇 CO〇-M+ 0(CH2CH20)3CH3

♦MOOC♦MOOC

+MOOC +MOOC+MOOC +MOOC

H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇 0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 324119 42 201247733 式(14)所示結構單元 式(14)中,R6係前述式(15)或前述式(16)所示之基, 從本發明高分子化合物對電子電流的安定性之觀點來看, 較佳係前述式(15)所示之基。R7係前述式(4)所示之基。m7 表示0至3的整數,較佳係〇至2,更佳係0或1。 前述式(14)所示結構單元可包含2種以上前述式(15) 所示之基’可包含2種以上前述式(16)所示之基,可包含 2種以上前述式(4)所示結構單元。 前述式(14)中的氫原子可經R6、R7以外的取代基取 代。就該取代基而言,可例舉如與前述關於式(1)的說明中 所例示之取代基相同的取代基。取代基存在複數個時,該 等可為相同或相異。 -式(15)所示之基- 式(15)中’R8表示可具有取代基之(i+mg+m9)價有機 基。式(15)所示之基係一價基。 式(15)中’就R8所示之可具有取代基之(i+m8+m9)價有 機基而言’可例舉如甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、 異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、環己基、庚 基、辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基、該等基中至少1個氫原 子經取代基取代之基等從可具有取代基之碳原子數1至2〇 的坑基去除(m8+m9)個氫原子之基;苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基、 卜蒽基、2-蒽基、9-蒽基、該等基中至少1個氫原子經取 代基取代之基等從可具有取代基之碳原子數6至30的芳基 去除(m8+m9)個氫原子之基;曱氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁 324119 43 201247733 ^基、戊氧基、己氧基、壬氧基、月桂基氧基、環丙氧基、 環丁基氧基、環戊氧基、環己氧基、環壬氧基、環月^基 氧基、降莰基氧基、金剛烷基氧基、該等基中至個2 原子經取代絲代之基較可具有取代基之碳原子數上至 50的烷氧基去除(m8+m9)個氫原子之基;從具有含有碳原 子之取代基之胺基去除(m8*fm9)個氫原子之基;從具有含有 碳原子之取代基之矽基去除(m8+m9)個氫原子之基。該取代 φ 基的碳數不包含在上述碳數中。從合成原料單體的容易度 之觀點來看,較佳係從烧基去除(m8+m9)個氫原子之基、從 芳基去除(in8+in9)個氫原子之基、從烷氧基去除(m8+m9)個 虱原子之基’更佳係從芳基去除(m8+m9)個氫原子之基。 就前述取代基而言,可例舉如與前述關於式的說明 中所例示之取代基相同的取代基。前述取代基存在複數個 時’該等可為相同或相異。 式(15)中,m8及m9分別獨立地表示1以上的整數(例 %如卜2、3)。 式(15)中,Q1、Q3、Y1、Y3、Μ1、Z1、ni、n3、al 及 bl 表示與前述同義。 [式(15)所示之基之具體例] 就前述式(15)所示之基而言’可例舉如下述式所示之 基。 下述式中,Μ表示與前述同義。 324119 44 201247733 COO-M+ o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 μΜΌΟΟ o(ch2ch2o)3ch3H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 324119 42 201247733 In the structural unit formula (14) represented by the formula (14), R6 is a group represented by the above formula (15) or the above formula (16), from the present invention. From the viewpoint of the stability of the polymer compound to the electron current, the group represented by the above formula (15) is preferred. R7 is a group represented by the above formula (4). M7 represents an integer from 0 to 3, preferably from 2 to 1, more preferably 0 or 1. The structural unit represented by the above formula (14) may include two or more groups represented by the above formula (15), and may include two or more groups represented by the above formula (16), and may include two or more types of the above formula (4). Show structural unit. The hydrogen atom in the above formula (14) may be substituted with a substituent other than R6 or R7. As the substituent, the same substituent as exemplified in the above description about the formula (1) can be exemplified. When there are a plurality of substituents, the may be the same or different. - The group represented by the formula (15) - 'R8' in the formula (15) represents an (i + mg + m9) valent organic group which may have a substituent. The group represented by the formula (15) is a monovalent group. In the formula (15), '(i+m8+m9) valent organic group which may have a substituent represented by R8' may, for example, be a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group or a different group. Butyl, t-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, cyclohexyl, heptyl, octyl, decyl, decyl, lauryl, at least one hydrogen atom in the group substituted by a substituent The base or the like removes (m8+m9) hydrogen atoms from a pit group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, diphenyl, 2-indenyl, 9-fluorenyl group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent, etc., and a group of (m8+m9) hydrogen atoms is removed from an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; Base, ethoxy, propoxy, butyl 324119 43 201247733 ^yl, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, decyloxy, lauryloxy, cyclopropoxy, cyclobutyloxy, cyclopentyloxy, a cyclohexyloxy group, a cyclodecyloxy group, a cyclopentyloxy group, a fluorenyloxy group, an adamantyloxy group, a carbon which may have a substituent in the group of 2 to 1 atom substituted silty Removal of alkoxy groups up to 50 atomic number (m 8+m9) a group of hydrogen atoms; a group of (m8*fm9) hydrogen atoms removed from an amine group having a substituent having a carbon atom; and removal from a thiol group having a substituent having a carbon atom (m8+m9) The base of a hydrogen atom. The carbon number of the substituted φ group is not included in the above carbon number. From the viewpoint of easiness of synthesizing a raw material monomer, it is preferred to remove (m8+m9) hydrogen atom groups from the ketone group, remove (in8+in9) hydrogen atom groups from the aryl group, and alkoxy group. Removal of (m8 + m9) groups of ruthenium atoms is preferred to remove (m8 + m9) hydrogen atom groups from the aryl group. The above substituents may, for example, be the same substituents as those exemplified in the above description of the formula. When the above substituents are present in plural, these may be the same or different. In the formula (15), m8 and m9 each independently represent an integer of 1 or more (examples are as shown in Figs. 2 and 3). In the formula (15), Q1, Q3, Y1, Y3, Μ1, Z1, ni, n3, al and bl are synonymous with the above. [Specific Example of the Group of the Formula (15)] The group represented by the above formula (15) can be exemplified by the following formula. In the following formula, Μ represents the same as the above. 324119 44 201247733 COO-M+ o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 μΜΌΟΟ o(ch2ch2o)3ch3

COOM+ o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 COO*M+ P(CH2CH20)3CH3 o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 COOM+COOM+ o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 COO*M+ P(CH2CH20)3CH3 o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 COOM+

H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇v coom+ -o(ch2ch2o)3ch3H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇v coom+ -o(ch2ch2o)3ch3

so so〆 0(CH2CH20)3CH3So so〆 0(CH2CH20)3CH3

"MO^S o(ch2ch2o)3ch3"MO^S o(ch2ch2o)3ch3

P(ch2ch2o)3ch3 o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 S03'M+ h3c(oh2ch2c)3o、 yS03_M+P(ch2ch2o)3ch3 o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 S03'M+ h3c(oh2ch2c)3o, yS03_M+

-o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 -式(16)所示之基_ 式(16)中,R9表示可具有取代基之(1+mlO+mll)價有機 基。式(16)所示之基係一價基。 式(16)中’就R9所示之可具有取代基之(i+mi〇+mii) 價有機基而言’可例舉如曱基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁 基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、環己基、 324119 45 201247733 庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基、該等基中至少1個氫 原子經取代基取代之基等從可具有取代基之碳原子數丨至 20的烷基去除(mio+mii)個氫原子之基;苯基、卜萘基、 2-萘基、卜蒽基、2-蒽基、9_蒽基、該等基中至少丨個氣 原子經取代基取代之基等從可具有取代基之碳原子數6至 30的芳基去除(mlO+mll)個氫原子之基;曱氧基、乙氣基、 丙氧基、丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基、壬氧基、月桂基氣基、 φ %丙氧基、環丁基氧基、環戊氧基、環己氧基、環壬氣基、 %月桂基氧基、降莰基氧基、金剛烷基氧基、該等基中至 少1個氫原子經取代基取代之基等從可具有取代基之噥原 子數1至50的烷氧基去除(ml〇+rall)個氫原子之基;從具 有含有碳原子之取代基之胺基去除(ml〇+mll)個氣原子之 基;從具有含有碳原子之取代基之矽基去除(ml〇+mll)個氫 原子之基。該取代基的碳數不包含在上述碳數中。從合 原料單體的容易度之觀點來看,較佳係從烷基^除 1籲(mlG+m11)個氫原子之基、從芳基去除(mlG+mll)個氫原子 之基、從烧氧基去除(ml〇+m⑴個氫原子之基,更佳係從芳 .基去除(mlO+mll)個氫原子之基。 就前述取代基而言,可例舉如與前述關於式⑴的說明 中所例不之取代基相同的取代基。前述取代基存在複數個 時,該等可為相同或相異。 式(16)中’mi〇及mll分別獨立地表示丨以上的整數(例 如分別為1、2、3)。 式(16)中 ’Q2、Q3、Y2、Y3、M2、z2、n2、n3mb2 324119 46 201247733 表示與前述同義。 [式(16)所示之基之具體例] 就前述式(16)所示之基而言,可例舉如下述式所示之 基。下述式中,X表示與前述同義。-o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 - a group represented by the formula (16): In the formula (16), R9 represents a (1+mlO+mll) valent organic group which may have a substituent. The group represented by the formula (16) is a monovalent group. In the formula (16), '(i+mi〇+mii) valent organic group which may have a substituent represented by R9' may be exemplified by a mercapto group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, Isobutyl, t-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, cyclohexyl, 324119 45 201247733 heptyl, octyl, decyl, decyl, lauryl, at least one hydrogen atom in the group a substituent-substituted group or the like which removes a (mio+mii) hydrogen atom group from an alkyl group having a substituent having a carbon number of 丨 to 20; a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a 2-naphthyl group, a diphenyl group, a 2-indenyl group, 9-fluorenyl group, a group in which at least one gas atom is substituted with a substituent in the group, and the like (mO+mll) of a hydrogen atom is removed from an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; Base, ethane group, propoxy group, butoxy group, pentyloxy group, hexyloxy group, decyloxy group, lauryl group, φ% propoxy group, cyclobutyloxy group, cyclopentyloxy group, cyclohexyl group An oxy group, a cyclopentenyl group, a hydroxylauryloxy group, a norbornyloxy group, an adamantyloxy group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent, or the like Number 1 to The alkoxy group of 50 removes (ml〇+rall) groups of hydrogen atoms; removes (ml〇+mll) of a gas atom from an amine group having a substituent containing a carbon atom; and has a substituent having a carbon atom The thiol group removes (ml〇+mll) the base of a hydrogen atom. The carbon number of the substituent is not included in the above carbon number. From the viewpoint of easiness of the raw material monomers, it is preferred to remove (mlG+m11) hydrogen atoms from the aryl group, and to remove (mlG+mll) hydrogen atoms from the aryl group. The alkoxy group is removed (ml 〇 + m (1) hydrogen atom groups, and more preferably, the group of the hydrogen atom is removed from the aryl group. The above substituents may be exemplified by the above formula (1). In the description, the substituents are the same as the substituents. When there are a plurality of substituents, the above may be the same or different. In the formula (16), 'mi〇 and mll each independently represent an integer above 丨 ( For example, 1, 2, and 3) respectively. In the formula (16), 'Q2, Q3, Y2, Y3, M2, z2, n2, and n3mb2 324119 46 201247733 are synonymous with the above. [Specificions of the formula shown in the formula (16) (Example) The group represented by the above formula (16) may, for example, be a group represented by the following formula: In the following formula, X represents the same as defined above.

N(CH3)3+X- o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 n(ch3)3+x- n(ch3)3+x· o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 X-(H3C)3N; 0(CH2CH20)3CH3N(CH3)3+X-o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 n(ch3)3+x- n(ch3)3+x·o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 X-(H3C)3N; 0(CH2CH20)3CH3

•o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 N(CH3)3+X- H3C(0H2CH2C)30、 N(CH3)3+X·• o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 N(CH3)3+X- H3C(0H2CH2C)30, N(CH3)3+X·

-o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 (N(CH2CH3)3+X- ^-o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 ,n(ch2ch3)3+x· o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 N(CH2CH3)3+X- H3C(OH2CH2C)3Ox N(CH2CH3)3+X· •o(ch2ch2〇}3ch3-o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 (N(CH2CH3)3+X-^-o(ch2ch2o)3ch3,n(ch2ch3)3+x·o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 N(CH2CH3)3+X-H3C(OH2CH2C)3Ox N (CH2CH3)3+X· •o(ch2ch2〇}3ch3

•x(h3c)3n: 0(CH2CH20)3CH3• x(h3c)3n: 0(CH2CH20)3CH3

•o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 'N(CH2CH3)3+X'•o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 'N(CH2CH3)3+X'

就式(14)所示結構單元而言,可例舉如下述式所示之 可具有取代基之結構單元。下述式中,Μ表示與前述同義。 47 324119 201247733 就前述取代基而言,可例舉如與前述關於式(1)的說明中所 例示之取代基相同的取代基。前述取代基存在複數個時, 該等可為相同或相異。The structural unit represented by the formula (14) may, for example, be a structural unit which may have a substituent as shown by the following formula. In the following formula, Μ represents the same as the above. 47 324119 201247733 The above substituents may, for example, be the same substituents as those exemplified above for the description of the formula (1). When a plurality of the above substituents are present, the groups may be the same or different.

其他結構單元 本發明高分子化合物可更具有選自包含式(17)所示結 構單元及式(24)所示結構單元之群之1種以上的結構單 元。式(17)所示結構單元及式(24)所示結構單元係二價結 構單元。 324119 48 201247733Other structural unit The polymer compound of the present invention may further have one or more structural units selected from the group consisting of a structural unit represented by the formula (17) and a structural unit represented by the formula (24). The structural unit represented by the formula (17) and the structural unit represented by the formula (24) are bivalent structural units. 324119 48 201247733

(式(17)中,Ar1表示可具有取代基之(2+ιη12)價芳埃基或可 具有取代基之(2+ml2)價芳族胺殘基,R111表示前述式(4)所 示之基’ ml2表示1以上的整數。R1。有複數個時,可為相 同或相異)。(In the formula (17), Ar1 represents a (2+ιη12) valent aryl group which may have a substituent or a (2+ml2) valent aromatic amine residue which may have a substituent, and R111 represents the above formula (4). The base 'ml2 represents an integer of 1 or more. R1. When there are plural, it may be the same or different).

(24) (式(24)中,Ar2表示可具有取代基之2價芳族基或可具有 取代基之2價芳族胺殘基,X’表示可具有取代基之亞胺 基、可具有取代基之亞矽基、可具有取代基之伸乙烯基或 伸乙炔基,m23及m24分別獨立地表示〇或i,m23及讯24 中至少1個為1)。 -式(17)所示結構單元-(24) (In the formula (24), Ar2 represents a divalent aromatic group which may have a substituent or a divalent aromatic amine residue which may have a substituent, and X' represents an imide group which may have a substituent, and may have The subunit of the substituent, the vinyl group or the ethynyl group which may have a substituent, m23 and m24 each independently represent 〇 or i, and at least one of m23 and 24 is 1). - Structural unit shown in formula (17) -

就式(17)中的Ar1所示之(2+ml2)價芳族基而言,可例 舉如(2+ml2)價芳族烴基、(2+ml2)價芳族雜環基。更具體 而言’就該(2+ml2)價芳族基,可例舉如從苯環、吡啶環、 吱喃環、吼咯環、嘆吩環、吨麵、料環、㈣環= 二唑環、氮雜二唑(azadiazole)環等單環式芳環去: (2+ml2)個與構成環的碳原子鍵結之氫原子之(2+m⑵價 基;從選自包含該單環式芳環之群之二個以上經縮合的縮 合多環式芳環去除(2+m12)個與構成環的碳原子鍵結之氫 324119 49 201247733 原子之(2+ml2)價基;從將選自包含該單環式芳環及該縮合 多環式芳環之群的2個以上的芳環以單鍵、伸乙烯基或伸 乙炔基連結而成之芳環集合,去除2個與構成環的碳原子 鍵結之氳原子之2價基;從將該縮合多環式芳環或該芳環 集合之相鄰的2個芳環以亞曱基、伸乙基、羰基、亞胺基 等2價基交聯之具有交聯之有橋多環式芳環,去除(2+ml2) 個與構成環的碳原子鍵結之氫原子之(2+ml2)價基等。The (2+ml2) valent aromatic group represented by Ar1 in the formula (17) may, for example, be a (2+ml2) valent aromatic hydrocarbon group or a (2+ml2) valent aromatic heterocyclic group. More specifically, 'as far as the (2+ml2) valent aromatic group is, for example, from a benzene ring, a pyridine ring, a fluorene ring, a fluorene ring, an sinter ring, a tonnage, a ring, a (four) ring = two a monocyclic aromatic ring such as an azole ring or an azadiazole ring: (2+ml2) (2+m(2) valent group of a hydrogen atom bonded to a carbon atom constituting the ring; Two or more condensed condensed polycyclic aromatic rings of the group of cyclic aromatic rings remove (2+m12) hydrogen bonded to the carbon atoms constituting the ring 324119 49 201247733 Atom (2+ml2) valence; And removing two or more aromatic rings selected from the group consisting of the monocyclic aromatic ring and the condensed polycyclic aromatic ring by a single bond, a vinyl group or an ethynyl group, and removing two a divalent group of a ruthenium atom constituting a carbon atom bonded to a ring; from the condensed polycyclic aromatic ring or two adjacent aromatic rings of the aromatic ring group, an anthracene group, an ethyl group, a carbonyl group, an imine group A bridged polycyclic aromatic ring having a crosslinked bivalent group and the like, and (2+ml2) valent groups (2+ml2) which are hydrogen atoms bonded to carbon atoms constituting the ring are removed.

前述縮合多環式芳環中,從高分子化合物的溶解性之 觀點來看,縮合的單環式芳環的數量較佳係2至4,更佳 係2或3,再更佳係2。前述芳環集合中,從溶解性之觀點 來看,連結的芳環的數量,較佳係2至4,更佳係2或3, 再更佳係2。前述有橋多環式芳環中,從高分子化合物的 溶解性之觀點來看,經交聯的芳環的數量,較佳係2至4, 更佳係2或3,再更佳係2。 就前述單環式芳環而言,可例舉如下述環。In the above condensed polycyclic aromatic ring, the number of condensed monocyclic aromatic rings is preferably 2 to 4, more preferably 2 or 3, still more preferably 2, from the viewpoint of solubility of the polymer compound. In the above aromatic ring assembly, the number of linked aromatic rings is preferably from 2 to 4, more preferably from 2 or 3, still more preferably from the viewpoint of solubility. In the above-mentioned bridged polycyclic aromatic ring, the number of crosslinked aromatic rings is preferably from 2 to 4, more preferably from 2 or 3, more preferably from the viewpoint of solubility of the polymer compound. . As the aforementioned monocyclic aromatic ring, the following ring can be exemplified.

就前述縮合多環式芳環而言,可例舉如下述環。 324119 50 201247733The condensed polycyclic aromatic ring may, for example, be a ring as described below. 324119 50 201247733

324119 51 201247733324119 51 201247733

就前述有橋多環式芳環而言,可例舉如下述枣In the case of the above-mentioned bridged polycyclic aromatic ring, the following may be mentioned

從刖述向分子化合物的電子受容性及電洞受容性之任 一者或兩者之觀點來看’ Ari所示之(2+ml2)價芳族基’較 佳係從式 52 至 67、68 至 83、89 至 93、104 至 106、108 324119 52 201247733 或109所示之環去除(2+ml2)個氫原子之(2+ml2)價基,更 佳係從式 52 至 57、66、67、89、9卜 93、104、105、1〇8 或109所示之環去除(2+ml2)個氫原子之(2+ml2)價基。 上述(2+ml2)價芳族基可具有取代基。就該取代基而 言’可例舉如與前述關於式(1)的說明中所例示之取代基相 同的取代基。From the point of view of either or both of the electron acceptability and the hole acceptability of the molecular compound, the (2+ml2) valent aromatic group represented by Ari is preferably from the formula 52 to 67. 68 to 83, 89 to 93, 104 to 106, 108 324119 52 201247733 or 109 to remove (2+ml2) valence groups of (2+ml2) hydrogen atoms, more preferably from formula 52 to 57, 66 The ring represented by 67, 89, 9 93, 104, 105, 1 〇 8 or 109 removes (2+ml2) valence groups of (2+ml2) hydrogen atoms. The above (2+ml2) valent aromatic group may have a substituent. The substituent may be exemplified by the same substituent as exemplified above for the description of the formula (1).

就式(17)中的Ar1所示之(2+ml2)價芳族胺殘基而言, 可例舉如從式(25)所示之基去除^12個氫原子之(2+ml2) 價基。With respect to the (2+ml2) valent aromatic amine residue represented by Ar1 in the formula (17), it is exemplified by removing 12 hydrogen atoms (2+ml2) from the group represented by the formula (25). Price base.

Ar9 (25) (式(25)中’ Ar3、Ar4、Ar5及Ar6分別獨立地表示可具有取 代9基之伸芳基或可具有取代基之2價雜環基,Ar7、Ar8及 Ar分別獨立地表示可具有取代基之芳基或可具有取代基 之1仏雜環基、m25及m26分別獨立地表示〇或1)。 就刖述伸芳基、芳基、2價雜環基、1價雜環基可具有 之取=基而言’可例舉如㈣子、坑基、烧基氧基、烧硫 基、方基、芳氧基、芳硫基、芳烷基、芳烷基氧基、芳烷 :基烯基、炔基、芳烯基、芳炔基、醯基、醯氧基、醯 基、酿亞胺基、亞胺殘基、取代胺基、取僻基、取代 324119 53 201247733 矽基氧基、取代矽基硫基、取代矽基胺基、氰基、確基、1 價雜環基、雜芳氧基、雜芳硫基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰 基、芳烷基氧基羰基、雜芳氧基羰基及羧基等。該取代基 可為乙烯基、乙炔基、丁烯基、丙烯酸基、丙烯酸酯基、 丙蝉醯胺基、曱基丙烯酸基、曱基丙烯酸酯基、甲基丙烯 醯胺基、乙烯醚基、乙烯基胺基、矽醇基、具有小員環(環 丙基、環丁基、環氧基、環氧丙烷基、雙乙烯酮基、環硫 乙烷基(episulfide)等)之基、内酯基、内醯胺基、或含有 ’石夕氧烧衍生物結構之基等交聯基。 m25為〇時,Ar3中的碳原子與Ar5中的碳原子可直接 鍵結,亦可經由-〇---S-等2價基而鍵結。 就Ar7、Ar8及Ar9所示之芳基、1價雜環基而言,與前 述作為取代基所說明例示之芳基、丨價雜環基相同。Ar9 (25) (In the formula (25), 'Ar3, Ar4, Ar5 and Ar6 each independently represent a aryl group which may have a substituted aryl group or a divalent heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, and Ar7, Ar8 and Ar are each independently The aryl group which may have a substituent or the 1 仏 heterocyclic group which may have a substituent, m25 and m26 each independently represent 〇 or 1). The aryl group, the aryl group, the divalent heterocyclic group, and the monovalent heterocyclic group may have a substituent such as (four), a pit group, a decyloxy group, a sulfur-burning group, and a square. Base, aryloxy, arylthio, aralkyl, aralkyloxy, aralkyl: alkenyl, alkynyl, aralkenyl, arylalkynyl, fluorenyl, decyloxy, decyl, aryl Amine, imine residue, substituted amine group, aryl group, substitution 324119 53 201247733 fluorenyloxy, substituted fluorenylthio, substituted decylamino, cyano, exact, monovalent heterocyclic, hetero An aryloxy group, a heteroarylthio group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an aralkyloxycarbonyl group, a heteroaryloxycarbonyl group, a carboxyl group or the like. The substituent may be a vinyl group, an ethynyl group, a butenyl group, an acryl group, an acrylate group, a acrylamide group, a mercapto acrylate group, a decyl acrylate group, a methacrylamide group, a vinyl ether group, a vinylamine group, a sterol group, a group having a small member ring (cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, epoxy group, propylene oxide group, diketene group, episulfide group, etc.), lactone group And an indole amine group or a crosslinking group containing a group such as a structure of a diarrhea-derivative derivative. When m25 is ruthenium, the carbon atom in Ar3 may be directly bonded to the carbon atom in Ar5, or may be bonded via a divalent group such as -〇---S-. The aryl group and the monovalent heterocyclic group represented by Ar7, Ar8 and Ar9 are the same as the aryl group and the fluorene heterocyclic group exemplified as the substituents described above.

Ar3、Ar4、Ar5、Ar6所示之伸芳基係從芳族烴去除2個 與構成環(較佳係芳環)的碳原子鍵結之氫原子所剩餘的原 •=團,具有苯環之基、具有縮合環之基、2個以上獨立的 苯環或縮合環經由單鍵或2價有機基,可例舉如隔著伸乙 稀基等伸婦基而鍵結之基等。伸芳基的碳原子數通常係^ 至=,較佳係7至48。就伸芳基之具體例而言,可例舉如 伸^基、伸聯苯基、Cl至Cn烷氧基伸苯基、G至Cn烷基 伸苯基、1-伸萘基、2_伸萘基、卜伸蒽基、2_伸蒽基、f 伸蒽基三前述芳基中的氫原子可經氟原子取代。就該敦原 子取代芳基而言,可例舉如四氟伸苯基等。芳基中,較佳 係伸苯基、伸聯苯基、Μ &烧氧基伸苯基、&至^燒 324119 54 201247733 基伸苯基。The exoaryl group represented by Ar3, Ar4, Ar5, and Ar6 removes two original groups of the hydrogen atom bonded to the carbon atom constituting the ring (preferably an aromatic ring) from the aromatic hydrocarbon, and has a benzene ring. The base, the group having a condensed ring, and the two or more independent benzene rings or condensed rings may be bonded via a single bond or a divalent organic group, and the like may be bonded via a stretching group such as a vinyl group. The number of carbon atoms of the aryl group is usually from ^ to =, preferably from 7 to 48. Specific examples of the aryl group include, for example, a stretching group, a stretching biphenyl group, a Cl to Cn alkoxyphenyl group, a G to Cn alkylphenyl group, a 1-naphthyl group, and a 2-naphthyl group. The hydrogen atom in the aforementioned aryl group may be substituted by a fluorine atom. As the substituted aryl group, the tetrafluorophenylene group and the like can be exemplified. Among the aryl groups, a phenyl group, a phenyl group, a fluorene group, an alkoxy group, a phenyl group, and a phenyl group 324119 54 201247733 are preferably used.

Ar3、Ar4、Ar5、奸6所示之2價雜環基,例如從 化合物去除2個與構成環的碳原子鍵結之氫原子所剩^ ==雜環式化合物係指具有環式結構之有機化 二二m環的元素’不只有碳原子,亦包含氧原 爪原子、氮原子、磷原子、硼原子、矽原子、硒原子、a divalent heterocyclic group represented by Ar3, Ar4, Ar5 or racite 6, for example, a hydrogen atom bonded to a carbon atom constituting a ring is removed from the compound. ^ == a heterocyclic compound means a ring structure. The element of the organic two-m ring is not only a carbon atom, but also contains an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a phosphorus atom, a boron atom, a germanium atom, a selenium atom,

蹄原子、坤原子等雜原子之有機化合物。2價雜環基可具 有取代基。2價雜環基的碳原子數通常係4至6G,較佳;系 4山至20。再者’ 2價雜環基的礙原子數中不包含取代基的 碳原子數。就此種2價雜環基而言,可例舉如噻吩二基、 匕至G烷基噻吩二基、吡咯二基、呋喃二基、吡啶二基、 匕至c,2烷基吡啶二基、嗒畊二基、嘧啶二基、吡啡 三畊二基、吡咯啶二基、哌啶二基、喹啉二基、異喹啉二 基’其中’更佳係噻吩二基、C,至Ci2烷基噻吩二基、吡啶 二基及Cl至Cl2烧基β比咬二基。 含有(2+ml2)價芳族胺殘基作為結構單元之高分子化 合物可更具有其他結構單元。就纽結構單元而言,可例 舉如伸苯基、苐二基等伸芳基等。 又,就式(25)所示之(2+ml2)價芳族胺殘基而言,例示 有從下述式115至124所示之芳频去除(2+π]12)個氫原子 之基’從前述高分子化合物對電洞電流之安定性之觀點來 看,較佳係從式115、116、117、12G所示之芳族胺去除 (2+ml2)個氫原子之基。 324119An organic compound of a hetero atom such as a hoof atom or a Kun atom. The divalent heterocyclic group may have a substituent. The carbon number of the divalent heterocyclic group is usually 4 to 6 G, preferably 4 to 20 . Further, the number of carbon atoms of the substituent is not included in the number of hindered atoms of the divalent heterocyclic group. Examples of such a divalent heterocyclic group include a thiophenediyl group, a fluorene to a G alkylthiophenediyl group, a pyrrole diyl group, a furyl diyl group, a pyridyldiyl group, a fluorene to a c,2 alkylpyridinediyl group, Sorghum dibasic, pyrimidine diyl, pyridinium tribasic, pyrrolidinediyl, piperidinyldiyl, quinolinediyl, isoquinolinodiyl' wherein 'better thiophene diyl, C, to Ci2 The alkylthiophenediyl group, the pyridyldiyl group, and the Cl to Cl2 alkyl group are more than the dibasic group. The polymer compound containing a (2+ml2) valent aromatic amine residue as a structural unit may have other structural units. In the case of the neo structural unit, for example, an extended aryl group such as a phenyl group or a fluorenyl group can be exemplified. Further, with respect to the (2+ml2) valent aromatic amine residue represented by the formula (25), the removal of (2+π]12) hydrogen atoms from the aromatic frequency represented by the following formulas 115 to 124 is exemplified. From the viewpoint of the stability of the above-mentioned polymer compound to the hole current, it is preferred to remove (2+ml2) hydrogen atoms from the aromatic amine represented by Formulas 115, 116, 117, and 12G. 324119

S 55 201247733S 55 201247733

式115至124所示之芳族胺在可生成(2+ml2)價芳族胺 殘基之範圍内可具有取代基。就該取代基而言,可例舉如 與前述關於式(1)的說明中所例示之取代基相同的取代 i© 基,取代基存在複數個時,該等可為相同或相異。 ml2表示1以上的整數。ml2較佳係丨至3,更佳係^ -AW4)所示結構單元__ 就式(24)中的Ar2所示之2價芳 山 價芳族炉美、9 — 、土而吕’可例舉- 1貝,基、2價芳族雜環基 例舉如從苯環、㈣m 2 了族基而言: 二哄環、;I,3, 5-三啡戸土 衣、L 3-二哄環、1 324119 壤、咪唾環,唾環 Ρ、嗔吩環、, 衣氮雜二唑環等單環3 56 201247733 環去除2個與構成環的碳原子鍵結之氫原子之2價基;從 選自包含該單環式芳環之群之二個以上經縮合的縮合多環 式芳環去除2個與構成環的碳原子鍵結之氫原子之2價 基;從將選自包含該單環式芳環及該縮合多環式芳環之群 之2個以上的芳環以單鍵、伸乙烯基或伸乙炔基連結而成 的芳環集合去除2個與構成環的碳原子鍵結之氫原子之2 價基;從將該縮合多環式芳環或該芳環集合的相鄰的2個 芳環以亞曱基、伸乙基、羰基、亞胺基等2價基交聯之具 有交聯的有橋多環式芳環去除2個與構成環的碳原子鍵結 之氫原子之2價基。 前述縮合多環式芳環中,從從高分子化合物的溶解性 之觀點來看,縮合的單環式芳環的數量較佳係2至4,更 佳係2或3,再更佳係2。前述芳環集合中,從溶解性的觀 點來看,連結的芳環的數量較佳係2至4,更佳係2或3, 再更佳係2。前述有橋多環式芳環中,從高分子化合物的 ^ 溶解性之觀點來看,交聯的芳環的數量較佳係2至4,更 佳係2或3,再更佳係2。 就前述單環式芳環而言,可例舉如與前述Ar1的說明所 例舉的環相同的環。 就前述縮合多環式芳環而言,可例舉如與前述Ar1的說 明所例舉的環相同的環。 就前述芳環集合而言,可例舉如與前述Ar1的說明所例 舉的環相同的環。 就前述有橋多環式芳環而言,可例舉如與前述Ar1的說The aromatic amine represented by the formulae 115 to 124 may have a substituent within a range in which a (2+ml2) valent aromatic amine residue can be formed. The substituent may be, for example, the same as the substituent exemplified above for the substituent exemplified in the description of the formula (1). When a plurality of substituents are present, the groups may be the same or different. Ml2 represents an integer of 1 or more. Ml2 is preferably from 丨 to 3, more preferably ^-AW4) is a structural unit __ as shown by Ar2 in formula (24), the valence of aromatic valence, 9-, and Illustrative - 1 Å, yl, and divalent aromatic heterocyclic groups are exemplified by a benzene ring or a (4) m 2 group: a diterpene ring; an I, 3, 5-trione oxime, L 3- Dicyclic ring, 1 324119 soil, miso-salt ring, salidium ring, porphin ring, and azadiazole ring monocyclic 3 56 201247733 ring removes 2 hydrogen atoms bonded to the carbon atoms constituting the ring a valent group; a divalent group of two hydrogen atoms bonded to a carbon atom constituting the ring is removed from two or more condensed condensed polycyclic aromatic rings selected from the group consisting of the monocyclic aromatic ring; Two or more aromatic rings including the monocyclic aromatic ring and the condensed polycyclic aromatic ring are separated by a single bond, a vinyl group or an ethynyl group to remove two and form a ring. a valence group of a hydrogen atom bonded to a carbon atom; from the condensed polycyclic aromatic ring or the adjacent two aromatic rings of the aromatic ring to an anthracene group, an ethyl group, a carbonyl group, an imine group, etc. 2 Cross-linked bridged polycyclic aromatic The ring removes two divalent groups of hydrogen atoms bonded to the carbon atoms constituting the ring. In the condensed polycyclic aromatic ring, the number of condensed monocyclic aromatic rings is preferably from 2 to 4, more preferably from 2 or 3, more preferably from the viewpoint of solubility of the polymer compound. . In the above aromatic ring assembly, the number of linked aromatic rings is preferably from 2 to 4, more preferably from 2 or 3, still more preferably from the viewpoint of solubility. In the above-mentioned bridged polycyclic aromatic ring, the number of the crosslinked aromatic rings is preferably from 2 to 4, more preferably from 2 or 3, still more preferably from the viewpoint of the solubility of the polymer compound. The above-mentioned monocyclic aromatic ring may, for example, be the same ring as exemplified in the above description of Ar1. The condensed polycyclic aromatic ring may, for example, be the same ring as exemplified in the above description of Ar1. The above aromatic ring assembly may, for example, be the same ring as exemplified in the above description of Ar1. As for the aforementioned bridged polycyclic aromatic ring, it can be exemplified as described above with Ar1

324119 57 S 201247733 明所例舉的環相同的環。 從前述高分子化合物的電子受容性及電洞受容性中任 一者或兩者之觀點來看,Ar2所示之2價芳族基較佳係從式 52 至 67、68 至 83、89 至 93、104 至 106、108 或 109 所 示之環去除2個氫原子之2價基,更佳係從式52至57、 66、67、89、91、93、104、105、108 或 109 所示之環去 除2個氫原子之2價基。 上述2價芳族基可具有取代基。就該取代基而言,可 ® 例舉如與前述關於式(1)的說明中所例示之取代基相同的 取代基。 就式(24)中的Ar2所示之2價芳族胺殘基而言,可例舉 如除了價數以外皆與前述Ar1的說明所例舉的(2+ml2)價芳 族胺殘基相同的芳族胺殘基。 含有2價芳族胺殘基作為結構單之高分子化合物可更 具有其他結構單元。就其他結構單元而言,可例舉如伸苯 Φ 基、苐二基等伸芳基等。 又,就式(24)中的Ar2所示之2價芳族胺殘基而言,例 示有從前述式115至124所示之芳族胺去除2個氫原子之 基,從前述高分子化合物對電洞電流的安定性之觀點來 看,較佳係從式115、116、117、120所示之芳族胺去除2 個氫原子之基。 式(24)中的Ar2所示之2價芳族胺殘基可具有取代 基,就該取代基而言,可例舉如與前述關於式(1)的說明中 所例示之取代基相同的取代基,取代基存在複數個時,該 324119 58 201247733 專可為相同或相異。 式(24)中,X’表示可具有取代基之亞胺基、可具有取 代基之亞矽基、可具有取代基之伸乙烯基或伸乙炔基。就 亞胺基、矽基或伸乙烯基可具有的取代基而言,可例舉如 曱基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、 第二丁基、戊基、己基、環己基、庚基、辛基、2_乙基己 基壬基、癸基、3, 7-二曱基辛基、月桂基等碳原子數^ 至20的烷基;苯基、卜萘基、2_萘基、卜蒽基、2_蒽基、 9-蒽基等碳原子數6至30的芳基等。該取代基的碳數不包 含在上述碳數中。取代基存在複數個時,該等可為相同或 相異® 從前述高分子化合物對空氣、濕氣或熱的安定性之觀 點來看’ X’較佳係亞胺基、伸乙烯基、伸乙炔基。 從前述高分子化合物的電子輸送性之觀點來看,較佳 係 ml5 為 1,ml6 為 0。 從前述高分子化合物的溶解性之觀點來看,較佳係具 有式(Π)所示結構單元。 、 •結構單元的比例 從電激發光元件的發光效率之觀點來看,更佳係本發 明尚分子化合物所含之式(1)所示結構單元、及式(14)所示 結構單元的合計的比例在除了末端結構單元以外之該高分 子化合物所含之全部結構單元中,為3〇至1〇〇莫耳%。 •末端結構單元 再者,就本發明的高分子化合物的末端結構單元(末端 324119 59 201247733 基)而言,可例舉如氫原子、曱基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、 丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、異戊基、己 基、環己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基、曱氧基、 乙氧基、丙氧基、異丙氧基、丁氧基、異丁氧基、第二丁 氧基、第三丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基、環己氧基、庚氧基、 辛氧基、2-乙基己氧基、壬氧基、癸氧基、3, 7-二曱基辛 乳基、月桂基乳基、曱硫基、乙硫基、丙硫基、異丙硫基、 丁硫基、異丁硫基、第二丁硫基、第三丁硫基、戊硫基、 ® 己硫基、環己硫基、庚硫基、辛硫基、壬硫基、癸硫基、 月桂基硫基、曱氧基苯基、乙氧基苯基、丙氧基苯基、異 丙氧基苯基、丁氧基苯基、異丁氧基苯基、第二丁氧基苯 基、第三丁氧基苯基、戊氧基苯基、己氧基苯基、環己氧 基苯基、庚氧基苯基、辛氧基苯基、2-乙基己氧基苯基、 壬氧基苯基、癸氧基苯基、3, 7-二曱基辛氧基苯基、月桂 基氧基苯基、曱基苯基、乙基苯基、二曱基苯基、丙基苯 φ 基、均三曱苯基、甲基乙基苯基、異丙基苯基、丁基苯基、 異丁基苯基、第三丁基苯基、戊基苯基、異戊基苯基、己 基苯基、庚基苯基、辛基苯基、壬基苯基、癸基苯基、月 桂基苯基、曱基胺基、二曱基胺基、乙基胺基、二乙基胺 基、丙基胺基、二丙基胺基、異丙基胺基、二異丙基胺基、 丁基胺基、異丁基胺基、第二丁基胺基、第三丁基胺基、 戍基胺基、己基胺基、環己基胺.基、庚基胺基、辛基胺基、 2-乙基己基胺基、壬基胺基、癸基胺基、3,7-二曱基辛基 胺基、月桂基胺基、環戊基胺基、二環戊基胺基、環己基 324119 60 201247733 胺基、二環己基胺基、二-三氟曱基胺基、笨基胺基、二苯 基胺基、(〇至c12烷氧基苯基)胺基、二(〇至(:12烷氧基苯 基)胺基、二(C!至(:12烷基苯基)胺基、1-萘基胺基、2-萘 基胺基、五氟苯基胺基、吡啶基胺基、嗒畊基胺基、嘧啶 基胺基、吡畊基胺基、三哄基胺基、(苯基-c,至C12烷基) 胺基、(0至C1Z烷氧基苯基{至C12烷基)胺基、(^至C12 烧基本基-Cl至Cl2烧基)胺基、二(Cl至Cl2烧氧基苯基-Cl 籲至Ci2烧基)胺基、一(Ci至Ci2烧基苯基-Ci至Ci2烧基)胺基、 1蔡基-Cl至Cl2烧基胺基、2-秦基-Cl至Cl 2烧*基胺基、三 曱基矽基、三乙基矽基、三丙基矽基、三異丙基矽基、異 丙基二甲基矽基、異丙基二乙基矽基、第三丁基二甲基矽 基、戊基二f基矽基、己基二曱基矽基、庚基二曱基矽基、 辛基二曱基矽基、2-乙基己基二曱基矽基、壬基二甲基矽 基、癸基二曱基矽基、3, 7-二曱基辛基二曱基矽基、月桂 基二甲基矽基、(苯基-C!至C1Z烷基)矽基、(Cl至Cl2烷氧 •基苯基_Cl至Cl2烷基)矽基、(Ci至C12烷基苯基-(^至〇12烷 基)矽基、U-萘基-C,至C,2烷基)矽基、(2_萘基_Ci至Ci2 烷基)矽基、(苯基-(^至。烷基)二甲基矽基、三苯基矽基、 f (對-二曱苯基)矽基、三节基石夕基、二苯基曱基石夕基、第 三丁基二苯基縣、二甲基苯基♦基、嗟吩基、G至C12烧 基嗟吩基“比洛基“夫喃基、料基、C1 s C12烧基吼咬基、 塔口井基、做基、咖井基、三卩井基"比心定基、㈣基、 喧琳基、異喧琳基、經基、疏基、IU子、氯原子、漠原 子及峨原子等。刖述末端結構單元存在複數個時,該等可 324119 61 201247733 為相同或相異。 -高分子化合物的特性_ 量 高分子化合物係指換算成聚苯乙烯之重量平均分子 為lxio3以上之化合物。 …從本發明高分子化合物之塗布的成難之觀點來看, 該高分子化合物的換算成聚苯乙烯之重量平均分子量斡 係峰上’更佳係2x103以上,又更佳係:103::佳 特佳係5XH)3以上,該重量平均分子量的上限較佳係 以下,更佳係lxl(T以下,該重量平均分子量的範圍較 1x10至1x10,更佳係2xl〇3至ιχι〇7,又更佳係如1〇3至'、 ’特佳係5x1Gl lxl()7。又,從高分子化合物的純户 之3觀點來看’換算絲苯乙烯之數量平均分子錄佳係^ 1〇以上,該數量平均分子量的上限較佳係5χ1〇?以下更 佳係lxio7以下,又更佳係5χ1〇6以下,該數量平均分子旦 的範圍較佳係1Χ103至5χ1〇7,更佳係1><1〇3至1χΐ〇7,又= 佳係1x10至5xlG。又’從高分子化合物的溶解性之觀點 來看,換算成聚苯乙狀重量平均分子量較佳係、1χΐ〇3以 上I該重量平均分子量的上限較佳係5χ1〇5以下,更佳係5 Χ104以下’又更佳係3χ1〇3以下,該重量平均分子量的範圍 較佳係lxlO3至5xl〇5 ’更佳係1χ1〇3至5χ1〇4,又更佳係1 至3x10。本發明高分子化合物的換算成聚苯乙烯之數 里平均》子量及重量平均分子量,例如可使用凝膠渗透屢 析(GPC)而求得。 本發明高分子化合物較佳係共軛高分子化合物。本發 324119 62 201247733 明咼分子化合物為共輛高分子化合物係指該高分 入 在主鏈中包含多重鍵或氮原子、氧原子等所具有化:物 電子對夾著1個單鍵而形成的連續區域。該高分未二用 為共軛高分子化合物時’從共軛高分子化合物 性之觀點來看,以{(多重鍵或氮原子、氧原子等戶且則、 未共用電子對夾著1個單鍵而形成的連續區域所之 上的原子數)/(主鏈上的總原子數Μ χ100%所‘ _比,較佳係50%以上’更佳係6〇%以上,又更佳係鄕 以上’特佳係80%以上,最佳係90%以上。 從本發明高分子化合物的電子受容性、電祠受容性之 觀點來看,該高分子化合物的最低未佔用分子軌道(lum〇) 的軌道能量較佳係-5. OeV以上,更佳係-4. 5eV以上,LUMO 的軌道能量的上限較佳係-2· OeV以下,LUM0的執道能量的 範圍較佳係-5. OeV以上-2. OeV以下,更佳係-4. 5eV以上 、 -2. OeV以下。又,從相同觀點來看’該高分子化合物的最 # 高佔有分子轨道(HOMO)的執道能量較佳係-6. OeV以上,更 佳係-5. 5eV以上,HOMO的軌道能量的上限較佳係-3. OeV 以下,HOMO的軌道能量的範圍較佳係-6· 0eV以上_3. 0eV 以下,更佳係_5 5eV以上-3. 〇eV以下。惟,HOMO的執道 能量比LUM0的執道能量更低。再者,高分子化合物的H〇M〇 的轨道能量係藉由測定高分子化合物的游離電位,將所得 之游離電位作為該軌道能量而求得。另一方面,高分子化 合物的LUM0的軌道能量係藉由求取HOM〇與LUM0之能筻 差,將該差值與前述所測定的游離電位的和作為該軌道月b 324119 63 201247733 量而求得。游離電位的測定係使用光電子分光裝置。又, HOMO與L丽0的能量差係使用紫外線/可見光/近紅外線分 光光度計測定高分子化合物的吸收光譜,從該吸收末端求 取。324119 57 S 201247733 The ring of the same ring as illustrated in the Ming Dynasty. From the viewpoints of either or both of the electron acceptability and the hole acceptability of the polymer compound, the divalent aromatic group represented by Ar2 is preferably from the formula 52 to 67, 68 to 83, 89 to The ring shown in 93, 104 to 106, 108 or 109 removes the divalent group of two hydrogen atoms, more preferably from the formula 52 to 57, 66, 67, 89, 91, 93, 104, 105, 108 or 109 The ring shown removes the divalent group of two hydrogen atoms. The above divalent aromatic group may have a substituent. With respect to the substituent, the same substituent as exemplified above in the description of the formula (1) can be exemplified. The divalent aromatic amine residue represented by Ar2 in the formula (24) may, for example, be a (2+ml2) valent aromatic amine residue exemplified by the above description of Ar1 except for the valence. The same aromatic amine residue. The polymer compound containing a divalent aromatic amine residue as a structural unit may have other structural units. The other structural unit may, for example, be an exoaryl group such as a phenylene group or a fluorenyl group. Further, in the case of the divalent aromatic amine residue represented by Ar2 in the formula (24), a group in which two hydrogen atoms are removed from the aromatic amine represented by the above formulas 115 to 124 is exemplified, from the above-mentioned polymer compound. From the viewpoint of the stability of the hole current, it is preferred to remove the base of two hydrogen atoms from the aromatic amine represented by Formulas 115, 116, 117, and 120. The divalent aromatic amine residue represented by Ar2 in the formula (24) may have a substituent, and the substituent may be, for example, the same as those exemplified above in the description of the formula (1). When a substituent is present in a plurality, the 324119 58 201247733 may be the same or different. In the formula (24), X' represents an imido group which may have a substituent, an anthracene group which may have a substituent, and a vinyl group or an ethynyl group which may have a substituent. The substituent which the imino group, the mercapto group or the vinyl group may have may, for example, be a mercapto group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a second butyl group, or a second group. a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl fluorenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a 3,7-didecyloctyl group, a lauryl group, or the like having an alkyl group of from 2 to 20 An aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms such as a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a 2-naphthyl group, a diterpene group, a 2-indenyl group or a 9-fluorenyl group. The carbon number of the substituent is not included in the above carbon number. When there are a plurality of substituents, these may be the same or different. From the viewpoint of the stability of the above-mentioned polymer compound to air, moisture or heat, 'X' is preferably an imine group, a vinyl group, and a stretch. Ethynyl. From the viewpoint of electron transportability of the above polymer compound, it is preferred that ml5 is 1, and ml6 is 0. From the viewpoint of the solubility of the above polymer compound, it is preferred to have a structural unit represented by the formula (?). The ratio of the structural unit is more preferably the total of the structural unit represented by the formula (1) and the structural unit represented by the formula (14) contained in the molecular compound of the present invention from the viewpoint of the luminous efficiency of the electroluminescent device. The ratio is 3 〇 to 1 〇〇 mol % of all the structural units contained in the polymer compound excluding the terminal structural unit. • Terminal structural unit Further, as the terminal structural unit (terminal 324119 59 201247733 group) of the polymer compound of the present invention, for example, a hydrogen atom, a decyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group may be exemplified. , isobutyl, t-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, hexyl, cyclohexyl, heptyl, octyl, decyl, decyl, lauryl, decyloxy, ethoxy, Propyloxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, isobutoxy, second butoxy, tert-butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, heptyloxy, octyloxy , 2-ethylhexyloxy, nonyloxy, decyloxy, 3,7-dimercaptooctyl, lactyl, thiol, ethylthio, propylthio, isopropylthio, Butylthio, isobutylthio, second butylthio, tert-butylthio, pentylthio, hexylthio, cyclohexylthio, heptylthio, octylthio, sulfonylthio, sulfonylthio , laurylthio, nonyloxyphenyl, ethoxyphenyl, propoxyphenyl, isopropoxyphenyl, butoxyphenyl, isobutoxyphenyl, second butoxybenzene Base, third butoxyphenyl, pentoxide Phenylphenyl, hexyloxyphenyl, cyclohexyloxyphenyl, heptyloxyphenyl, octyloxyphenyl, 2-ethylhexyloxyphenyl, nonyloxyphenyl, decyloxyphenyl , 3, 7-dimercaptooxyphenyl, lauryloxyphenyl, nonylphenyl, ethylphenyl, dinonylphenyl, propylbenzene φ, stilbene phenyl, A Ethylphenyl, isopropylphenyl, butylphenyl, isobutylphenyl, tert-butylphenyl, pentylphenyl, isopentylphenyl, hexylphenyl, heptylphenyl, Octylphenyl, nonylphenyl, nonylphenyl, laurylphenyl, decylamino, dimethylamino, ethylamino, diethylamino, propylamino, dipropyl Amino, isopropylamino, diisopropylamino, butylamino, isobutylamino, t-butylamino, tert-butylamino, decylamino, hexylamino, Cyclohexylamine., heptylamino, octylamino, 2-ethylhexylamino, decylamino, decylamino, 3,7-didecyloctylamino, laurylamine , cyclopentylamino, dicyclopentylamino, cyclohexyl 324119 60 201247733 Amino, dicyclohexyl Amino group, di-trifluorodecylamino group, strepylamino group, diphenylamino group, (〇 to c12 alkoxyphenyl)amino group, di(〇 to (:12 alkoxyphenyl) Amino, bis(C! to (:12 alkylphenyl)amino, 1-naphthylamino, 2-naphthylamino, pentafluorophenylamino, pyridylamino, hydrazine , pyrimidinylamino, pyridylamino, tridecylamino, (phenyl-c, to C12 alkyl)amino, (0 to C1Z alkoxyphenyl { to C12 alkyl) amine, (^ to C12 to burn the basic group - Cl to Cl2 alkyl) amine group, two (Cl to Cl2 alkoxyphenyl-Cl to Ci2 alkyl) amine group, one (Ci to Ci2 alkylphenyl-Ci to Ci2 alkyl)amine, 1 radio-Cl to Cl2 alkylamino, 2-methyl-Cl to Cl 2 alkylamino, tridecyl fluorenyl, triethyl decyl, tripropyl hydrazine , triisopropyl decyl, isopropyl dimethyl fluorenyl, isopropyl diethyl decyl, tert-butyl dimethyl fluorenyl, pentyl bis decyl fluorenyl, hexyl decyl fluorenyl , heptyl dimethyl fluorenyl, octyl dimethyl fluorenyl, 2-ethylhexyl dimethyl fluorenyl, fluorenyl dimethyl fluorenyl, fluorenyl fluorenyl fluorenyl 3,7-didecyloctyldifluorenyl, lauryl dimethyl fluorenyl, (phenyl-C! to C1Z alkyl) fluorenyl, (Cl to Cl2 alkoxy phenyl _Cl to Cl2 alkyl) fluorenyl, (Ci to C12 alkylphenyl-(^ to 〇12 alkyl) fluorenyl, U-naphthyl-C, to C, 2 alkyl) fluorenyl, (2-naphthyl) Ci to Ci2 alkyl) fluorenyl, (phenyl-(^ to. Alkyl) dimethyl fluorenyl, triphenyl fluorenyl, f (p-diphenyl) fluorenyl, trifoliate sulphate, diphenyl fluorenyl sylylene, tert-butyl diphenyl county, two Methylphenyl oxime, porphinyl, G to C12 alkyl thiophene "Biloki" phoranyl, a base, a C1 s C12 alkyl thiol base, a tower well base, a base, a coffee well Base, three wells base " than heart set, (four) base, 喧 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基 基When there are a plurality of end structural units, the 324119 61 201247733 are the same or different. - Characteristics of polymer compound - Amount The polymer compound is a compound having a weight average molecular weight of 1xio3 or more in terms of polystyrene. From the viewpoint of the difficulty in coating the polymer compound of the present invention, the weight average molecular weight of the polymer compound in terms of polystyrene is more preferably 2x103 or more, and more preferably: 103:: Preferably, the upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is below, more preferably lxl (below T, the weight average molecular weight ranges from 1x10 to 1x10, more preferably 2xl〇3 to ιχι〇7, More preferably, such as 1〇3 to ', 'Specially good 5x1Gl lxl() 7. In addition, from the point of view of the pure compound of the polymer compound 3, the average molecular record of the converted silk styrene is ^1〇 Above, the upper limit of the number average molecular weight is preferably 5 χ 1 〇 or less, more preferably lxio 7 or less, and more preferably 5 χ 1 〇 6 or less, and the number of average molecular dans is preferably 1 Χ 103 to 5 χ 1 〇 7 , and more preferably 1 gt. ; <1〇3 to 1χΐ〇7, and = 1x10 to 5xlG. Also from the viewpoint of solubility of the polymer compound, the weight average molecular weight converted to polystyrene is preferably 1, 3 or more. I The upper limit of the weight average molecular weight is preferably 5 χ 1 〇 5 or less, more preferably 5 Χ 104 or less ' More preferably, the weight average molecular weight ranges from 1 x 10 3 to 5 x 1 〇 5 ', more preferably from 1 χ 1 〇 3 to 5 χ 1 〇 4, still more preferably from 1 to 3 x 10. The conversion of the polymer compound of the present invention is The average amount of the polystyrene and the weight average molecular weight can be determined, for example, by gel permeation chromatography (GPC). The polymer compound of the present invention is preferably a conjugated polymer compound. 324119 62 201247733 The ruthenium compound is a co-polymer compound, which means that the high-inclusion includes a multiple bond, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or the like in the main chain: a continuous region formed by sandwiching one single bond between electron electrons. When it is used as a conjugated polymer compound, 'from the viewpoint of conjugated polymer compound, {(multiple bond or nitrogen atom, oxygen atom, etc., unshared electron pair sandwiches 1 single bond) And the number of atoms on the continuous region formed) / (the total number of atoms in the main chain Μ % 100% of the ' _ ratio, preferably more than 50% 'better than 6% or more, and better than 鄕'Specially good is 80% or more, and the best is more than 90%. High score from the present invention OeV以上以上更优选的-4. 5eV以上以上。 The electron-capacity of the sub-compound, the electron-capacitance, The upper limit of the orbital energy of the LUMO is preferably -2 OeV or less, and the range of the LUM0 energy is preferably - 5. OeV or more - 2. OeV or less, more preferably - 4. 5 eV or more, - 2. OeV In the same way, from the same point of view, the most high-occupied molecular orbital (HOMO) of the polymer compound is preferably -6. OeV or more, more preferably 5. 5 eV or more, orbital energy of HOMO. The upper limit of the range is preferably -3. OeV or less, and the range of orbital energy of HOMO is preferably -6·0 eV or more and _3. 0 eV or less, more preferably _5 5 eV or more - 3. 〇eV or less. However, HOMO's ego energy is lower than that of LUM0. Further, the orbital energy of H〇M〇 of the polymer compound is determined by measuring the free potential of the polymer compound and using the obtained free potential as the orbital energy. On the other hand, the orbital energy of LUM0 of the polymer compound is obtained by determining the difference between the energy difference between HOM〇 and LUM0, and the sum of the difference and the measured free potential is obtained as the amount of the orbital month b 324119 63 201247733 Got it. The measurement of the free potential uses a photoelectron spectroscopic device. Further, the energy difference between HOMO and L-L is determined by measuring the absorption spectrum of the polymer compound using an ultraviolet/visible/near-infrared spectrophotometer, and the absorption end is obtained.

就前述高分子化合物而言,可例舉如具有下述式所示 結構單元之高分子化合物。該等之中,在具有複數個結構 用斜線「/」區隔之式所示結構單元之高分子化合物中,左 側的結構單元之比例為P莫耳%,右側的結構單元之比例 為(100-P)莫耳%,該等結構單元係隨機排列。再者,可更 含有除了下述式所示結構單元以外的結構單元,在此時, 亦可用與以下相同方式表示。再者,下述式中,Μ表示與 前述同義,η表示聚合度,在可合成的範圍内,式中任意 的氫原子可經取代基取代。就前述取代基,可例舉如與前 述式(1)中之可經取代之基相同之基。The polymer compound may be a polymer compound having a structural unit represented by the following formula. Among these, in the polymer compound having a plurality of structural units represented by the formula "" in the oblique line "/", the ratio of the structural unit on the left side is P mol%, and the ratio of the structural unit on the right side is (100). - P) Mohr %, the structural units are randomly arranged. Further, a structural unit other than the structural unit represented by the following formula may be further contained, and in this case, it may be expressed in the same manner as the following. Further, in the following formula, Μ represents the same meaning as described above, and η represents a degree of polymerization, and in the range of synthesis, any hydrogen atom in the formula may be substituted with a substituent. As the above substituent, a group which is the same as the group which may be substituted in the above formula (1) can be exemplified.

324119 64 201247733324119 64 201247733

324119324119

(p/100-pmol%)(p/100-pmol%)

(p/100-p mol%)(p/100-p mol%)

(p/100-pmol%)(p/100-pmol%)

(p/q/100-p-g mol%) 65 201247733(p/q/100-p-g mol%) 65 201247733

(p/100-p mol%)(p/100-p mol%)

(p/ql 100-p-q mol%)(p/ql 100-p-q mol%)

[p/qi 100-p-q mol%)[p/qi 100-p-q mol%)

66 324119 20124773366 324119 201247733

(p/q/ 100-p-<7 mol%)(p/q/ 100-p-<7 mol%)

(p/g/ 100-p-<7mol%)(p/g/ 100-p-<7mol%)

324119 67 201247733324119 67 201247733

(p/100-p mol%)(p/100-p mol%)

(p/100-p mol%)(p/100-p mol%)

324119 68 201247733 H3C(OH2CH2C)3q324119 68 201247733 H3C(OH2CH2C)3q

P(CH2CH2〇hCH3 CO〇-M+P(CH2CH2〇hCH3 CO〇-M+

h3c(oh2ch2c)3o (p/100-pmol%) 0{CH2CH20)3CH3H3c(oh2ch2c)3o (p/100-pmol%) 0{CH2CH20)3CH3

h3c(oh2ch2c)3o 0(CH7CH〇0)3CH3H3c(oh2ch2c)3o 0(CH7CH〇0)3CH3

(p/Q/ 100-p-<7 mol%)(p/Q/ 100-p-<7 mol%)

o(ch2ch2o)3ch3o(ch2ch2o)3ch3

(plqf 10O-p-Q mol%)(plqf 10O-p-Q mol%)

(p/g/ 100-p-q mol%)(p/g/ 100-p-q mol%)

{pfql 100-p-g mol%) 324119 69 201247733 H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇{pfql 100-p-g mol%) 324119 69 201247733 H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇

p(CH2CH20)3CH3 COO M+p(CH2CH20)3CH3 COO M+

HaCtOHzCHjChQHaCtOHzCHjChQ

H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇 h3c(oh2ch2c)3o· (P(CH2CH20)3CH3 ^-COO'M4H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇 h3c(oh2ch2c)3o·(P(CH2CH20)3CH3 ^-COO'M4

0(CH2CH20)aCH3 o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 (p/100-pm〇l%)0(CH2CH20)aCH3 o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 (p/100-pm〇l%)

h3c(oh2ch2c)3o、H3c(oh2ch2c)3o,

Η3(:(0Η2(:Η2〇3Ο^^ ^^CHCHzCHaObCHs p(CH2CH20)3CH3 (p/^/ -j 〇〇.p^ m〇|〇/〇) coawΗ3(:(0Η2(:Η2〇3Ο^^ ^^CHCHzCHaObCHs p(CH2CH20)3CH3 (p/^/ -j 〇〇.p^ m〇|〇/〇) coaw

0{CH2CH20)3CH3 O{CH2CH20)3CH3 H3C{0H2CH2C)30、 HjC(0H2CH2C)30〆 (p/q/ 100-p-<yniol%)0{CH2CH20)3CH3 O{CH2CH20)3CH3 H3C{0H2CH2C)30, HjC(0H2CH2C)30〆 (p/q/ 100-p-<yniol%)

σσ

H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇 H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇·H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇·

0(CH2〇H20)3CH3 ©(CHaCHaOhCHs (p/t7/100*/>gmol%) 324119 70 2012477330(CH2〇H20)3CH3 ©(CHaCHaOhCHs (p/t7/100*/>gmol%) 324119 70 201247733

(p/100-p mol%) h3c(oh2ch2c)3o -fe—/xd COOM+ (p/100-p mol%)(p/100-p mol%) h3c(oh2ch2c)3o -fe-/xd COOM+ (p/100-p mol%)

(p/100-p mol%)(p/100-p mol%)

(p/100-p mol%) H3C(0H2CH2C)30(p/100-p mol%) H3C(0H2CH2C)30

C00M4 (p/100-p mol%)C00M4 (p/100-p mol%)

(p/q/100-p-<7 mol%) 324119 71 201247733 H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇(p/q/100-p-<7 mol%) 324119 71 201247733 H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇

COOM+ H3C(0H2CH2C)3O (p/100-p mol%) o(ch2ch2o)3ch3COOM+ H3C(0H2CH2C)3O (p/100-p mol%) o(ch2ch2o)3ch3

{p/ql 100-p-<7 mol%){p/ql 100-p-<7 mol%)

{plqf 10O-p-g mol%){plqf 10O-p-g mol%)

ip/qi 100-p-g mol%) 324119 72 201247733 324119Ip/qi 100-p-g mol%) 324119 72 201247733 324119

(p/100-pmol%)(p/100-pmol%)

00

<<

73 20124773373 201247733

H3C(0H2CH2C)3O coom*H3C(0H2CH2C)3O coom*

(p/100-pmol%) v H3C(0H2CH2C)30 coom* /-of (p/100-p mol%)(p/100-pmol%) v H3C(0H2CH2C)30 coom* /-of (p/100-p mol%)

(p/100-pmol%)(p/100-pmol%)

(p/100-p mol%)(p/100-p mol%)

324119 74 201247733 H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇324119 74 201247733 H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇

H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇 (p/100-p mol%) o(ch2ch2o>3ch3H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇 (p/100-p mol%) o(ch2ch2o>3ch3

(p/qr/10O-p-q mol%)(p/qr/10O-p-q mol%)

h3c(oh2ch2c)3o COO货H3c(oh2ch2c)3o COO goods

(p/q/100-p-gmol%) 324119 75 201247733 h3c(oh2ch2c>3o'(p/q/100-p-gmol%) 324119 75 201247733 h3c(oh2ch2c>3o'

H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇 H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇H3C(OH2CH2C)3〇

0(CH2CH20)3CH3 o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 (p/100-p mol%)0(CH2CH20)3CH3 o(ch2ch2o)3ch3 (p/100-p mol%)

HjC(OH2CH2C)3〇v COOM+HjC(OH2CH2C)3〇v COOM+

H3C{OH2CH2C)3〇n^^<vx<^〇(CH2CH20)3CH3 H3C(0H2CH2C)30〆 v ▽ 'o(ch2ch2o>3ch3 (p/q/ 100-p-g mol%)H3C{OH2CH2C)3〇n^^<vx<^〇(CH2CH20)3CH3 H3C(0H2CH2C)30〆 v ▽ 'o(ch2ch2o>3ch3 (p/q/ 100-p-g mol%)

(p/q/100-p-<y mol%)(p/q/100-p-<y mol%)

H3C(OH2CH2C)3q COO-ΛΤH3C(OH2CH2C)3q COO-ΛΤ

H3C(OH2CH2C)30^ H3C(0H2CH2C)3O〆H3C(OH2CH2C)30^ H3C(0H2CH2C)3O〆

n 0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 (p/q/ 100-p-gmol%) -高分子化合物的製造方法- 接著’說明製造本發明高分子化合物的方法。就適宜 324119 76 201247733 用以製造本發明高分子化合物之方法而言,可例舉如選擇 使用式(18)所示之化合物及/或式(21)所示之化合物作為 原料,it將該荨聚合之方法(高分子化合物的製造方法1) 第一步騍係合成不含離子性基之高分子化合物;第二步驟 係從該高分子化合物合成含有離子性基之高分子化合物的 方法(高分子化合物的製造方法2)。 R11n 0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 (p/q/100-p-gmol%) - Method for producing a polymer compound - Next, a method for producing the polymer compound of the present invention will be described. Suitable 324119 76 201247733 The method for producing the polymer compound of the present invention may, for example, be a compound selected from the formula (18) and/or a compound represented by the formula (21) as a raw material. Method for Polymerization (Manufacturing Method 1 of Polymer Compound) The first step is to synthesize a polymer compound containing no ionic group; the second step is a method for synthesizing a polymer compound containing an ionic group from the polymer compound (high Method for producing molecular compound 2). R11

(式(18)中,R11表示前述式(2)或前述式(3)所示之基或者式 (19)或式(2〇)所示之基,R表示前述式(4)所示之基,my 表示1至3的整數,X及X2分別獨立地表示與縮合聚合相 % 關之基。R12有複數個時,可為相同或相異。式(18)中的氫 原子可經R11、R12以外的取代基取代)。 H{(QVY4}m15 (19) (式(19)中,R12表示單鍵或可具有取代基之(1+ml5)價有機 基’ Q4表示2價有機基,Y4表示-C〇2fr、-SOW、-S〇2Rx、 P〇3(V)2或-B(RZ)2,n4表示0以上的整數,Μ表示氫原 子、可具有取代基之碳原子數1至30的燒基或可具有取代 基之碳原子數6至50的芳基,ml5表示1以上的整數。惟, R為單鍵時,ml5表示1。04、74、114、1^各別有複數個 324119 77 (20) 201247733 時,可為相同戒相異) —R14—{(Q5)n5-Y5}m16(In the formula (18), R11 represents a group represented by the above formula (2) or the above formula (3) or a group represented by the formula (19) or the formula (2), and R represents a formula represented by the above formula (4). The base, my represents an integer from 1 to 3, and X and X2 each independently represent a radical which is related to the condensation polymerization. When a plurality of R12 are plural, they may be the same or different. The hydrogen atom in the formula (18) may pass through R11. And a substituent other than R12 is substituted). H{(QVY4}m15 (19) (In the formula (19), R12 represents a single bond or a (1+ml5) valence organic group which may have a substituent. Q4 represents a divalent organic group, and Y4 represents -C〇2fr, - SOW, -S〇2Rx, P〇3(V)2 or -B(RZ)2, n4 represents an integer of 0 or more, and Μ represents a hydrogen atom, a group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or may be The aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms having a substituent, and ml5 is an integer of 1 or more. However, when R is a single bond, ml5 represents 1. 04, 74, 114, and 1^ each has a plurality of 324119 77 (20 ) 201247733, can be the same or different) —R14—{(Q5)n5-Y5}m16

(式(20)中,R14表示單鍵或可具有取代基之(1+m16)價有機 基,q5表示2價有機基’Y表示鹵化烧基、鹵原子、-N(R5 )2、 -Ρ(Κδ)2或-SR5 ’ n5表示〇以上的整數,R5表示氫原子、 可具有取代基之碳原子數1至30的烷基或可具有取代基之 碳原子數6裘50的芳基,表示1以上的整數。惟,R14 為單鍵時,ml6表示1。Q5、Y5、n5、Rtf各別有複數個時, 可為相同或相異)° R 15(In the formula (20), R14 represents a single bond or a (1+m16) valent organic group which may have a substituent, and q5 represents a divalent organic group 'Y represents a halogenated alkyl group, a halogen atom, -N(R5)2, - Ρ(Κδ) 2 or -SR5 ' n5 represents an integer above 〇, and R5 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent , represents an integer of 1 or more. However, when R14 is a single bond, ml6 represents 1. When there are plural numbers of Q5, Y5, n5, and Rtf, they may be the same or different) ° R 15

X4 (21) (式(21)中,R15表示前述式(15)或前述式(16)所示之基或者 • 式(22)或式(23)所示之基,R16表示前述式(4)所示之基,ml 8 表示0至3的整數,X3及X4分別獨立地表示與縮合聚合相 關之基。R16有複數個時,可為相同或相異。式(21)中的氫 原子可經R15、R16以外的取代基取代) —R16—{(Q4)n4-Y4}m19 I (22) {(Q3)n3-Y3W〇 (式(22)中,R16’表示可具有取代基之(Hml9+m20)價有機 基,Q3、Q4、Y3、Y4、n3及n4表示與前述同義,m19及m20 分別獨立地表示1以上的整數,Q3、Q4、Y3、Y4、n3、n4各 324119 78 201247733 別有複數個時,可為相同或相異)。 —R17一{(Q5)n5-Y5)m21 (23) {(Q3)n3_Y3W2 (式(23)中,Rl?表示可具有取代基之(1+m2l+m22)價有機 基,Q3、Q5、Y3、Y5、n3及n5表示與前述同義,^21及m22 分別獨立地表示1以上的整數’ Q3、Q5、γ3、γ5、n3、n5各 別有複數個時,可為相同戒相異)° Λ -式(18)所示之化合物- 式(18)中’R11表示前述式(2)或前述式(3)所示之基或 者前述式(19)或前述式(20)所示之基’ Rl2表示前述式(4) 所示之基’ 表示1至3的整數’ X1及X2分別獨立地表 示與縮合聚合相關之基。ml4較佳係1至3,更佳係1或2。 就R11、R12以外的取代基而言,可例舉如與前述關於式(1) 的說明中所例示之取代基相同的取代基。前述取代基存在 複數個時,該等可為相同或相異。 •-式(19)所示之基- 式(19)中,R13表示單鍵或可具有取代基之(Umi5)價有 機基。式(19)所示之基係一價基。 式(19)中,就R13所示之可具有取代基之(l+mi5)價有 機基而言,可例舉如甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、 異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、環己基、庚 基、辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基、該等基中至少1個氫原 子經取代基取代之基等從可具有取代基之碳原子數1至2〇 的烷基去除ml5個氫原子之基;苯基、1-萘基、2-萘基、 324119 79 201247733 卜蒽基、2-蒽基、9-蒽基、該等基巾至少丨個氫原子經取 代基取代之基等從可具有取代基之碳原子數6至3〇的芳基 去除ml5個氫原子之基;甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、丁& 基、戊氧基、己氧基、錢基、月桂基氧基.、環丙氧基、 環丁基氧基、環戊氧基、環己氧基、環壬氧基、環月桂基 氧基、降莰基氧基、金剛烷基氧基、該等基中至少丨個1 原子經取代基取代之基等從可具有取代基之碳原、子數1至 50㈣氧基去除mi5個氫原子之基;從具有含有碳原子之 取代基之胺基去除ml5個氫原子之基;從具有 之取代基之矽基去除ml5個氫原子之基。該取代基的碳數 不包含在上述碳數中。從合成原料單體的容易度2觀點來 看^交佳係從烧基去除ml5個氫原子之基、從芳基去除— 個氫原子之基、從烷氧基去除ml5個氫原子之某。 就前述取代基而言,可例舉如與前述關於式土⑴的說明 中所例示之取代基相同的取代基。前述取代基存在複數個 • 時’該等可為相同或相異。 式09)中,ml5表示i以上的整數。惟,Ria為單鍵時, ml5表示h ^15較佳係1至3,更佳係1咬2。 式(19)中,就Q4所示之2價有機基而言,可例舉如亞 甲基、伸乙基、1,2-伸丙基、1,3-伸丙基、1>2—伸丁基、 L 3-伸丁基、1,4-伸丁基、1,5-伸戊基、丨,6_伸己基、丨,9一 伸壬基、U2-伸月桂基、該等基中至少切氮原子經取代 基取代之基等可具有取代基之碳原子數1至5〇 飽和烴基;包含伸乙浠基、伸丙烯基、3、伸丁稀基、2一伸 324119 80 201247733 丁烯基、2-伸戊烁 桂烯基、該等基土 伸己烯基、2—伸壬烯基、2一伸月 具有取代基之1個氫原子經取代基取代之基等可 可具有取代基之=數2至5G的伸烯基、以及伸乙炔基之 伸環丙基、伸子數2至5G的2價鏈狀不飽和烴基; ,,lS B „ 、丁基、伸環戊基、伸環己基、伸環壬基、X4 (21) (In the formula (21), R15 represents a group represented by the above formula (15) or the above formula (16) or a group represented by the formula (22) or the formula (23), and R16 represents the above formula (4). The group shown, ml 8 represents an integer of 0 to 3, and X3 and X4 each independently represent a group related to condensation polymerization. When there are a plurality of R16, they may be the same or different. The hydrogen atom in the formula (21) Substituting substituents other than R15 and R16) —R16—{(Q4)n4-Y4}m19 I (22) {(Q3)n3-Y3W〇 (In the formula (22), R16' represents a substituent which may have a substituent (Hml9+m20) valence organic group, Q3, Q4, Y3, Y4, n3 and n4 are synonymous with the above, m19 and m20 each independently represent an integer of 1 or more, and Q3, Q4, Y3, Y4, n3, n4 are each 324119 78 201247733 When there are multiples, they can be the same or different). —R17—{(Q5)n5-Y5)m21 (23) {(Q3)n3_Y3W2 (In the formula (23), Rl? represents a (1+m2l+m22) valence organic group which may have a substituent, Q3, Q5, Y3, Y5, n3, and n5 are synonymous with the above, and ^21 and m22 each independently represent an integer of 1 or more, and when there are plural numbers of Q3, Q5, γ3, γ5, n3, and n5, they may be the same or different. ° Λ - Compound represented by formula (18) - In the formula (18), 'R11 represents a group represented by the above formula (2) or the above formula (3) or a formula represented by the above formula (19) or the above formula (20) The radical 'Rl2' represents a group represented by the above formula (4)', and the integers '1 to 3', X1 and X2, respectively, independently represent a group related to condensation polymerization. Mol 4 is preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2. Examples of the substituent other than R11 and R12 include the same substituents as those exemplified above for the description of the formula (1). When there are a plurality of the above substituents, the ones may be the same or different. • a group represented by the formula (19): In the formula (19), R13 represents a single bond or a (Umi5) valence organic group which may have a substituent. The group represented by the formula (19) is a monovalent group. In the formula (19), the (l+mi5) valent organic group which may have a substituent represented by R13 may, for example, be a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group or an isobutyl group. a second butyl group, a tert-butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a decyl group, a fluorenyl group, a lauryl group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent, etc. The group of 5 hydrogen atoms is removed from an alkyl group having 1 to 2 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 324119 79 201247733 蒽 、, 2-mercapto, 9-fluorene a base, such a base towel, wherein at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a substituent or the like, and a group of 5 hydrogen atoms is removed from an aryl group having 6 to 3 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; methoxy group, ethoxy group, Propyloxy, butyl & pentyloxy, hexyloxy, hydroxy, lauryloxy, cyclopropoxy, cyclobutyloxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, cyclooxyl a group, a cyclolauryloxy group, a fluorenyloxy group, an adamantyloxy group, a group in which at least one of the atoms in the group is substituted with a substituent, or the like, from a carbon atom which may have a substituent, and a number of from 1 to 50 (d) Oxygen mi5 one hydrogen atom of the group; the carbon atoms having a substituent containing an amine group of the removal of one hydrogen atom of the group ml5; from the group having the silicon based substituent group ml5 removal of one hydrogen atom. The carbon number of the substituent is not included in the above carbon number. From the viewpoint of the easiness of synthesizing a raw material monomer 2, it is preferable to remove a group of 5 hydrogen atoms from a burnt group, remove a radical of a hydrogen atom from an aryl group, and remove one of 5 hydrogen atoms from an alkoxy group. The above substituents may, for example, be the same substituents as those exemplified above for the description of the formula (1). The foregoing substituents may have the same number or the same. In Formula 09), ml5 represents an integer of i or more. However, when Ria is a single bond, ml5 means that h^15 is preferably 1 to 3, and more preferably 1 is bit 2. In the formula (19), the divalent organic group represented by Q4 may, for example, be a methylene group, an exoethyl group, a 1,2-extended propyl group, a 1,3-propanyl group, or a 1-2. Butyl butyl, L 3-butylene, 1,4-butylene, 1,5-amylpentyl, anthracene, 6-extension, anthracene, 9-extension, U2-stretching, such groups a group having at least a nitrogen atom substituted by a substituent, etc., may have a substituent having 1 to 5 moles of a saturated hydrocarbon group; and comprising a thiol group, a propylene group, a butyl group, and a 314119 80 201247733 An alkenyl group, a 2-ethylidene group, a hexenyl group, a 2-n-decenyl group, a hydrogen atom having a substituent, and a substituent substituted by a substituent, etc., may have a substituent. a number of 2 to 5 G of an alkenyl group, and an exo-ethynyl group of a cyclopropyl group, a divalent chain of 2 to 5 G of a divalent chain unsaturated hydrocarbon group; ,, lS B „ , butyl, Cyclopentyl, and Cyclohexyl, cyclized,

於衣土、伸降茨基、伸金剛烧基、該等基中至少1個 風原子經取代絲代之鱗可具有取代基之碳肝數3至 5〇的2價環狀飽㈣基;U3_伸苯基、14_伸苯基、14_ 伸萘基、1,5-伸萘基、2,6_伸萘基、聯苯基_4,4,—二基、 該等基中至少1個氫原子經取代基取代之基等可具有取代 基之碳原子數6至5G的伸芳基;亞p基氧基、伸乙基氧基、 伸丙基氧基、伸T基氧基、伸絲氧基、伸己基氧基、該 專基中至少1個虱原子經取代基取代之基等可具有取代基 之碳原子數1至50的伸烷氧基(亦即,式:_Rd_〇_(式中,a bivalent cyclic satane (tetra) group having a carbon number of 3 to 5 Å having a substituent on at least one of the wind atoms in the base; U3_Extended phenyl, 14-phenylene, 14-strenyl, 1,5-anthranyl, 2,6-strenyl, biphenyl-4,4,-diyl, at least a group in which one hydrogen atom is substituted with a substituent, etc., may have a substituent having 6 to 5 G carbon atoms; a p-p-oxy group, an exoethyloxy group, a propyloxy group, and a T-group-oxy group. a mercaptooxy group, a hexyloxy group, a group in which at least one ruthenium atom in the substituent is substituted with a substituent, or the like, and an alkylene group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent (that is, a formula: _Rd) _〇_(in the formula,

Rd係亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丙基、伸丁基、伸戊基、伸己基、 該等基中至少1個氫原子經取代基取代之基等可具有取代 基之碳原子數1至50的伸烷基)所示之2價有機基);具有 含有碳原子之取代基之亞胺基;具有含有碳原子之取代基 之亞矽基。該取代基的碳數不包含在上述碳數中。從合成 的容易度之觀點來看’較佳係2價鏈狀飽和烴基、伸芳基、 伸烷氧基。 作為前述Q4所示之2價有機基的例子所例舉之基可具 有取代基。就該取代基而言,可例舉如與前述關於式(1) 的說明中所例示之取代基相同的取代基。取代基存在複數 324119 81 201247733 個時,該等可為相同或相異。 式(19)中,Y4 表示-OM^、-S〇3Rz、-S〇2f、-Ρ〇3(ν)2 或-B(RX)2°RZ表示氳原子、可具有取代基之破原子數1至 30的烧基或可具有取代基之碳原子數6至50的芳基。該 取代基的碳數不包含在上述碳數中。就該取代基而言,可 例舉如與前述關於式(1)的說明中所例示之取代基相同的 取代基。取代基存在複數個時,該等可為相同或相異。就 V而言’可例舉如甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異 丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、環己基、庚基、 辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基等碳原子數1至20的烷基,笨 基、卜萘基、2-萘基、1-蒽基、2-蒽基、9-蒽基等碳原子 數6至30的芳基等。 式(19)中,n4表示〇以上的整數’從原料單體的合成 之觀點來看,較佳係〇至8的整數,更佳係〇至2的整數。 -式(20)所示之基- 式(20)中,R14表示單鍵或可具有取代基之(1+ml6)價有 機基。式(20)所示之基係一價基。 式(20)中’就R14所示之可具有取代基之(1+ml6)價有 機基而言,可例舉如甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、 異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、;裒己基、庚 基、辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基、該等基中至少丨個氫原 子經取代絲代之基等從可具有取代基之碳原子數i至2〇 的烷基去除ml6個氫原子之基;苯基、卜萘基、2_萘基、 1蒽基、2-蒽基、9-蒽基、該等基中至少i個氫原子經取 324119 82 201247733 代基取代之基#從可具有取代基之碳原子數 去除m16個氯原子之基;甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧1= 基、戊氧基、己氧基、壬氧基、月桂基氧基 環丁基氧基、環戊氧基、環己氧基 氧基、岐録基、金剛絲氧基、鱗基 原子經取代基取狀㈣從可具絲代基之碳原子數^至 50的烷氧基去除ral6個氫原子之基;從具有含Rd is a methylene group, an exoethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent, etc., and the number of carbon atoms which may have a substituent a divalent organic group represented by an alkyl group of 50); an imido group having a substituent containing a carbon atom; an anthracene group having a substituent having a carbon atom. The carbon number of the substituent is not included in the above carbon number. From the viewpoint of easiness of synthesis, it is preferred to be a divalent chain saturated hydrocarbon group, an extended aryl group or an alkoxy group. The group exemplified as the example of the divalent organic group represented by the above Q4 may have a substituent. As the substituent, the same substituent as the one exemplified above in the description of the formula (1) can be exemplified. Where the substituents are plural 324119 81 201247733, the terms may be the same or different. In the formula (19), Y4 represents -OM^, -S〇3Rz, -S〇2f, -Ρ〇3(ν)2 or -B(RX)2°RZ represents a ruthenium atom, a broken atom which may have a substituent The alkyl group having 1 to 30 or an aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. The carbon number of the substituent is not included in the above carbon number. As the substituent, the same substituent as exemplified above for the description of the formula (1) can be exemplified. Where there are a plurality of substituents, the may be the same or different. In the case of V, 'such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, cyclohexyl, heptyl, Alkyl groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms such as octyl, decyl, fluorenyl and lauryl groups, such as stupyl, naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 1-indenyl, 2-indenyl and 9-fluorenyl 6 to 30 aryl groups and the like. In the formula (19), n4 represents an integer of 〇 or more. From the viewpoint of synthesis of a raw material monomer, an integer of from 8 to 8 is more preferably an integer of from 2 to 2. - a group represented by the formula (20): In the formula (20), R14 represents a single bond or a (1+ml6) valence organic group which may have a substituent. The group represented by the formula (20) is a monovalent group. In the formula (20), the (1+ml6) valent organic group which may have a substituent represented by R14 may, for example, be a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group or an isobutyl group. , a second butyl group, a tert-butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group; a decyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a decyl group, a fluorenyl group, a lauryl group, and at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted And removing an alkyl group of 6 hydrogen atoms from an alkyl group having a number of carbon atoms i to 2 取代 having a substituent; a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a 2-naphthyl group, a 1 fluorenyl group, a 2-fluorenyl group, a 9-fluorenyl group, The radical of at least i hydrogen atoms in the isomer is substituted by 324119 82 201247733 substituted group. The group of m16 chlorine atoms is removed from the number of carbon atoms which may have a substituent; methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy 1 = group, A pentyloxy group, a hexyloxy group, a decyloxy group, a lauryloxycyclobutyloxy group, a cyclopentyloxy group, a cyclohexyloxy group, a fluorenyl group, a hexanyloxy group, and a fluorenyl atom are substituted with a substituent. (4) removing a base of ral 6 hydrogen atoms from an alkoxy group having a number of carbon atoms of from 50 to 50;

取代基之胺基去除ml6個氫原子之基;從具有含^碳原子 之取代基之♦基絲副個氫原子之基。該取代基的碳數 不包含在上述碳數中。從合成原料單體的容易度之觀點來 看,較佳係從烷基去除ml6個氫原子之基、從芳基去除mi6 個氫原子之基、從院氧基去除ml6個氫原子之基。 就前述取代基而言,可例舉如與前述關於式(1)的說明 中所例不之取代基相同的取代基。前述取代基存在複數個 時’該等可為相同或相異。 式(20)中’ mi6表示1以上的整數。惟,Ru為單鍵時, ml6表示1。mi6較佳係1至3,更佳係1或2。 式(20)中’就q5所示之2價有機基而言,可例舉如亞 甲基、伸乙基、1,2-伸丙基、1,3-伸丙基、1,2-伸丁基、 L 3-伸丁基、i,4—伸丁基、丨,5_伸戊基、丨,6_伸己基、丨,9一 伸壬基、1,12-伸月桂基、該等基中至少1個氫原子經取代 基取代之基等可具有取代基之碳原子數1至50的2價鏈狀 飽和烴基;包含伸乙烯基、伸丙烯基、3-伸丁烯基、2-伸 丁稀基、2-伸戊烯基、2-伸己烯基、2-伸壬烯基、2-伸月 324119 83 201247733 桂烯基、該等基中至少1個氫原子經取代基 具有取代基之碳原子數2至50的伸烯基,以及^之暴專可 ί ΓΐΓΐΓΓ至5°的2價鏈狀不飽== 伸私丙基、伸%丁基、伸環戊基、伸環己基 伸環月桂基、伸降絲、伸金龍基、該等基中^少 氫原子經取代基取代之基等可具有取代基之碳原子數= 50的2價環狀飽和烴基;it伸苯基、丨,4〜伸笨基、1The amine group of the substituent removes the group of 6 hydrogen atoms of the group; the base of the hydrogen atom of the base of the radical having a substituent containing a carbon atom. The carbon number of the substituent is not included in the above carbon number. From the viewpoint of easiness of synthesizing a raw material monomer, it is preferred to remove a group of 6 hydrogen atoms from the alkyl group, a group of 6 hydrogen atoms from the aryl group, and a group of 6 hydrogen atoms from the alkoxy group. The above substituents may, for example, be the same substituents as those exemplified above for the description of the formula (1). When the above substituents are present in plural, these may be the same or different. In the formula (20), ' mi6 represents an integer of 1 or more. However, when Ru is a single bond, ml6 represents 1. Mi6 is preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2. In the formula (20), the divalent organic group represented by q5 may, for example, be a methylene group, an exoethyl group, a 1,2-extended propyl group, a 1,3-propanyl group or a 1,2- Butyl butyl, L 3-butylene, i, 4-tert-butyl, anthracene, 5-ethylidene, anthracene, 6-extension, anthracene, 9-extension, 1,12-stretching, a divalent chain saturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, such as a group substituted with a substituent in at least one hydrogen atom; and a vinyl group, a propenyl group, a 3-butenyl group, 2-strandyl, 2-endopentenyl, 2-extended hexenyl, 2-extended alkenyl, 2-extension 324119 83 201247733 laurenyl, at least one hydrogen atom in the group substituted An alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms having a substituent, and a divalent chain having a degree of violent to 5°; = propyl group, butyl group, and cyclopentyl group And a divalent cyclic saturated hydrocarbon group having a carbon atom number of 50 having a substituent, such as a group having a substituent in which a hydrogen atom is substituted with a substituent; It stretches phenyl, 丨, 4~ extends base, 1

伸萘基、1,5-伸萘基、2, 6-伸萘基、聯苯基_4, 4, _二美、 該等基中至少1個氫原子經取代基取代之基等可具=代 基之碳原子數6至50的伸芳基;亞甲基氧基、伸&基氧臭、 伸丙基氧基、伸Τ絲基、㈣基氧基、伸己基氧基;·該 等基中至少1個氫原子經取代基取代之鱗可具有取代基 之碳原子數1至50的伸烷氧基(亦即,式:_Rd_〇_(式中: R係亞甲基、伸乙基'伸丙基、伸丁基、伸戊基、伸己基、An anthranyl group, a 1,5-anthranyl group, a 2,6-anthranyl group, a biphenyl group, a 4, 4, or a benzyl group, and a group in which at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent may have = an aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms; a methyleneoxy group, a stretching group, an oxygen odor, a propyloxy group, a fluorenyl group, a (tetra)yloxy group, a hexyloxy group; The scale in which at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent may have a substituent having an alkylene group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms (that is, a formula: _Rd_〇_ (wherein: R is a methylene group) , Ethylethyl propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl,

該等基中至少1個ft原子經取代基取代之基等可具有取代 基之碳原子數1至50的伸烧基)所示之2價有機基);具有 含有碳原子之取代基之亞絲;具有含有碳原子之取代基 之亞石夕基。該取代基的碳數不包含在上述碳數_。從合成 的容易度之觀點來看,較佳係2價鏈狀飽和烴基、伸芳基、 伸烷氧基。 作為前述Q5所示之2價有機基的例子所例舉之基可具 有取代基,就該取代基而言,可例舉如與前述關於式 的說明_所例示之取代基相同的取代基。取代基存在複數 個時’該等可為相同或相異。 324119 84 201247733 式(20)中,Y5表示鹵化烷基、鹵原子、_N(R,)2、_p (R )2或-SR"。R5表示氫原子、可具有取代基之碳原子數i 至30的烷基或可具有取代基之碳原子數6至5〇的芳基。 該取代基的碳數不包含在上述碳數中。就該取代基而言, 可例舉如與前述關於式(丨)的說明中所例示之取代基相同 的取代基。取代基存在複數個時,該等可為相同或相異。 就R5而言,可例舉如甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、 φ 異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、環己基、庚 基、辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基等碳原子數丨至2〇的烷基, 笨基、卜萘基、2-萘基、1-蒽基、2-蒽基、9_蒽基等碳原 子數6至30的芳基等。_化烷基之烷基係與前述烷基相 同。關於鹵化烷基之鹵化之鹵原子係與前述鹵原子相同。 就鹵化烷基而言,可例舉如齒化甲基、齒化乙基、鹵化丙 基、鹵化丁基等。 式(20)中,n5表示〇以上的整數,從原料單體的合成 ® 之觀點來看,較佳係〇至8的整數,更佳係〇至2的整數。 ''式(21)所示之化合物- 式(21)中,R表示前述式(15)或前述式(16)所示之基 或者前述式(22)或前述式(23)所示之基,R16表示前述式(4) 所示之基,ml8表示0至3的整數,X3及X4分別獨立地表 示與縮合聚合相關之基。ml 8較佳係0至2,更佳係〇戈1 就R15、R16以外的取代基而言,可例舉如與前述關於式 的說明中所例示之取代基相同的取代基。前述取代 複數個時,該等可為相同或相異。 土子 324119 85 201247733 -式(22)所示之基- 式(22)中,R16’表示可具有取代基之Q+ml9+m2〇)價有 機基。式(22)所示之基係一價基。 式(22)中,就R16’所示之可具有取代基之(1+ml9+m2〇) 價有機基而言,可例舉如甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁 基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、環己基、 庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基、該等基中至少丨個氫 ^ 原子經取代基取代之基等從可具有取代基之碳原子數1至 20的烷基去除(ml9+m20)個氫原子之基;苯基、卜萘基、 2-萘基、1-蒽基、2-蒽基' 9-蒽基、該等基中至少i個氫 原子經取代基取代之基等從可具有取代基之碳原子數6至 30的芳基去除(ml9+m20)個氫原子之基;曱氧基、乙氧基、 丙氧基、丁氧基、戊氧基、己氧基、壬氧基、月桂基氧基、 環丙氧基、環丁基氧基、環戊氧基、環己氧基、環壬氧基、 環月桂基氧基、降莰基氧基、金剛烧基氧基、該等基中至 • 少1個氫原子經取代基取代之基等從可具有取代基之碳原 子數1至50的烷氧基去除(ml9+m20)個氫原子之基;從具 有含有奴原子之取代基之胺基去除(ml 9+m20)個氫原子之 基;從具有含有碳原子之取代基之矽基去除(m19+m2〇)個氣 原子之基。該取代基的碳數不包含在上述碳數中。從合成 原料單體的容易度之觀點來看,較佳係從烷基去除 (ml9+m20)個氫原子之基、從芳基去除(mi9+m20)個氫原子 之基、從烷氧基去除(ml9+m20)個氫原子之基。 就前述取代基而言’可例舉如與前述關於式(1)的說明 324119 86 201247733 中所例示之取代基相同的取代基。前述取代基存在複數個 時,該等可為相同或相異。 式(22)中,ml9及ΙΠ20分別獨立地表示1以上的整數(例 如分別為1、2、3)。 Q4、n4、Y4、Q3、n3、Y3各別有複數個時,可為相同或相異。 -式(23)所示之基_ 籲 式(23)中,Rl7表示可具有取代基之(l+m21+m22)價有機 基。式(23)所示之基係一價基。 式(23)中,就R17所示之可具有取代基之(1+m21+m22) 價有機基而言’可例舉如曱基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁 基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、己基、環己基、 庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、月桂基、該等基中至少1個氮 原子經取代基取代之基等從可具有取代基之碳原子數1至 20的烷基去除(m21+m22)個氫原子之基;苯基、丨_荠某、 _ 2-奈基、1-蒽基、2-蒽基、9-蒽基、該等基中至少【個氮 原子經取代基取代之基等從可具有取代基之碳原子數6至 30的方基去除(m21+m22)個氫原子之基;曱氧基、乙氧其、 丙氧基、T氧基、戊氧基、己氧基、壬氧基、月桂基氧基、 環丙氧基、環丁基氧基、環戊氧基、環己氧基、駐氧基、 環月桂基氧基、降获基氧基、金剛烧基氧基、該等基中至 少1個氫原子經取代基取代之基等從可具有取代基之碳原 子數1至50的烧氧基去除(m21+m22)個氮原子之基;從具 有含有碳原子之取代基之胺基去除(m21+m22)個氫原子之 324119 87 201247733 基;從具有含有碳原子之取代基之矽基去除(m21+m22)個氫 原子之基。該取代基的碳數不包含在上述碳數中。從合成 原料單體的容易度之觀點來看,較佳係從烷基去除 (m2Hm22)個氫原子之基、從芳基去除(m21+m22)個氫原子 之基、從烷氧基去除(m21+m22)個氫原子之基。 就前述取代基而言,可例舉如與前述關於式(1)的說明 中所例示之取代基相同的取代基。前述取代基存在複數個 時,該等可為相同或相異。 w 式(23)中,m21及m22分別獨立地表示1以上的整數(例 如分別為1、2、3)。 式(23)中’ Q5、n5、Y5、Q3、n3及Y3表示與前述同義。 q5、n5、Y5、Q3、n3、Y3各別有複數個時,可為相同或相異。 又,在本發明高分子化合物中含有前述式(1)所示結構 單元或前述式(14)所示結構單元’同時並含有除了前述式 (1)所示結構單元及前述式(14)所示結構單元以外的結構 • 單元時,在前述式(18)或前述式(21)所示之化合物中添加 式(26)所示之化合物使其縮合聚合,而可製造更具有_Aa_ 所示結構單元之高分子化合物。 χ5 —Aa — X6 (26) (式(26)中,Aa係前述Ar1所示之可具有取代基之(2+mi2) 價芳族基或可具有取代基之(2+ml2)價芳族胺殘基,或者 Ar2所示之可具有取代基之2價芳族基或可具有取代基之2 價芳族胺殘基所示結構單元’ X5及X6分別獨立地表示與縮 合聚合相關之基)。 324119 88 201247733 就X1、X2、X3、X4、X5及X6所示之與縮合聚合相關之基 而言,可例舉如氫原子、鹵原子、烧基續酸S旨基、芳基績 酸酉旨基、芳烧基績酸S旨基、棚酸醋殘基、锍曱基、鱗曱基、 膦酸酯基曱基、單iS化曱基、-B(0H)2、曱醯基、氰基、乙 烯基等。 就可選擇作為前述與縮合聚合相關之基之鹵原子而 言,可例舉如I原子、氯原子、臭原子及蛾原子。a group in which at least one ft atom of the group is substituted with a substituent or the like may have a divalent organic group represented by a stretching group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms; and a substituent having a carbon atom; a filament; a sulfite group having a substituent containing a carbon atom. The carbon number of the substituent is not included in the above carbon number _. From the viewpoint of easiness of synthesis, a divalent chain saturated hydrocarbon group, an extended aryl group, and an alkoxy group are preferred. The group exemplified as the above-mentioned divalent organic group represented by the above-mentioned Q5 may have a substituent, and the substituent may be the same as the substituent exemplified in the above description of the formula. When there are a plurality of substituents, the numbers may be the same or different. 324119 84 201247733 In the formula (20), Y5 represents a halogenated alkyl group, a halogen atom, _N(R,)2, _p(R)2 or -SR". R5 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having from 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aryl group having 6 to 5 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. The carbon number of the substituent is not included in the above carbon number. As the substituent, the same substituent as exemplified in the above description of the formula (丨) can be exemplified. Where there are a plurality of substituents, the may be the same or different. With respect to R5, there may be mentioned, for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, a φ-isobutyl group, a second butyl group, a tert-butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a cyclohexyl group or a heptyl group. , an octyl group, a fluorenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a lauryl group, etc., having a carbon number of 2 to 2, an alkyl group, a stupyl group, a naphthyl group, a 2-naphthyl group, a 1-fluorenyl group, a 2-fluorenyl group, a 9-fluorenyl group, and the like. An aryl group having an atomic number of 6 to 30 or the like. The alkyl group of the alkyl group is the same as the alkyl group described above. The halogen atom of the halogenated alkyl group is the same as the above halogen atom. The halogenated alkyl group may, for example, be a dentylated methyl group, a dentate ethyl group, a halogenated propyl group or a halogenated butyl group. In the formula (20), n5 represents an integer of 〇 or more, and is preferably an integer of from 8 to 8 from the viewpoint of synthesis of the raw material monomer, and more preferably an integer of 2 to 2. - 'Compound represented by the formula (21) - In the formula (21), R represents a group represented by the above formula (15) or the above formula (16) or a group represented by the above formula (22) or the above formula (23) R16 represents a group represented by the above formula (4), ml8 represents an integer of 0 to 3, and X3 and X4 each independently represent a group related to condensation polymerization. Mol 8 is preferably 0 to 2, and more preferably, the substituent other than R15 and R16 may be the same as the substituent exemplified in the above description of the formula. When the foregoing substitutions are plural, the numbers may be the same or different. Soil 324119 85 201247733 - The group represented by the formula (22) - In the formula (22), R16' represents a Q+ml9+m2〇 which may have a substituent. The group represented by the formula (22) is a monovalent group. In the formula (22), the (1+ml9+m2〇) valent organic group which may have a substituent represented by R16' may, for example, be a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group or a butyl group. , isobutyl, t-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, cyclohexyl, heptyl, octyl, decyl, decyl, lauryl, at least one hydrogen atom in the group a group substituted with a radical or the like from the alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent to remove (ml 9 + m 20 ) hydrogen atoms; phenyl, naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, 1-indenyl, 2-indole a group of (9 9 + m 20 ) hydrogen atoms from a aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, etc., wherein the at least i hydrogen atoms in the group are substituted with a substituent; Alkoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, decyloxy, lauryloxy, cyclopropoxy, cyclobutyloxy, cyclopentyloxy, ring a hexyloxy group, a cyclodecyloxy group, a cyclolauryloxy group, a norbornyloxy group, an adamantyloxy group, a group in which one hydrogen atom is substituted with a substituent, or the like may have a substituent. Alkoxygen having 1 to 50 carbon atoms Removing (ml9+m20) hydrogen atom groups; removing (ml 9+m20) hydrogen atoms from an amine group having a substituent containing a slave atom; removing from a thiol group having a substituent containing a carbon atom (m19 +m2〇) The base of a gas atom. The carbon number of the substituent is not included in the above carbon number. From the viewpoint of easiness of synthesizing a raw material monomer, it is preferred to remove (ml9+m20) hydrogen atom groups from the alkyl group, remove (mi9+m20) hydrogen atom groups from the aryl group, and alkoxy groups. The base of (ml9+m20) hydrogen atoms is removed. As the aforementioned substituent, the same substituent as exemplified in the above description of the formula (1) 324119 86 201247733 can be exemplified. When a plurality of the above substituents are present, the groups may be the same or different. In the formula (22), ml9 and ΙΠ20 each independently represent an integer of 1 or more (e.g., 1, 2, and 3, respectively). When there are a plurality of Q4, n4, Y4, Q3, n3, and Y3, they may be the same or different. -Based on the formula (23), in the formula (23), Rl7 represents a (l+m21+m22)valent organic group which may have a substituent. The group represented by the formula (23) is a monovalent group. In the formula (23), the (1+m21+m22) valent organic group which may have a substituent represented by R17 may be exemplified by a mercapto group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group or a different group. Butyl, t-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, cyclohexyl, heptyl, octyl, decyl, decyl, lauryl, at least one nitrogen atom in the group substituted by a substituent The group or the like which removes (m21+m22) hydrogen atoms from an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; phenyl, 丨_荠, _2-naphthyl, 1-fluorenyl, 2- a mercapto group, a 9-fluorenyl group, and at least one of the groups in which the nitrogen atom is substituted with a substituent, etc., from the group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, (m21+m22) of a hydrogen atom曱oxy, ethoxy, propoxy, T oxy, pentyloxy, hexyloxy, decyloxy, lauryloxy, cyclopropoxy, cyclobutyloxy, cyclopentyloxy, a cyclohexyloxy group, a hydroxy group, a cyclolauryloxy group, a reduced radical oxy group, an adamantyloxy group, a group in which at least one hydrogen atom in the group is substituted with a substituent, or the like, and a carbon which may have a substituent Alkoxy group 1 to 50 alkoxy removal (m2 1+m22) a group of nitrogen atoms; 324119 87 201247733 base for removing (m21+m22) hydrogen atoms from an amine group having a substituent having a carbon atom; removal from a thiol group having a substituent having a carbon atom (m21 +m22) The base of a hydrogen atom. The carbon number of the substituent is not included in the above carbon number. From the viewpoint of easiness of synthesizing a raw material monomer, it is preferred to remove (m2Hm22) hydrogen atom groups from the alkyl group, remove (m21+m22) hydrogen atom groups from the aryl group, and remove from the alkoxy group ( M21+m22) a group of hydrogen atoms. The above substituents may, for example, be the same substituents as those exemplified above for the description of the formula (1). When a plurality of the above substituents are present, the groups may be the same or different. w In the formula (23), m21 and m22 each independently represent an integer of 1 or more (for example, 1, 2, and 3, respectively). In the formula (23), 'Q5, n5, Y5, Q3, n3 and Y3 are synonymous with the above. When q5, n5, Y5, Q3, n3, and Y3 have a plurality of different numbers, they may be the same or different. Further, the polymer compound of the present invention contains the structural unit represented by the above formula (1) or the structural unit represented by the above formula (14) and contains the structural unit represented by the above formula (1) and the above formula (14). In the case of a structure other than the structural unit, a compound represented by the formula (26) or a compound represented by the above formula (21) is added to the compound of the formula (26) to be condensed and polymerized, and the product can be produced by further having _Aa_ A polymer compound of a structural unit. Χ5 —Aa — X6 (26) (In the formula (26), Aa is a (2+mi2) valent aromatic group which may have a substituent represented by the above Ar1 or a (2+ml2) valence aromatic group which may have a substituent An amine residue, or a divalent aromatic group which may have a substituent represented by Ar2 or a structural unit represented by a divalent aromatic amine residue which may have a substituent, 'X5 and X6, respectively, independently represent a group related to condensation polymerization ). 324119 88 201247733 The group related to the condensation polymerization represented by X1, X2, X3, X4, X5 and X6 may, for example, be a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group. The base, the aryl succinic acid S group, the shed vinegar residue, the fluorenyl group, the fluorenyl group, the phosphonate sulfhydryl group, the mono-iS decyl group, the -B(0H)2, the fluorenyl group, Cyano, vinyl, etc. The halogen atom as the group related to the condensation polymerization may be selected, and examples thereof include an I atom, a chlorine atom, a odor atom and a moth atom.

就可選擇作為前述與縮合聚合相關之基之烷基磺酸酯 基而言,例示如甲烧續酸s旨基、乙烧續酸s旨基、三it甲烧 橫酸S旨基。 就可選擇作為前述與縮合聚合相關之基之芳基磺酸酯 基而言,例示如苯續酸自旨基、對-曱苯績酸S旨基。 就可選擇作為前述與縮合聚合相關之基之芳烷基磺酸 酉旨基而言,例示如苄基續酸自旨基。 就可選擇作為前述與縮合聚合相關之基之硼酸酯殘基 而言,例示如下述式所示之基。 /OC2H5 B’ \〇C2H5The alkyl sulfonate group which is the group which is related to the condensation polymerization may be selected, for example, from the group consisting of a sodium sulphonate, an ethyl sulphonate, and a trimethyl sulphate. The aryl sulfonate group which is the group related to the condensation polymerization can be selected, for example, a benzoic acid-based group or a p-toluene-based acid S group. The aralkyl sulfonate group which is the group which is related to the condensation polymerization described above may be exemplified, for example, a benzylic acid. The boronic acid ester residue which is the group related to the condensation polymerization described above can be selected, and a group represented by the following formula is exemplified. /OC2H5 B' \〇C2H5

就可選擇作為前述與縮合聚合相關之基之锍甲基而 言,例示如下述式所示之基: -CH2S+Me2E_、或-CH2S+Ph2E_ (式中,E表示鹵原子。Ph表示苯基,以下相同)。 324119 89 201247733 就可選擇作為前塊與縮合聚合相關之基之鱗甲基而 言’例示如下述式所示之基: -CH2P+Ph3E_ ι (式中,E表示與前述同義)。 就可選擇作為前迷與縮合聚合相關之基之鱗酸醋基甲 基而言,例示如下述式所示之基: -CH2P0(0Rj)2 0 (式中,t表示烷基、芳基或芳烷基)。 1 就可選擇作為前述與縮合聚合相關之基之單鹵化甲基 而言,例示如氟化曱基、氣化甲基、溴化甲基、碘化甲基。 作為與縮合聚合相關之基適宜的基依照聚合反應的種 類而異’例如當使用山本麵合反應(Yamam〇t〇 coup 1 ing react ion)等0價鎳錯合物時,可例舉如鹵原子、烷基磺酸 酯基、芳基磺酸酯基、芳烷基磺酸酯基。又,使用鈐木耦 合反應(Suzuki coupling reaction)等鎳觸媒或鈀觸媒時, φ 可例舉如烷基磺酸酯基、鹵原子、硼酸酯殘基、-b(oh)2 等,以氧化劑或電化學的方式進行氧化聚合時,可例舉如 氫原子。 就前述高分子化合物的製造方法1而言,可例舉如高 分子化合物的製造方法1-1及1-2。 高分子化合物的製造方法1-1係具有前述式(1)所示 結構單元之高分子化合物的製造方法,其包含:使下述式 (18A)所示之有機化合物聚合,而獲得具有前述式(1)所示 結構早元之南分子化合物。 324119 90 201247733 R11,Alternatively, as the fluorenylmethyl group as described above for the condensation polymerization, a group represented by the following formula: -CH2S+Me2E_, or -CH2S+Ph2E_ (wherein E represents a halogen atom. Ph represents a phenyl group). , the same as below). 324119 89 201247733 The quaternary methyl group as a group related to the condensation polymerization may be selected as the base of the following formula: -CH2P+Ph3E_ ι (wherein E represents the same as defined above). In the case of the phytic acid methyl group which is a group related to the condensation polymerization, a group represented by the following formula is exemplified: -CH2P0(0Rj)2 0 (wherein t represents an alkyl group, an aryl group or Aralkyl). 1 The monohalogenated methyl group which is the group related to the condensation polymerization described above may be exemplified by, for example, a fluorinated fluorenyl group, a vaporized methyl group, a methyl bromide group, or a methyl iodide group. The base suitable for the condensation polymerization is different depending on the type of the polymerization reaction. For example, when a zero-valent nickel complex such as a Yamamoto reaction (Yamam〇t〇coupling reaction) is used, a halogen is exemplified. Atom, alkyl sulfonate group, aryl sulfonate group, aralkyl sulfonate group. Further, when a nickel catalyst or a palladium catalyst such as a Suzuki coupling reaction is used, φ may, for example, be an alkylsulfonate group, a halogen atom, a boronic acid ester residue, or -b(oh)2. When the oxidative polymerization is carried out by an oxidizing agent or an electrochemical method, for example, a hydrogen atom can be exemplified. The production method 1 of the above polymer compound may, for example, be a method for producing a high molecular compound, 1-1 and 1-2. The method for producing a polymer compound 1-1 is a method for producing a polymer compound having a structural unit represented by the above formula (1), which comprises polymerizing an organic compound represented by the following formula (18A) to obtain the above formula. (1) The southern molecular compound of the structure shown. 324119 90 201247733 R11,

(式(18A)中,R11’表示前述式(2)或前述式(3)所示之基。 R12、ml4、X1及X2表示與前述同義。式(18A)中的氫原子可 經R11’、R12以外的取代基取代)。(In the formula (18A), R11' represents a group represented by the above formula (2) or the above formula (3). R12, ml4, X1 and X2 represent the same as defined above. The hydrogen atom in the formula (18A) may pass through R11' And a substituent other than R12 is substituted).

式(18A)所示之有機化合物中之基的詳細情形與式(18) 所示之有機化合物者相同。製造方法1-1中,不僅式(18A) 所示之有機化合物,可更使選自包含式(18)所示之有機化 合物、式(21)所示之有機化合物、及式(26)所示之有機化 合物之群之1種或2種以上之其他有機化合物聚合。製造 方法1-1中,式(18A)所示之有機化合物中之R11’、R12、ml4 分別對應於具有式(1)所示結構單元之高分子化合物中之 R1、R2、m2。 高分子化合物的製造方法1-2係具有前述式(14)所示 結構單元之高分子化合物的製造方法,其包含:使下述式 (21A)所示之有機化合物聚合,而獲得具有前述式(14)所示 結構單元之高分子化合物。 324119 91 201247733 R15The details of the group in the organic compound represented by the formula (18A) are the same as those of the organic compound represented by the formula (18). In the production method 1-1, not only the organic compound represented by the formula (18A) but also the organic compound represented by the formula (18), the organic compound represented by the formula (21), and the formula (26) can be further selected. One or two or more other organic compounds of the group of the organic compounds shown are polymerized. In the production method 1-1, R11', R12, and ml4 in the organic compound represented by the formula (18A) correspond to R1, R2, and m2 in the polymer compound having the structural unit represented by the formula (1), respectively. The method for producing a polymer compound 1-2 is a method for producing a polymer compound having a structural unit represented by the above formula (14), which comprises polymerizing an organic compound represented by the following formula (21A) to obtain the above formula. (14) A polymer compound of the structural unit shown. 324119 91 201247733 R15

(式(21A)中,R15’表示前述式(15)或前述式(16)所示之基。 R16、ml8、X3及X4表示與前述同義。式(21A)中的氫原子可 經R15’、R16以外的取代基取代)。 式(21A)所示之有機化合物中之基的詳細情形與式(21) 所示之有機化合物者相同。製造方法1-2中,不僅式(21A) 所示之有機化合物,可更使選自包含式(18)所示之有機化 合物、式(21)所示之有機化合物、及式(26)所示之有機化 合物之群之1種或2種以上之其他有機化合物聚合。製造 方法1-2中,式(21A)所示之有機化合物中之R15’、R16、ml8 分別對應於具有式(14)所示結構單元之高分子化合物中之 R6、R7、m7。 就前述高分子化合物的製造方法2而言,可例舉如高 分子化合物的製造方法2-1及2-2。 高分子化合物的製造方法2-1係具有前述式(1)所示 結構單元之高分子化合物的製造方法,其包含:(i)使式 (18B)所示之有機化合物聚合,而獲得具有式(18B’)所示結 構單元之高分子化合物 324119 92 201247733(In the formula (21A), R15' represents a group represented by the above formula (15) or the above formula (16). R16, ml8, X3 and X4 represent the same as defined above. The hydrogen atom in the formula (21A) may pass through R15' And a substituent other than R16 is substituted). The details of the group in the organic compound represented by the formula (21A) are the same as those of the organic compound represented by the formula (21). In the production method 1-2, not only the organic compound represented by the formula (21A) but also the organic compound represented by the formula (18), the organic compound represented by the formula (21), and the formula (26) can be further selected. One or two or more other organic compounds of the group of the organic compounds shown are polymerized. In the production method 1-2, R15', R16, and ml8 in the organic compound represented by the formula (21A) correspond to R6, R7, and m7 in the polymer compound having the structural unit represented by the formula (14), respectively. The production method 2 of the above polymer compound may, for example, be a method for producing a high molecular compound, 2-1 and 2-2. The method for producing a polymer compound 2-1 is a method for producing a polymer compound having a structural unit represented by the above formula (1), which comprises: (i) polymerizing an organic compound represented by the formula (18B) to obtain a formula Polymer compound 324119 92 201247733

X2 (18B)X2 (18B)

(R12)mU (式(18B)中,R11’ ’表示前述式(19)或前述式(20)所示之基。 R12、ml4、X1及X2表示與前述同義。式(18B)中的氫原子可 經R11’’、R12以外的取代基取代)(R12)mU (In the formula (18B), R11'' represents a group represented by the above formula (19) or the above formula (20). R12, ml4, X1 and X2 represent the same as defined above. Hydrogen in the formula (18B) Atoms may be substituted by substituents other than R11'' and R12)

(R12)mu (式(18B’)中,R11’ ’表示前述式(19)或前述式(20)所示之 基。 φ R12及ml4表示與前述同義。式(18B’)中的氫原子可經 R11’’、R12以外的取代基取代) ;以及 (ii)使具有式(18B’)所示結構單元之高分子化合物離子 化,並獲得具有前述式(1)所示結構單元之高分子化合物。 本發明復提供具有式(18B’)所示結構單元之高分子化合 物。式(18B’)所示結構單元係二價結構單元。 式(18B)、(18B’)所示之有機化合物中之基的詳細情形 可與式(18)所示之有機化合物者相同。製造方法2-1之步 324119 93 201247733 驟(i)中,不僅式(18B)所示之有機化合物,可更使選自包 含式(18)所示之有機化合物、式(21)所示之有機化合物、 及式(26)所示之有機化合物之群之1種或2種以上之其他 有機化合物聚合。製造方法2-1中,式(18B)、(18B’)所示 之有機化合物中之R11’’、R12、ml4分別對應於具有式(1) 所示結構單元之高分子化合物中之R1、R2、m2。 製造方法2-1之步驟(ii)中,藉由使具有式(18B’)所 示結構單元之高分子化合物離子化,而R11’’中,式(19)所 ^ 示之基或式(20)所示之基(非離子性基)轉換成為式(2)所 示之基或式(3)所示之基(離子性基)。 高分子化合物的製造方法2-2係具有前述式(14)所示 結構單元之高分子化合物的製造方法,其包含:(Γ )使式 (21B)所示之有機化合物聚合,而獲得具有式(21B’)所示結 構單元之高分子化合物(R12)mu (In the formula (18B'), R11'' represents a group represented by the above formula (19) or the above formula (20). φ R12 and ml4 represent the same as defined above. A hydrogen atom in the formula (18B') It can be substituted by a substituent other than R11'' and R12); and (ii) ionizing a polymer compound having a structural unit represented by the formula (18B'), and obtaining a structural unit having the above formula (1) Molecular compound. The present invention provides a polymer compound having a structural unit represented by the formula (18B'). The structural unit represented by the formula (18B') is a divalent structural unit. The details of the group in the organic compound represented by the formula (18B) or (18B') may be the same as those of the organic compound represented by the formula (18). Step 324119 93 201247733 In the step (i), not only the organic compound represented by the formula (18B) but also the organic compound represented by the formula (18) and the formula (21) can be further selected. One or two or more other organic compounds of the organic compound and the organic compound represented by the formula (26) are polymerized. In the production method 2-1, R11'', R12, and ml4 in the organic compound represented by the formulae (18B) and (18B') correspond to R1 in the polymer compound having the structural unit represented by the formula (1), respectively. R2, m2. In the step (ii) of the production method 2-1, by ionizing a polymer compound having a structural unit represented by the formula (18B'), the radical or formula of the formula (19) in R11'' ( 20) The group (nonionic group) shown is converted into a group represented by the formula (2) or a group represented by the formula (3) (ionic group). The method for producing a polymer compound 2-2 is a method for producing a polymer compound having a structural unit represented by the above formula (14), which comprises: (Γ) polymerizing an organic compound represented by the formula (21B) to obtain a formula Polymer compound of the structural unit shown by (21B')

(R16)ml8 (式(21B)中,R15’ ’表示前述式(22)或前述式(23)所示之基。 R16、ml8、X3及X4表示與前述同義。式(21B)中的氫原子可 經R15’’、R16以外的取代基取代) 324119 94 (210*) 201247733 R15,,(R16) ml8 (In the formula (21B), R15'' represents a group represented by the above formula (22) or the above formula (23). R16, ml8, X3 and X4 represent the same as defined above. Hydrogen in the formula (21B) Atoms may be substituted by substituents other than R15'' and R16) 324119 94 (210*) 201247733 R15,,

基。 表示前述式(22)或前述式(23)所示之base. Indicates the above formula (22) or the above formula (23)

R16及ml8表示與前述同義。式(21B’)中的氫原子可經 R15’’、R16以外的取代基取代) ;以及 (ii’)使具有式(21B’)所示結構單元之高分子化合物離子 化,並獲得具有前述式(14)所示結構單元之高分子化合 物。本發明復提供具有式(21B’)所示結構單元之高分子化 合物。式(21B’)所示結構單元係二價結構單元。 式(21B)、(21B’)所示之有機化合物中之基的詳細情形 ® 可與式(21)所示之有機化合物者相同。製造方法2-2之步 驟(i)中,不僅式(21B)所示之有機化合物,可更使選自包 含式(18)所示之有機化合物、式(21)所示之有機化合物、 及式(26)所示之有機化合物之群之1種或2種以上之其他 有機化合物聚合。製造方法2-2中,式(21B)、(21B’)所示 之有機化合物中之R15’’、R16、ml8分別對應於具有式(14) 所示結構單元之高分子化合物中之R6、R7、m7。 製造方法2-2之步驟(ii’)中,藉由使具有式(21B’) 324119 95 201247733 所示結構單元之高分子化合物離子化,而R!5,,中,式(22) 所示之基或式(23)所示之基(非離子性基)轉換成為式(15) 所示之基或式(16)所示之基(離子性基)。 就製造方法2-1之步驟(丨〇、製造方法2_2之步驟(η,) 中之離子化而言,可例舉如陽離子化、陰離子化。就離子 化而言,可例舉如將步驟(i)所得之高分子化合物與金屬氫 氧化物、金屬碳酸鹽、氫氧化烷基銨等試劑,或者齒化烷 基、SbFs等試劑,必要時溶解於水或有機溶媒中,於有機 • 溶媒的熔點以上沸點以下的溫度反應之方法。 製造本發明高分子化合物時,例如可採用將具有複數 個與縮合聚合相關之基的前述式(18)或(21)所示之化合物 (單體),必要時溶解於有機溶媒中,使用鹼或適當觸媒, 於有機溶媒的熔點以上沸點以下之溫度反應之聚合方法。 就此種聚合方法而言’例如可採用“Organic Reactions”, 第 14 卷,270-490 頁,John Wi ley & Sons, Inc., 1965 年、 _ “Organic Syntheses” , Collective Volume VI, 407-411 頁,John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,1988 年、Chem. Rev.,第 95 卷,2457 頁(1995 年)、J.Organomet. Chem·,第 576 卷,147 頁(1999 年)、Macromol. Chem., Macromol. Symp., 第12卷,229頁(1987年)所記載之公知方法。 又,在製造本發明高分子化合物時,可因應與縮合聚 合相關之基,採用已知的縮合聚合反應。就此種聚合方法 而言,可例舉如將該單體,由鈴木耦合反應聚合之方法、 由Grignard反應聚合之方法、由Ni(0)錯合物聚合之方 324119 96 201247733 法、由FeCL等氧化劑聚合之方法、由電化學方式氧化聚合 之方法、分解具有適宜的脫離基之中間體高分子之方法 等。此種聚合反應之中,由鈴木耦合反應聚合之方法、由 Grignard反應聚合之方法、及錄〇價錯合物聚合之方法’ 因容易控制所得之高分子化合物的結構而較佳。R16 and ml8 are synonymous with the foregoing. The hydrogen atom in the formula (21B') may be substituted with a substituent other than R15'' and R16); and (ii') ionize the polymer compound having the structural unit represented by the formula (21B'), and obtain the aforementioned A polymer compound of the structural unit represented by the formula (14). The present invention provides a polymer compound having a structural unit represented by the formula (21B'). The structural unit represented by the formula (21B') is a divalent structural unit. The details of the group in the organic compound represented by the formula (21B) or (21B') can be the same as those of the organic compound represented by the formula (21). In the step (i) of the production method 2-2, not only the organic compound represented by the formula (21B) but also the organic compound represented by the formula (18), the organic compound represented by the formula (21), and One or two or more other organic compounds of the group of the organic compounds represented by the formula (26) are polymerized. In the production method 2-2, R15'', R16, and ml8 in the organic compound represented by the formula (21B) and (21B') correspond to R6 in the polymer compound having the structural unit represented by the formula (14), respectively. R7, m7. In the step (ii') of the production method 2-2, the polymer compound having the structural unit represented by the formula (21B') 324119 95 201247733 is ionized, and R!5,, wherein, the formula (22) is shown. The group or the group represented by the formula (23) (nonionic group) is converted into a group represented by the formula (15) or a group represented by the formula (16) (ionic group). The ionization in the step (?) of the production method 2-1 (丨〇, the production method 2-2) may, for example, be cationization or anionization. In terms of ionization, a step may be mentioned. (i) the obtained polymer compound and a reagent such as a metal hydroxide, a metal carbonate or an alkylammonium hydroxide, or a reagent such as a dentate alkyl group or an SbFs, if necessary, dissolved in water or an organic solvent, and used in an organic solvent. When the polymer compound of the present invention is produced, for example, a compound (monomer) represented by the above formula (18) or (21) having a plurality of groups related to condensation polymerization can be used. , if necessary, dissolved in an organic solvent, using a base or a suitable catalyst, and a polymerization method which reacts at a temperature below the melting point of the organic solvent. For such a polymerization method, for example, "Organic Reactions", Volume 14, 270-490, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1965, _ "Organic Syntheses", Collective Volume VI, pages 407-411, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1988, Chem. Rev. Vol. 95, 2457 (1995), J. Organomet. Chem., vol. 576, pp. 147 (1999), Macromol. Chem., Macromol. Symp., Vol. 12, p. 229 (1987) Further, in the production of the polymer compound of the present invention, a known condensation polymerization reaction can be employed in accordance with the group related to the condensation polymerization. For the polymerization method, for example, the monomer can be used. The method of Suzuki coupling reaction polymerization, the method of polymerization by Grignard reaction, the method of polymerization of Ni(0) complex 324119 96 201247733, the method of polymerization by oxidant such as FeCL, the method of electrochemical oxidation polymerization, and the decomposition are suitable. a method of depolymerizing an intermediate polymer, etc. Among such polymerizations, a method of polymerization by Suzuki coupling reaction, a method of polymerization by Grignard reaction, and a method of polymerization of a complex valence complex are easily controlled. The structure of the polymer compound is preferred.

本發明高分子化合物之較佳製造方法之一態樣,使用 具有選自包含_原子、烷基磺酸酯基、芳基磺酸酯基及芳 烧基續酸酯基之群之基作為與縮合聚合相關之基的原料單 體’在錄0價錯合物存在下進行縮合聚合,以製造高分子 化合物之方法。就此種方法所使用之原料單體而言’可例 舉如二函化化合物、雙(烷基磺酸酯)化合物、雙(芳基磺酸 酯)化合物、雙(芳烷基磺酸酯)化合物、!|素_烷基磺酸酯 化合物、鹵素-芳基磺酸酯化合物、齒素-芳烷基磺酸酯化 合物、院基續酸醋-芳基橫酸醋化合物、烧基續酸|旨_芳烧 基續酸S旨化合物及芳基確酸g旨-芳烧基續酸酯化合物。 前述高分子化合物體之較佳製造方法之其他態樣,使 用具有選自包含_原子、烷基磺酸酯基、芳基磺酸酯基、 芳烷基磺酸酯基、-B(OH)2、及硼酸酯殘基之群之基作為與 縮合聚合相關之基,並且全部原料單體所具有之_原;了 烷基磺酸酯基、芳基磺酸酯基及芳烷基磺酸酯基的莫耳數 之合計(J),與-B(0H)2及硼酸酯殘基的莫耳數之人叶'( 比實質上為101常K/I在0.7至u之範圍)°之原料單 體,在鎳觸媒或鈀觸媒存在下進行縮合聚合,以製造古八 子化合物之方法。 324119 97 201247733 就前述有機溶媒而言’雖依照使用的化合物或反應 異,但較佳係使用一般用以抑制副反應而充分施以脫^處 理的有機溶媒。製造高分子化合物時,較佳係使用此種有 機溶媒並在惰性環境下進行反應。又,前述有機溶媒中 較佳係與前述脫氧處理同樣地進行脫水處理。惟,铃木輕 合反應等與水之2相系反應的情形不在此限。In one aspect of the preferred method for producing a polymer compound of the present invention, a group having a group selected from the group consisting of an atom, an alkylsulfonate group, an arylsulfonate group, and an arylsulfonate group is used as The raw material monomer of the condensation polymerization-related base is subjected to condensation polymerization in the presence of a zero-valent complex to produce a polymer compound. As the raw material monomer used in such a method, 'difunctional compound, bis(alkylsulfonate) compound, bis(arylsulfonate) compound, bis(aralkylsulfonate) can be exemplified. Compound,! |Alkyl sulfonate compound, halogen-aryl sulfonate compound, dentate-aralkyl sulfonate compound, hospital based acid vinegar-aryl bismuth vinegar compound, succinyl acid; The aryl carboxylic acid S is a compound and the aryl acid is an aryl carboxylic acid ester compound. In another aspect of the preferred method for producing the polymer compound, the method has a composition selected from the group consisting of an atom, an alkyl sulfonate group, an aryl sulfonate group, an aralkyl sulfonate group, and -B(OH). 2. The group of the group of borate residues is used as a group related to the condensation polymerization, and all the raw material monomers have the same; the alkylsulfonate group, the arylsulfonate group and the aralkyl group The total number of moles of the acid ester group (J), and the human leaf of the -B(0H)2 and the molar number of the boronic acid ester residue (the ratio is substantially 101 K/I in the range of 0.7 to u) The raw material monomer of ° is subjected to condensation polymerization in the presence of a nickel catalyst or a palladium catalyst to produce a quaternary compound. 324119 97 201247733 In view of the above-mentioned organic solvent, depending on the compound to be used or the reaction, it is preferred to use an organic solvent which is generally subjected to a treatment for suppressing side reactions. In the case of producing a polymer compound, it is preferred to use such an organic solvent and carry out the reaction under an inert atmosphere. Further, it is preferred that the organic solvent is subjected to a dehydration treatment in the same manner as the above-described deoxidation treatment. However, the case where the Suzuki light reaction does not react with the water phase 2 is not limited.

就有機溶媒而言’例不如戊烧、己烧、庚燒、辛广 環己烷等飽和烴,苯、甲苯、乙基苯、二曱苯等不飽和S, 曱醇、乙醇、丙醇、異丙醇、丁醇、第三丁醇等醇類,甲 酸、乙酸、丙酸等羧酸類,二曱基醚、二乙基醚、甲基_ 第三丁基鱗、四氫呋喃、四氫吡喃、二卩萼燒等醚類,三甲 基胺、三乙基胺、Ν,Ν,Ν’,Ν’-四曱基伸乙基二胺、吡啶等 胺類’ Ν,Ν-二曱基曱醯胺、Ν,Ν-二甲基乙醯胺、Ν,Ν—二乙 基乙醯胺、Ν-曱基嗎啉氧化物等醯胺類。該等有機溶媒可 單獨使用1種或混合2種以上使用。又,此種有機溶媒中, 從反應性之觀點來看,更佳係醚類,又更佳係四氫呋喃、 二乙基醚,從反應速度之觀點來看,較佳係曱苯、二甲苯。 製造前述高分子化合物時,為了使原料單體進行反 應,較佳係添加驗或適當觸媒。此種鹼或觸媒係因應採用 的聚合方法等而選擇。就此種鹼或觸媒而言,較佳係充分 溶解於反應所用的溶媒中者。又,就混合前述鹼或觸媒之 方法而言,例示如在氬氣或氮氣等惰性環境下.,< 邊攪拌 反應液一邊缓慢添加鹼或觸媒溶液,或者將反應液緩慢添 加於鹼或觸媒溶液中之方法。 324119 98 201247733 。本發明高分子化合物巾,若使聚合活絲直接殘留於 末端基,則因為有所得之發光元件的發光特性或壽命特性 降低之可此性’可藉由安定基保護末端基。此種以安定基 保護末端基時,本發明高分子化合物為共扼高分子化合物 時較佳係具有與该兩分子化合物的主鍵共輕結構相連的 共_’就該結構而言’可例舉如隔著碳_碳鍵而與芳基或 雜環基鍵結之結構。此種保護末端基之安定基,可例舉如 1價芳族基等。 就製造前述含有離子性基之高分子化合物之較佳方法 而言’可例舉如f1步驟係使不4有陽離子性基之高分子 化合物聚合;第2步驟係從該高分子化合物製造含有陽離 子性基之高分子化合物之方法。就第j步驟之使不具有陽 ,子性基之高分子化合物聚合之方法而言,可例舉如前述 縮合聚合反應。就第2步驟之反應而言,可例舉如將第i 步驟所得之高分子化合物’與金屬氫氧化物、金屬碳酸鹽、 鲁氮氧化烧基録等試劑,必要時溶解於水或有機溶媒,在有 機溶媒之熔點以上沸點以下的溫度下反應之方法。 就製造前述含有離子性基之高分子化合物之轉較佳 方法而言,可例舉如第i步驟係使不具有陰離子性基之高 分子化合物聚合,第2步驟係從該高分子化合物製造含有 陰離子性基之高分子化合物之方法。就第丄步驟之使不具 有陰離子性基之高分子化合物聚合之方法而言,可例舉如 前述縮合聚合反應。就第2步驟之反應而言,可例舉如將 i化烧基、SbF5等試劑必要時溶解於水或有機溶媒,在有 324119 99 201247733 機溶=之熔點以上彿點以下的溫度下反應之方法。 月』述3有離子性基之高分子化合物可藉由以水或有機 溶媒洗淨、再沉澱等而去除雜質。 —再者,將含有本發明高分子化合物之層 用於電激發光 元件時’較佳係實質上為非發光性。在此,含有預定高分 子化口物之層實質上為非發光性係指如下述意義。首先, :述實化例1G中’除了使用對象之高分子化合物取代共耗 Φ 间刀子化合物1以外,其餘皆與實施例ίο同樣操作而製作 電激發光元件Α。另-方面’如下述比較例i記载之方式 電激發光το件Π。雖然、電激發光元件a係具有含有預 疋馬分子化合物之層’但僅就電激發光元件C1不具有含有 預定兩分子化合物之層這一點而言,電激發光元件A與電 激發光元件C1相異。接著’電激發光元件a及電激發光元 件C1以Γ〇ν施加順向電壓而測定發光光譜。對電激發光元 件C1 ’求取在所得之發光光譜中賦予最大峰值之波長入。 鲁α波長λ之發光強度作為1而使電激發光元件C1所得之發 光光譜標準化,對波長進行積分而計 算出標準化發光量As far as the organic solvent is concerned, it is inferior to saturated hydrocarbons such as pentyl alcohol, hexane, heptane, and octylcyclohexane, unsaturated benzene such as benzene, toluene, ethylbenzene, and diphenylbenzene, sterol, ethanol, propanol, and isopropyl alcohol. Alcohols such as alcohol, butanol and tert-butanol, carboxylic acids such as formic acid, acetic acid and propionic acid, dimercapto ether, diethyl ether, methyl _ tert-butyl sulphate, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydropyran, two Ethers such as simmering, trimethylamine, triethylamine, hydrazine, hydrazine, hydrazine, Ν'-tetradecyl-ethylamine, pyridine and other amines Ν, Ν-didecyl decylamine Hydrazines such as hydrazine, hydrazine-dimethylammoniumamine, hydrazine, hydrazine-diethylacetamide, hydrazine-hydrazino morpholine oxide. These organic solvents may be used singly or in combination of two or more. Further, in the organic solvent, from the viewpoint of reactivity, it is more preferred to be an ether, and more preferably tetrahydrofuran or diethyl ether. From the viewpoint of the reaction rate, benzene and xylene are preferred. When the polymer compound is produced, it is preferred to add a test or an appropriate catalyst in order to react the raw material monomer. Such a base or a catalyst is selected depending on the polymerization method or the like to be employed. In the case of such a base or catalyst, it is preferred to be sufficiently dissolved in the solvent used for the reaction. Further, in the method of mixing the alkali or the catalyst, for example, under an inert atmosphere such as argon gas or nitrogen gas, < slowly adding a base or a catalyst solution while stirring the reaction liquid, or slowly adding the reaction liquid to the alkali Or the method in the catalyst solution. 324119 98 201247733. In the polymer compound sheet of the present invention, when the polymerized living filament is directly left at the terminal group, the light-emitting property or the life characteristic of the obtained light-emitting element can be lowered, and the terminal group can be protected by a stabilizer. When the terminal compound is protected by a stabilizer, when the polymer compound of the present invention is a conjugated polymer compound, it is preferred to have a total light-linking structure associated with the primary bond of the two molecules. A structure in which an aryl group or a heterocyclic group is bonded via a carbon-carbon bond. Such a stabilizing group for protecting the terminal group may, for example, be a monovalent aromatic group or the like. In the preferred method for producing the ionic group-containing polymer compound, 'the polymer compound having no cationic group is polymerized as in the step f1, and the cation is produced from the polymer compound in the second step. A method of using a polymer compound based on a base. The method of polymerizing the polymer compound having no cationic group in the step j may, for example, be a condensation polymerization reaction as described above. The reaction of the second step may, for example, be a polymer compound obtained in the i-th step, a reagent such as a metal hydroxide, a metal carbonate or a ruthenium oxide, and if necessary, dissolved in water or an organic solvent. A method of reacting at a temperature below the melting point of the organic solvent above the boiling point. A preferred method for producing the above-mentioned ionic group-containing polymer compound is to polymerize a polymer compound having no anionic group in the i-th step, and to produce a polymer compound in the second step. A method of anionic group polymer compound. The method of polymerizing a polymer compound having no anionic group in the second step may, for example, be a condensation polymerization reaction as described above. The reaction in the second step may be carried out by dissolving a reagent such as i-alkyl or SbF5 in water or an organic solvent as necessary, and reacting at a temperature lower than the melting point of 324119 99 201247733 method. The polymer compound having an ionic group in 3 can be removed by washing with water or an organic solvent, reprecipitation, or the like. Further, when the layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention is used for an electroluminescence device, it is preferable that it is substantially non-luminescent. Here, the layer containing a predetermined high molecular weighting substance is substantially non-luminescent and means the following meaning. First, in the embodiment 1G, the electroluminescent element Α was produced in the same manner as in the example except that the polymer compound to be used was used instead of the Φ inter-knife compound 1. The other aspect is an electric excitation light τ Π as described in the following Comparative Example i. Although the electroluminescent element a has a layer containing a pre-lime molecule compound, but only the electroluminescent element C1 does not have a layer containing a predetermined two-molecule compound, the electroluminescent element A and the electroluminescent element C1 is different. Next, the electroluminescence element a and the electroluminescence element C1 were applied with a forward voltage at Γ〇ν to measure the luminescence spectrum. The wavelength of the maximum peak value given to the obtained luminescence spectrum is determined for the electroluminescence element C1'. The luminescence intensity of the Lu-wavelength λ is normalized by 1 to cause the luminescence spectrum obtained by the electroluminescence element C1 to be normalized, and the wavelength is integrated to calculate the normalized luminescence amount.

So 0 Ά 0。另一方面’以波長λ之發光強度作為1,亦使電激發光 疋件Α所得之發光光譜標準化,對波長進行積分而計算出 才示準化發光量S。以(S-S〇)/S〇xlOO%所計算之值在30%以 下時’亦即,與不具有含有預定高分子化合物之層的電激 發光凡件C1之標準化發光量相比,具有含有預定高分子化 合物之層的電激發光元件A之標準化發光量的增加分為30 %以下時,將使用的含有高分子化合物之層作為實質上為 324119 100 201247733 非發光性者,以(q q、 下,更佳係、10%以下。S°Xl〇〇戶斤計算之值較佳们5%以 <電子裝置> 接著’說明本發明電子裝置。 本發明電子裴置中 具備有:含有具有、乍為電何〉主人層及/或電荷輸送層So 0 Ά 0. On the other hand, when the luminous intensity of the wavelength λ is taken as 1, the luminescence spectrum obtained by the electroluminescence element 标准化 is normalized, and the wavelength is integrated to calculate the normalized luminescence amount S. When the value calculated by (SS〇)/S〇xlOO% is 30% or less, that is, the predetermined luminescence amount of the electroluminescence light member C1 having no layer containing the predetermined polymer compound has a predetermined content. When the increase in the normalized luminescence amount of the electroluminescent device A of the polymer compound layer is 30% or less, the layer containing the polymer compound to be used is substantially 324119 100 201247733 non-light-emitting, to (qq, lower) More preferably, it is 10% or less. The value calculated by S°X1 is preferably 5% in <electronic device> Next, the electronic device of the present invention is described. The electronic device of the present invention is provided with: , 乍为电何〉Master layer and / or charge transport layer

所示結構單元之群之(:含式⑴所示結構單元及式(⑷ 之層。 以上的結構單元的高分子化合物 等可用於電激發光元件、光電轉換元件 ^ 電子裝置具有發光層。將電子裝 元件)m元件時(以下’亦稱為「本發明光電轉換 疋件」)’該電子褒置具有電荷分離層。 &lt;電激發光元件&gt; 本七明電激發光元件具有:例如陰極、陽極、位於前 返陰極與前述陽極之間的發光層、以及位於前述發光層與 刖迤陰極或前述陽極之間的含有本發明高分子化合物之 層。本發明電激發航件可具有基板料任意構成要素, 該基板上可設置前述陰極、陽極、發光層及含有本發明高 分子化合物之層、以及任意構成要素而構成。 就本發明電激發光元件之一態樣,在基板上設置陽 極,於陽極上層積層發光層,於發光層上層積層含有本發 明高分子化合物之層之後’再於其上層積層陰極。就其他 癌、樣而言’在基板上設置陽極,於陽極上層積層含有本發 324119 101 201247733 明高分子化合物之層,在積層發光層之後,再於發光層上 層積層陰極。就其他態樣而言’於基板上設置陽極,於陽 極上層積層含有本發明高分子化合物之層,積層發光層, 於發光層上層積層含有本發明高分子化合物之層,再於其 上層積層陰極。就其他態樣而言,在基板上設置陰極,於 陰極上層積層含有本發明高分子化合物之層,於其上層積 層發光層,再於發光層上層積層陽極。就其他態樣而言, $ 在基板上設置陰極,於陰極上層積層發光層,於發光層上 層積層含有本發明高分子化合物之層,再於其上層積層陽 極。還有其他態樣,在基板上設置陰極,於陰極上層積層 含有本發明高分子化合物之層,於其上層積層發光層,於 發光層上層積層含有本發明高分子化合物之層,再於其上 層積層陽極。又,該等態樣中,可復設置保護層、緩衝層、 反射層等具有其他功能之層。再者,關於電激發光元件的 構成’於下另外詳述之。電激發光元件復被覆密封膜、或 • 者密封基板’形成電激發光元件與外部氣體阻隔之發光裝 置。 含有本發明向分子化合物之層,可混合公知高分子或 低分子的電荷輸送材料,石墨烯、富勒烯、碳奈米管等導 電性碳,金屬、合金、金屬氧化物、金屬硫化物等電氣傳 導性化合物,及該等混合物等。就電荷輸送材料而言,可 使用以下電洞輸送層或電子輸送層中所使用者,就金屬、 合金、金屬氧化物、金屬硫化物而言,可使用以下陽極或 陰極中所使用者。此外,在無損作為發光元件的發光功能 324119 102 201247733 的範圍内,可混合不具有發光或電荷輸送功能之有機材料。 本發明電激發光元件可為從基板側採光之所謂的底部 發射型、從與基板之相反側採光之所謂的頂部發射型、兩 面採光型之任一型式的電激發光元件。 就形成含有高分子化合物之層的方法而言,可例舉如 使用含有高分子化合物之溶液而成膜之方法。 就使用於此種由溶液成膜之溶媒而言,較佳係水、醇 類、醚類、酯類、腈化合物類、硝基化合物類、函化烷基 ® 類、鹵化芳基類、硫醇類、硫化物類、亞砜類、硫酮類、 醯胺類、羧酸類等溶解參數為9. 3以上之溶媒。作為該溶 媒的例子(各括弧内的值表示各溶媒的溶解參數值),可例 舉如水(21. 0)、曱醇(12. 9)、乙醇(11. 2)、2-丙醇(11. 5)、 卜丁醇(9. 9)、第三丁基醇(10. 5)、乙腈(11. 8)、1,2-乙烷 二醇(14. 7)、N,N-二曱基曱醯胺(11.5)、二甲基亞砜 (12.8)、乙酸(12.4)、硝基苯(11.1)、硝基曱烷(11.0)、 • 1,2-二氯乙烷(9.7)、二氣曱烷(9.6)、氣苯(9.6)、溴苯 (9. 9)、二噚烷(9. 8)、碳酸丙烯酯(13. 3)、°比啶(10. 4)、 二硫化碳(10. 0)、及該等溶媒之混合溶媒。(溶解參數值參 照溶劑手冊第14刷講談社(股))。在此,說明混合2種 溶媒(作為溶媒1、溶媒2)而成之混合溶媒,該混合溶媒的 溶解參數((5 m)經由(5 5 IX φ 1+ (5 2Χ Φ 2求得(5 1係溶媒1 的溶解參數,係溶媒1的體積分率、(5 2係溶媒2的溶 解參數、Φ 2係溶媒2的體積分率)。 就由溶液之成膜方法而言,可例舉如旋轉塗佈法、洗 324119 103 201247733 禱法(CaStig)、微凹版印刷法、凹版印刷法、棒塗 親塗佈法、線棒㈣法 ' 浸潰、㈣法、狹縫、㈣法(仙 千版印刷法、喷墨印刷法、喷嘴塗佈法等塗布法。A group of the structural units shown (including a structural unit represented by the formula (1) and a layer of the formula ((4). The polymer compound of the above structural unit or the like can be used for an electroluminescence element, a photoelectric conversion element, and the electronic device has a light-emitting layer. When the electronic component is an m component (hereinafter, also referred to as "the photoelectric conversion device of the present invention"), the electronic device has a charge separation layer. <Electroluminescence device> The present invention has, for example, an electroluminescence device: a cathode, an anode, a light-emitting layer between the front cathode and the anode, and a layer containing the polymer compound of the invention between the light-emitting layer and the cathode or the anode. The electro-elastic element of the invention may have a substrate. The substrate may be provided with any of the cathode, the anode, the light-emitting layer, the layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention, and any constituent elements. The aspect of the electroluminescent device of the present invention is provided on the substrate. An anode, a layer of a light-emitting layer is laminated on the anode, and a layer containing the polymer compound of the invention is laminated on the light-emitting layer In the case of other cancers, the anode is placed on the substrate, and the layer of the polymer compound of 324119 101 201247733 is laminated on the anode, and after the layer of the light-emitting layer is laminated, the cathode is laminated on the light-emitting layer. In general, an anode is provided on a substrate, a layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention is laminated on the anode, and a light-emitting layer is laminated, and a layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention is laminated on the light-emitting layer, and a cathode is laminated thereon. In this case, a cathode is provided on the substrate, a layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention is laminated on the cathode, a light-emitting layer is laminated thereon, and an anode is laminated on the light-emitting layer. In other aspects, $ is disposed on the substrate. a cathode, a light-emitting layer is laminated on the cathode, a layer containing the polymer compound of the invention is laminated on the light-emitting layer, and an anode is laminated thereon. In other aspects, a cathode is disposed on the substrate, and the layer is laminated on the cathode to contain the present invention. a layer of a molecular compound on which a light-emitting layer is laminated, and a layer on the light-emitting layer contains a polymerized body of the present invention The layer of the object is further laminated on the anode. Further, in the aspect, a layer having other functions such as a protective layer, a buffer layer, and a reflective layer may be further provided. Further, the composition of the electroluminescent element is described below. Further, the electroluminescent device is coated with a sealing film, or a sealing device is formed to form a light-emitting device that blocks the electroluminescent device from the external gas. The layer containing the molecular compound of the present invention may be mixed with a known polymer or a low molecule. Charge transporting material, conductive carbon such as graphene, fullerene, carbon nanotube, electrical conductive compound such as metal, alloy, metal oxide, metal sulfide, etc., and the like, in terms of charge transporting material The following hole transport layer or electron transport layer user can be used. For metals, alloys, metal oxides, metal sulfides, the following anodes or cathodes can be used. In the range of 324119 102 201247733, organic materials that do not have luminescence or charge transport functions can be mixed. The electroluminescent device of the present invention may be a so-called bottom emission type that emits light from the substrate side, or an electroluminescence element of any of a so-called top emission type or two-surface type which is colored from the opposite side of the substrate. The method for forming the layer containing the polymer compound may, for example, be a method of forming a film using a solution containing a polymer compound. For use in such a solvent for film formation from a solution, water, alcohols, ethers, esters, nitrile compounds, nitro compounds, functional alkyl groups, halogenated aryls, sulfur are preferred. The solvent having a solubility parameter of 9.3 or more, such as an alcohol, a sulfide, a sulfoxide, a thiol, a guanamine or a carboxylic acid. Examples of the solvent (values in the respective brackets indicate the solubility parameter values of the respective solvents) include, for example, water (21.0), decyl alcohol (12.9), ethanol (11.2), and 2-propanol ( 11. 5), butanol (9. 9), tert-butyl alcohol (10.5), acetonitrile (1. 8), 1,2-ethanediol (14.7), N, N- Dimercaptodecylamine (11.5), dimethyl sulfoxide (12.8), acetic acid (12.4), nitrobenzene (11.1), nitrodecane (11.0), • 1,2-dichloroethane (9.7 ), dioxane (9.6), gas benzene (9.6), bromobenzene (9.9), dioxane (9.8), propylene carbonate (13.3), ° pyridine (10.4) , carbon disulfide (10.0), and a mixed solvent of the solvents. (Dissolution parameter value refers to the solvent manual, the 14th brush talks (shares)). Here, a mixed solvent in which two kinds of solvents (as solvent 1 and solvent 2) are mixed, and a dissolution parameter ((5 m) of the mixed solvent is obtained by (5 5 IX φ 1+ (5 2 Χ Φ 2 (5) The dissolution parameter of the solvent 1 of the first embodiment is the volume fraction of the solvent 1, (the solubility parameter of the solvent 2, and the volume fraction of the Φ 2 solvent 2). Such as spin coating method, washing 324119 103 201247733 Prayer method (CaStig), micro gravure printing method, gravure printing method, bar coating pro-coating method, wire rod (four) method 'impregnation, (four) method, slit, (four) method (sen Coating methods such as a thousand-page printing method, an inkjet printing method, and a nozzle coating method.

_ 324119 子化trr化合物之層的厚度之最適值依使用的高分 之:;=,因此以使驅動電壓與發光效率成為適度值 式、擇即可’較佳係_至1Ara,更佳係2nra至 〇〇咖’又更佳係—謂⑽。從保 該厚度較佳係5nn^1//m。 ^親點來看’_ 324119 The optimum value of the thickness of the layer of the sub-trr compound depends on the use of the high score: ; =, so that the driving voltage and luminous efficiency become a moderate value, and the choice is 'better' _ to 1Ara, better 2nra to 〇〇 ' 'has a better system - said (10). The thickness is preferably 5 nn ^ 1 / / m. ^See you in person’

電激發光元件具有陰極及陽極,陰極與陽極間具 先層,並可更具備構成要素。 I ^極與發光層之間可具有電洞注人層、電洞輸 = ==”有電洞注入層時,在發光層與電 s之間可具有1層以上的電洞輸送層。 另-方面’陰極與發光層之間可具有電子注入層 2送層中之i層以上。存在有電子注人層時,在發光層 /、電I注入層之間可具有1層以上的電子輸送層。 3有本發明所使用之組成物之層可使用於電洞注入 :成雷電子注入層、電子輸送層等。使用含有 &quot;作為電洞注入層、電洞輸送層時,第1電極成 ς陽極’帛2電極成為陰極。使用含有組成物之層作為電 成為H電子輸送層時’第1電極成為陰極,第2電極 在此,陽極係供應電洞給電洞注入層、電洞輸送層、 104 201247733 、電子輸 發光層等之電極,陰極係供應電子給電子注入層 送層、發光層等之電極。 發先層係指具有下述功能之層,在施加電場時,從陽 極或鄰接於陽極側之層接收電洞、從陰極或鄰接於陰極侧 之層接收電子之功能、將接收的電荷藉由電場力而移動之 功能、提供電子與電洞再結合之場所,藉此發光之功能。The electroluminescent device has a cathode and an anode, and has a layer between the cathode and the anode, and further has constituent elements. There may be a hole injection layer between the I^ pole and the light-emitting layer, and the hole transmission ===” When there is a hole injection layer, there may be one or more hole transport layers between the light-emitting layer and the electricity s. - Aspect 'The cathode and the light-emitting layer may have an i-layer or more in the electron-injecting layer 2-feed layer. When there is an electron-injecting layer, there may be one or more layers of electron transport between the light-emitting layer and the electric I-injection layer. Layer 3. The layer having the composition used in the present invention can be used for hole injection: a lightning electron injection layer, an electron transport layer, etc. The first electrode is used as a hole injection layer and a hole transport layer. When the layer containing the composition is used as the H electron transport layer, the first electrode serves as the cathode, and the second electrode is here. Layer, 104 201247733, an electrode of an electron-emitting layer, etc., the cathode is an electrode for supplying electrons to an electron-injecting layer, a light-emitting layer, etc. The hair layer refers to a layer having the following function, when an electric field is applied, from the anode or a layer adjacent to the anode side receives a hole from the cathode Layer adjacent to the cathode side of the electron receiving function, the received charge is moved by the function of electric force, and then provides the combined properties of electrons and holes, thereby emitting function.

工電子注人層係指鄰接陰極之層,且係具有從陰極接收 電子之功叙層,並係因應需要而復具有下述任— 層:輸送電子之功能、阻隔從陽極注入的電洞之功能、供 應電子給發光狀魏。電子料層魅主要具有輸送電 子之功能之層,並係因應需要而復具有下述任—功能之 層·接收來自陰極之電子之功能、阻隔從陽極注入的電洞 之功爿b、供應電子給發光層之功能。 電洞注入層係指鄰接陽極之層,且係具有接收來自陽 ,之電洞之功能之層,並係因應需要而復具有下述任一功 能之層:輸送電洞之功能、供應電洞給發光層之功能、阻 隔從陰極注入的電子之功能。電洞輸送層係指主要具有輸 达電洞之功能之層,並係因應需要而復具有下述任一功能 之層:接收來自陽極之電洞之功能、供應電洞给發光層2 功能、阻隔從陰極注入的電子之功能。 、,再者,有時將電子輸送層與電洞輸送層通稱為電荷輪 送層。又’有時將電子注入層與電洞注入層通稱為電荷注 亦即,本發明電激發総件可具有下豸之層構成⑷ 324119 105 201247733 或者可具有從層構成(a)省略電洞注入層、電洞輸送層、電 子輸送層、電子注入層之1層以上的層構成。層構成(a) 中,含有本發明高分子化合物之層可使用作為選自包含電 洞注入層、電洞輸送層、電子注入層、及電子輸送層之群 之1個以上的層。 (a) 陽極-電洞注入層-(電洞輸送層)-發光層-(電子輸送層) '電子注入層-陰極 在此,符號「-」表示各層鄰接而積層。「(電洞輸送層)」 表示含有1層以上的電洞輸送層之層構成。「(電子輸送 層)」表示含有1層以上的電子輸送層之層構成。以下層構 成之說明中亦相同。 再者,本發明電激發光元件於1個積層結構中可具有 2層發光層。此時,電激發光元件可具有下述層構成(b), 或者可具有從層構成(b)省略電洞注入層、電洞輸送層、電 子輸送層、電子注入層、電極之1層以上的層構成。層構 φ 成(b)中,含有本發明高分子化合物之層可使用作為存在於 陽極與距離陽極最近的發光層之間之層,或使用作為存在 於陰極與距離陰極最近的發光層之間之層。 (b) 陽極-電洞注入層-(電洞輸送層)-發光層-(電子輸送層) -電子注入層-電極-電洞注入層-(電洞輸送層)-發光層- (或電子輸送層)-電子注入層-陰極 再者,本發明電激發光元件於1個積層結構中可具有 3層以上的發光層。此時,電激發光元件可具有下述層構 成(c),或者可具有從層構成(c)省略電洞注入層、電洞輸 324119 106 201247733 Ϊ層二輪送層、電子注入層、電極之1層以…構 成層構成(C)中,含有本發明古 曰構 為存在於陽極與距離陽極最近可=作 ft在於陰極與距離陰極最近的發光層之間之層:用 C %極-電洞注人層_(電洞輪送層)_發光 層)—電子注入層-重複單元A-重複單元A·.·-陰才亟輪运The electron-injection layer refers to a layer adjacent to the cathode, and has a power layer that receives electrons from the cathode, and has the following functions as needed: a function of transporting electrons, and blocking a hole injected from the anode. Function, supply electrons to the illuminating Wei. The electronic material layer mainly has a function of transporting electrons, and has the following functions as a function of the layer, the function of receiving electrons from the cathode, the function of blocking the hole injected from the anode, and the supply of electrons. Give the function of the luminescent layer. The hole injection layer refers to a layer adjacent to the anode, and has a function of receiving a hole from the anode, and is a layer having any of the following functions as needed: a function of transporting a hole, and supplying a hole The function of the luminescent layer and the function of blocking electrons injected from the cathode. The hole transport layer refers to a layer mainly having a function of transporting a hole, and is a layer having any of the following functions as needed: receiving a function of a hole from the anode, supplying a hole to the function of the light-emitting layer 2, Blocks the function of electrons injected from the cathode. Further, the electron transport layer and the hole transport layer are sometimes referred to as a charge transfer layer. In addition, the electron injection layer and the hole injection layer are sometimes referred to as charge injection. That is, the electro-active element of the present invention may have a layer structure of the lower layer (4) 324119 105 201247733 or may have a layer composition (a) omitting hole injection. The layer, the hole transport layer, the electron transport layer, and the electron injection layer are composed of one or more layers. In the layer structure (a), the layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention can be used as one or more layers selected from the group consisting of a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an electron injection layer, and an electron transport layer. (a) Anode-hole injection layer-(hole transport layer)-light-emitting layer-(electron transport layer) 'electron injection layer-cathode Here, the symbol "-" indicates that the layers are adjacent to each other and laminated. "(Polar transport layer)" means a layer structure including one or more hole transport layers. "(electron transport layer)" means a layer structure containing one or more electron transport layers. The same applies to the description of the following layers. Further, the electroluminescent device of the present invention may have two light-emitting layers in one laminated structure. In this case, the electroluminescent device may have the following layer configuration (b), or may have one or more layers of the hole injection layer, the hole transport layer, the electron transport layer, the electron injection layer, and the electrode. Layer composition. In the layer structure φ, (b), the layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention may be used as a layer existing between the anode and the light-emitting layer closest to the anode, or as being present between the cathode and the light-emitting layer closest to the cathode. Layer. (b) Anode-hole injection layer-(hole transport layer)-light-emitting layer-(electron transport layer)-electron injection layer-electrode-hole injection layer-(hole transport layer)-light-emitting layer- (or electron Transport Layer) - Electron Injection Layer - Cathode Further, the electroluminescent device of the present invention may have three or more light-emitting layers in one laminated structure. In this case, the electroluminescent device may have the following layer configuration (c), or may have a hole formation layer (c) omitting the hole injection layer, hole transmission 324119 106 201247733 Ϊ layer two-wheel transfer layer, electron injection layer, electrode The first layer is composed of a layer composed of (C), and contains the layer of the present invention which exists between the anode and the anode which is closest to the anode. The layer between the cathode and the light-emitting layer closest to the cathode: C% pole-electric Hole injection layer _ (hole hole transport layer) _ luminescent layer) - electron injection layer - repeat unit A - repeat unit A · · · - yin 亟 亟

「重複單元A」表示電極_電洞注人層《電洞輪 =層)-發光層-(電子輸送層)1子注人層之層構成的單 ,就本發明電激發光元件之較佳的層構成,可例舉如下 述構成。下述層構成中,含有本發明高分子化合物之層可 使用作為選自包含電洞注入層、電洞輸送層、電子注入層、 及電子輸送層之群之1個以上的層。 (a) 1%極—電洞注入層—發光層—陰極 (b) 陽極-發光層-電子注入層-陰極 % (c)陽極-電洞注入層-發光層-電子注入層-陰極 (d) 陽極-電洞注入層-電洞輸送層-發光層—陰極 (e) 陽極-電洞注入層_電洞輸送層-發光層—電子注入層-陰 極 (Ο陽極-發光層-電子輸送層—電子注入層-陰極 (g) 陽極-電洞注入層-發光層-電子輸送層-電子注入層一陰 極 (h) 陽極-電洞注入層-電洞輸送層-發光層-電子輸送層一電 子注入層-陰極 324119 107 201247733 含有本發明③分子化合物之層,較佳係電子注入層或 電子輸送層。含有向分子化合物之層為電子注入層或電 輸送層時,第1電極係陰極。 本發月電激發光元件,為了提升與電極的密著性提升 或改善來自電極的電荷注入,可進一步鄰接電極而設置絕 緣層’又’為了提升界面的密著性或防止混合等,可於電 荷輸送層或發光層的界面插入薄的緩衝層。關於積層之層 的順序或數量、及各層的厚度,可在考量過發光效率及元 件壽命後使用。 接著,更詳細說明構成本發明電激發光元件之各層的 材料及形成方法。 -基板- 構成本發明電激發光元件之基板只要是在形成電極、 形成有機層時不會產生化學變化者即可,可使用例如玻 璃、塑膠、高分子薄膜、金屬薄膜、聚矽氧等基板,將該 # 等積層之基板。就前述基板而言,可取得市售品或由公知 方法製造。 本發明電激發光元件在構成顯示裝置的像素時,可在 該基板上設置像素驅動用電路,亦可在該驅動電路上設置 平坦化膜。设置平坦化膜時,該平坦化膜的中心線平均粗 度(Ra)較佳係滿足Ra&lt; l〇nm。"Repeating unit A" means a sheet composed of an electrode-electrode injection layer "hole wheel = layer" - a light-emitting layer - (electron transport layer) 1 sub-injection layer, and is preferably a preferred embodiment of the electroluminescent device of the present invention. The layer constitution can be exemplified as follows. In the layer structure described below, the layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention can be used as one or more layers selected from the group consisting of a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an electron injection layer, and an electron transport layer. (a) 1% pole-hole injection layer-light-emitting layer-cathode (b) anode-light-emitting layer-electron injection layer-cathode% (c) anode-hole injection layer-light-emitting layer-electron injection layer-cathode (d Anode-hole injection layer-hole transport layer-light-emitting layer-cathode (e) anode-hole injection layer_hole transport layer-light-emitting layer-electron injection layer-cathode (Ο anode-light-emitting layer-electron transport layer) —Electron injection layer—cathode (g) anode-hole injection layer-light-emitting layer-electron transport layer-electron injection layer-cathode (h) anode-hole injection layer-hole transport layer-light-emitting layer-electron transport layer Electron injection layer-cathode 324119 107 201247733 A layer containing a compound of three molecules of the present invention, preferably an electron injection layer or an electron transport layer. When the layer containing the molecular compound is an electron injection layer or an electrotransport layer, the first electrode is a cathode. In order to improve the adhesion of the electrode or improve the charge injection from the electrode, the present invention can further provide an insulating layer adjacent to the electrode, and in order to improve the adhesion of the interface or prevent mixing, etc., The interface of the charge transport layer or the light-emitting layer is inserted thin The order or the number of layers of the laminate and the thickness of each layer can be used after considering the luminous efficiency and the life of the device. Next, the materials and formation methods of the layers constituting the electroluminescent device of the present invention will be described in more detail. Substrate - The substrate constituting the electroluminescent device of the present invention may be a substrate such as glass, plastic, polymer film, metal thin film or polyfluorene oxide, as long as it does not cause chemical changes when forming an electrode and forming an organic layer. The substrate may be obtained by a known method, or may be obtained by a known method. The electroluminescent device of the present invention may be provided with a pixel driving circuit on the substrate when constituting a pixel of the display device. A flattening film may be provided on the driving circuit. When the planarizing film is provided, the center line average roughness (Ra) of the planarizing film preferably satisfies Ra &lt; l 〇 nm.

Ra係依據日本工業規格jis之JIS-B0601-2001,參考 JIS-B0651 至 JIS-B0656 及 JIS-B067卜1 等而可計測。 -陽極- 324119 108 201247733 構成本發明電激發光元件之陽極,從對電洞注入層、 電洞輸运層、間層(interlayer)、發光層等所使用之有機 半導體材料的電洞供應性之觀點來看,該陽極的發光層侧 表面的功函數較佳係4. OeV以上。 陽極的材料可使用金屬、合金、金屬氧化物、金屬硫 化物等電氣傳導性化合物,及該等之混合物等。具體而言, 可例舉氧化錫、I化鋅、氧化銦、氧化銦錫(ITQ)、氧化姻Ra is measured according to JIS-B0601-2001 of Japanese Industrial Standards jis, with reference to JIS-B0651 to JIS-B0656 and JIS-B067. -Anode - 324119 108 201247733 The anode of the electroluminescent device of the present invention is configured to supply holes from an organic semiconductor material used for a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an interlayer, a light-emitting layer, and the like. OeV以上。 The work function of the light-emitting layer side surface of the anode is preferably 4. OeV or more. As the material of the anode, an electrically conductive compound such as a metal, an alloy, a metal oxide or a metal sulfide, and the like, and the like can be used. Specifically, tin oxide, zinc iodide, indium oxide, indium tin oxide (ITQ), and oxidized marriage may be mentioned.

鋅(、氧化銷等導電性金屬氧化物,以及金、銀、絡、 鎳等金屬,該等導電性金屬氧化物與金屬之混合物等。 前述陽極可為包含1種或2種以上該等材料之單層結 構亦可為包含相同組成或不同組成之複數層之多層結 冓夕層、.口構時,更佳係將功函數4·㈣以上之材料使用 於發光層侧的最表面層。 /尤陽極的製作方法可利用公知方法而言,可例舉如真 空蒸鑛法、濺鍍法、離子於法、 、又去鍍覆法、由溶液成膜之方 法(可使用與高分子黏合劑之混合溶液)等。 500nm 陽極的厚度通常係10咖至1〇心,較佳係術爪至 rr* _ 電連接不良之觀點來看,陽極的發 =則表面的h線平均粗度(Ra)較佳係滿足 更佳係滿足Ra&lt;5nm。 切Z者纟用上述方法製㈣陽極後,可使用UV臭氧、 二=合劍、含有2,3,5,6_四、么 料電子受雜化合物之溶料進行表面處^經由表面 324119 109 201247733 處理改善與鄰接該陽極之層的電連接。 2明電激發光元件中,使用陽極作為光反射電極 日、人〜陽極較佳係組合包含高光反射性金屬之光反射層、 ” 3有/、有4. OeV以上的功函數之材料的高功函數材料層 之多層結構。 就此種陽極的構成,例示如: (i) Ag-Mo〇3 (li) (Ag-Pd-Cu 合金)、(IT〇 及/或12〇) (iii) (Al-Μ 合金)—(ΙΤ〇 及/或 ΙΖ〇) (iv) (Mo-Cr 合金)-(ΙΤ〇 及/或 ΙΖ〇) (v) (Ag-Pd-Cu 合金)—(ΙΤ〇 及/或 ιζ〇)_μ〇〇3。 為了得到充分的光反射率,Ai、Ag、A1合金、Ag合金、Cr 合金等高光反射性金屬層的厚度較佳係5〇mn以上,更佳係 80nm以上。ΙΤ0、ΙΖ0、Mo〇3等高功函數材料層的厚度通常 係 5nm 至 500nm。 _電洞注入層- 本發明電激發光元件中,就本發明高分子化合物以外 之形成電洞注入層的材料而言,可適宜使用咔唑衍生物、 三唑衍生物、噚唑衍生物、曙二唑衍生物、咪唑衍生物、 苐衍生物、聚芳基烷衍生物、吡唑啉衍生物、吡唑啉酮衍 生物、伸苯基二胺衍生物、芳基胺衍生物、星爆(starburst) 型胺、酞青素衍生物、胺基取代查酮衍生物、苯乙烯基蒽 衍生物、薙酮衍生物、腙(hydrazone)衍生物、二苯乙稀衍 生物、矽氮烷衍生物、芳族三級胺化合物、苯乙烯基胺化 324119 110 201247733 合物、芳族二亞曱基(aryldimethylidine)系化合物、〇卜琳 系化合物、聚矽烷系化合物、聚(N_乙烯基咔唑)衍生物、 有機矽烷衍生物、及含有該等之聚合物;氧化釩、氧化鈕、 氧化鎢、氧化鉬、氧化釕、氧化鋁等導電性金屬氧化物; 忒笨胺、笨胺系共聚物、嘆吩募聚物、聚售吩等導電性高 分子及寡聚物;聚(3, 4一伸乙基二氧基嗟吩)·聚笨乙婦續 ^、聚鱗等有機導電性材料及含有該等之聚合物;非晶 ,;四氰基醌曱烷衍生物(例如2, 3, 5, 6_四氟一7, 7, 8, 8一 = 氰基職甲燒)、丨,4-萘崎生物、聯苯藏衍生物 ::等受體性有機化合物;十八基三曱氧基錢等二 之組成:。:了一成分或使用作為包含複數種成分 ;又包含相同組成或不同組成之複數 苒又作為電洞輸送層或間層可的夕層… 料亦可使用於電洞注入層。 彳枓所例示之材 就電祠注μ製作方法而言, 用於電洞注入層之電狗注 =方法。當可 空蒸鍍法m % 為無機材料時,可利用真 時,可利用真^蒸錢印低分子有機材料 又,電子勘合谢之混合溶=等由 膜之方法。為一有機材料時,可利用由溶液成 324119 電•入材料—衍生物、芳基胺衍生物、二笨 111 201247733 乙烯衍生物、三苯基二胺衍生物等低分子有機材料時,較 佳係使用真空蒸鍍法形成電洞注入層。 又,可使用分散有高分子化合物黏合劑與前述低分子 有機材料之混合溶液以使電洞注入層成膜。 就所混合的高分子化合物黏合劑而言,較佳係不極度 地阻礙電荷輸送者,又,好適宜使用對可見光的吸收不強 之化合物。就該高分子化合物黏合劑而言,例示如聚(N-乙烯基咔唑)、聚苯胺及其衍生物、聚噻吩及其衍生物、聚 (對-伸苯基伸乙烯基)及其衍生物、聚(2, 5-伸噻吩基伸乙 烯基)及其衍生物、聚碳酸酯、聚丙烯酸酯、聚丙烯酸曱酯、 聚曱基丙烯酸甲酯、聚苯乙烯、聚氣乙烯、聚矽氧烷。 就由溶液成膜所使用之溶媒而言,只要是溶解可電洞 注入材料之溶媒即可。就該溶媒而言,例示如水、氯仿、 二氣曱烷、二氣乙烷等含氯溶媒,四氬呋喃等醚溶媒,甲 苯、二曱苯等芳族烴溶媒,丙酮、甲基乙基酮等酮溶媒、 φ 乙酸乙酯、乙酸丁酯、乙酸乙賽路蘇等酯溶媒。 就由溶液成膜方法而言,可使用由溶液之旋轉塗佈 法、洗鑄法、棒塗佈法、輥塗佈法、線棒塗佈法、浸潰塗 佈法、狹縫塗佈法、毛細管塗佈法、喷塗法、喷嘴塗佈法 等塗佈法,微凹版印刷法、凹版印刷法、網版印刷法、柔 版印刷法、平版印刷法、反轉印刷法、喷墨印刷法等印刷 法等塗布法。 就圖案形成容易這一點而言,較佳係凹版印刷法、網 版印刷法、柔版印刷法、平版印刷法、反轉印刷法、喷墨 324119 112 201247733 印刷法等印刷法或者喷嘴塗佈法β 繼電洞注入層之後,在形成電洞輸送層、發光層等有 機化合物層時’特別是藉由塗布法形成兩種層時,有先塗 布層溶解於後塗布層之溶液所含之溶媒而無法製作積層結 構之情形。此時,可使用使下層進行溶媒不溶解化之方法。 就溶媒不溶解化之方法而言,可例舉如有使高分子化合物 附有交聯基使其交聯而得以不溶解化之方法;混合具有以 芳族雙疊氮基為代表之具有芳環之交聯基的低分子化合物 作為交聯劑’進行交聯而得以不溶解化之方法;混合具有 以丙烯酸酯基為代表之不具有芳環之交聯基的低分子化合 物作為交聯劑’進行交聯而得以不溶解化之方法;使下層 藉由紫外線感光進行交聯,對製造上層所用之有機溶媒不 溶解化之方法;加熱下層以進行交聯,對製造上層所用之 有機溶媒不溶解化之方法等。加熱下層時加熱溫度通常係 loot:至300°c,時間通常係1分鐘至1小時。 又’作為使用交聯以外之以使下層不會溶解之方式積 層的其他方法,有於相鄰之層的製造中使用不同極性的溶 液之方法’例如下層使用水溶性高分子化合物,上層使用 油溶性高分子化合物,即使塗布下層也不會溶解之方法等。 電 &gt;同 &gt;主入層的厚度最適值依使用的材料而異,只要以 使驅動電壓與發光效率成為適度值之方式選擇即可,其通 常係lnm至1〆m ’較佳係2nm至500nm,更佳係i〇nm至 lOOnffl 0 -電洞輸送層- 324119 113 201247733 本發明電激發光元件中,就本發明高分子化合物以外 之構成電洞輸送層的材料而言,可例舉如咔唑衍生物、三 β坐衍生物、卩琴。坐衍生物、曙二α坐衍生物、σ米唆衍生物、苐 衍生物、聚芳基烧衍生物、π比吐琳衍生物、π比0坐淋酮衍生 物、伸苯基二胺衍生物、芳基胺衍生物、胺基取代查酮衍 生物、苯乙烯基蒽衍生物、苐酮衍生物、腙衍生物、二苯 乙烯衍生物、矽氮烷衍生物、芳族三級胺化合物、苯乙烯 基胺化合物、芳族二亞曱基系化合物、卟啉系化合物、聚 I® 矽烷系化合物、聚(Ν-乙烯基咔唑)衍生物、有機矽烷衍生 物、及含該等結構之聚合物;苯胺系共聚物、噻吩寡聚物、 聚噻吩等導電性高分子及寡聚物;聚°比咯等有機導電性材 料。 前述材料可為單一成分或者包含複數種成分之高分子 化合物。又,前述電洞輸送層可為僅包含前述材料之單層 結構,亦可為包含相同組成或不同組成的複數層之多層結 φ 構。又,作為電洞注入層可使用的材料所例示之材料亦可 用於電洞輸送層。 就電洞輸送層及間層的成膜方法而言,可例舉如與電 洞注入層的成膜方法相同之方法。就由溶液之成膜方法而 言,可例舉如旋轉塗佈法、淹鑄法、棒塗佈法、狹縫塗佈 法、喷塗法、喷嘴塗佈法、凹版印刷法、網版印刷法、柔 版印刷法、喷墨印刷法等塗布法及印刷法,使用昇華性化 合物材料時,可例舉真空蒸鍍法、轉印法。就由溶液之成 膜所使用的溶媒而言,可例舉如於電洞注入層的成膜方法 324119 114 201247733 所例示之溶媒。 繼電洞輸送層之後,以塗布法形成發光層等有機層 時,下層溶解於後塗布層之溶液所含之溶媒時,可使用與 電洞注入層的成膜方法所例示之方法相同方法以使下層對 溶媒不溶解。 電洞輸送層的厚度最適值依使用的材料而異,只要以 使驅動電壓與發光效率成為適度值之方式選擇即可,通常 係lnm至1//m,較佳係2nm至500nm,更佳係5nm至1 OOnm。 •-發光層- 本發明電激發光元件中,發光層含有高分子化合物 時,就該高分子化合物而言,可適宜使用聚苐衍生物、聚(對 -伸苯基伸乙烯基)衍生物、聚伸苯基衍生物、聚(對-伸苯 基)衍生物、聚噻吩衍生物、聚二烷基苐、聚苐苯并噻二唑、 聚烷基噻吩等共軛高分子化合物。 前述含有高分子化合物之發光層可含有花系色素、香 ^ 豆素系色素、玫瑰紅系色素等高分子系色素化合物,或者 紅螢烯、茈、9, 10-二苯基蒽、四苯基丁二烯、尼羅河紅(nile red)、香豆素6、喹吖酮等低分子色素化合物。又,該發 光層可含有萘衍生物、蒽及其衍生物、花及其衍生物、聚 次曱基系、二苯并娘喃(xanthene)系、香豆素系、菁 (cyanine)系等色素類,8-經基喧琳及其衍生物之金屬錯合 物,芳族胺、四苯基環戊二烯及其衍生物、以及四苯基丁 二烯及其衍生物、參(2-苯基吡啶)銥等發出燐光之金屬錯 合物。 324119 115 201247733 本發明電激發光元件所具有之發光層可由非共軛高分 子化合物以及前述有機色素或前述金屬錯合物等發光性有 機化合物之組成物所構成。就非共軛高分子化合物而言, 可例舉如聚乙烯、聚氯乙烯、聚碳酸酯、聚苯乙烯、聚曱 基丙烯酸甲酯、聚曱基丙烯酸丁酯、聚酯、聚颯、聚伸苯 醚、聚丁二烯、聚(N-乙烯基咔唑)、烴樹脂、酮樹脂、苯 氧基樹脂、聚醯胺、乙基纖維素、乙酸乙烯酯、ABS樹脂、 聚胺曱酸目旨、三聚氰胺樹脂、不飽和聚醋樹脂、醇酸樹脂、 ^ 環氧樹脂、聚矽氧樹脂。前述非共軛高分子化合物於側鏈 具有選自包含°卡σ坐衍生物、三嗤衍生物、曙嗤衍生物、曙 二唾衍生物、σ米唾衍生物、苐衍生物、聚芳基烧衍生物、 °比〇坐琳衍生物、π比嗤琳酮衍生物、伸苯基二胺衍生物、芳 基胺衍生物、胺基取代查酮衍生物、苯乙烯基蒽衍生物、 苐酮衍生物、腙衍生物、二苯乙烯衍生物、矽氮烷衍生物、 芳族三級胺化合物、苯乙烯基胺化合物、芳族二亞曱基化 φ 合物、卟啉化合物、及有機矽烷衍生物之群之1個以上的 衍生物或化合物之結構。 發光層含有低分子化合物時,就該低分子化合物,可 例舉如紅螢烯、茈、9, 10-二苯基蒽、四苯基丁二烯、尼羅 河紅、香豆素6、°卡峻、喧α丫酮等低分子色素化合物,萘 衍生物、蒽及其衍生物、茈及其衍生物、聚次f基系、二 苯并旅D南系、香豆素系、菁系、散藍(indigo)系等色素類, 8-經基喧淋及其衍生物之金屬錯合物、酞青素及其衍生物 之金屬錯合物、芳族胺、四苯基環戊二烯及其衍生物、以 324119 116 201247733 及四苯基丁二烯及其衍生物等。 發光層含有發出燐光之金屬錯合物時,就該金屬㉔八 物而言,可例舉如參(2-苯基料)銀、含㈣吩基吨 位基之銀錯合物、含有苯基钱配位基之銥錯合物、八古己 三氮雜環壬烧骨架之铽錯合物等。 3有 前述材料可為單-成分或者可為包含複數種成 成物。又,前述發光層可為包含前述材料之i種 、及a conductive metal oxide such as zinc (or an oxidized pin), a metal such as gold, silver, complex or nickel, a mixture of the conductive metal oxide and a metal, etc. The anode may be one or more kinds of these materials. The single-layer structure may also be a multi-layer junction layer comprising a plurality of layers of the same composition or different compositions. In the case of a mouth structure, a material having a work function of 4 (4) or more is more preferably used for the outermost layer on the side of the light-emitting layer. The method for producing the anodic anode can be, for example, a vacuum distillation method, a sputtering method, an ion method, a deplating method, or a method of forming a film from a solution (a bonding with a polymer can be used). Mixed solution of the agent), etc. The thickness of the 500nm anode is usually 10 to 1 ,, preferably from the point of the claw to rr* _ electrical connection, the anode of the anode = the average thickness of the surface h line ( Ra) preferably satisfies the better system to satisfy Ra &lt; 5 nm. After cutting (Z) the anode by using the above method, UV ozone, two = sword, containing 2, 3, 5, 6_4, material electrons can be used. The solution of the impurity compound is subjected to surface treatment via the surface 324119 109 201247733 Electrical connection with a layer adjacent to the anode. 2 In the bright electroluminescent device, an anode is used as a light-reflecting electrode, and a human-anode is preferably combined with a light-reflecting layer containing a high-reflective metal, "3 has /, has 4 The multilayer structure of the high work function material layer of the material of the work function above OeV. For the constitution of such an anode, examples are as follows: (i) Ag-Mo〇3 (li) (Ag-Pd-Cu alloy), (IT〇 And / or 12〇) (iii) (Al-Μ alloy) - (ΙΤ〇 and / or ΙΖ〇) (iv) (Mo-Cr alloy) - (ΙΤ〇 and / or ΙΖ〇) (v) (Ag- Pd-Cu alloy—(ΙΤ〇 and/or ιζ〇)_μ〇〇3. In order to obtain sufficient light reflectance, the thickness of the high light reflective metal layer such as Ai, Ag, Al alloy, Ag alloy, Cr alloy or the like is preferably 5 mn or more, more preferably 80 nm or more. The thickness of the high work function material layer such as ΙΤ0, ΙΖ0, and Mo〇3 is usually 5 nm to 500 nm. _ Hole injection layer - In the electroluminescent device of the present invention, the present invention A carbazole derivative, a triazole derivative, a carbazole derivative, or an oxadiazole can be suitably used as the material for forming the hole injection layer other than the polymer compound. Biological, imidazole derivative, anthracene derivative, polyarylalkane derivative, pyrazoline derivative, pyrazolone derivative, phenyldiamine derivative, arylamine derivative, starburst type Amine, anthraquinone derivative, amine substituted chalcone derivative, styrylpurine derivative, anthrone derivative, hydrazone derivative, diphenylethylene derivative, decazane derivative, aromatic Tertiary amine compound, styryl amination 324119 110 201247733 compound, aromatic aryldimethylidine compound, carbene compound, polydecane compound, poly(N-vinylcarbazole) derivative , an organic decane derivative, and a polymer containing the same; a conductive metal oxide such as vanadium oxide, a oxidized button, a tungsten oxide, a molybdenum oxide, a cerium oxide or an aluminum oxide; a stilbene amine, a stupid amine copolymer, an stimuli Convergence polymers, conductive polymers and oligomers such as olefins, organic conductive materials such as poly(3,4-extended ethyldioxy porphin), polystyrene, and scales, and the like Polymer; amorphous, tetracyanodecane derivative Such as 2, 3, 5, 6_tetrafluoro-7, 7, 8, 8-= cyano-based burns, 丨, 4-naphthalene bio, biphenyl salt derivatives:: and other acceptor organic compounds; The composition of the eighteen base three-oxyl money and so on: : A component or use as a plurality of components; a plurality of components having the same composition or different compositions, and a layer of a hole transport layer or a layer can also be used for the hole injection layer.例 之 例 就 就 就 就 就 就 就 就 就 就 就 就 就 就 就 就 就 就 就 就 就 就 就 就 就When the m% vapor deposition method m% is an inorganic material, it is possible to use the true method, and it is possible to use a method of realizing a low-molecular organic material by steaming money, and an electron-contracting method. When it is an organic material, it is preferable to use a low molecular organic material such as a solution of 324119, an input material-derivative, an arylamine derivative, a second stupid 111 201247733 ethylene derivative, or a triphenyldiamine derivative. A hole injection layer was formed using a vacuum evaporation method. Further, a mixed solution in which a polymer compound binder and the above-mentioned low molecular organic material are dispersed may be used to form a hole injection layer. It is preferable that the polymer compound binder to be mixed does not extremely inhibit the charge transporter, and it is preferable to use a compound which does not strongly absorb visible light. As the polymer compound binder, for example, poly(N-vinylcarbazole), polyaniline and derivatives thereof, polythiophene and derivatives thereof, poly(p-phenylenevinyl) and derivatives thereof are exemplified. , poly(2,5-thiophene-vinyl) and its derivatives, polycarbonate, polyacrylate, poly(decyl acrylate), polymethyl methacrylate, polystyrene, polyethylene, polyoxyalkylene . The solvent used for film formation from the solution may be any solvent which dissolves the material which can be injected into the hole. The solvent is exemplified by a chlorine-containing solvent such as water, chloroform, dioxane or di-hexane, an ether solvent such as tetrahydrofuran, an aromatic hydrocarbon solvent such as toluene or diphenylbenzene, acetone or methyl ethyl ketone. An ester solvent such as a ketone solvent, φ ethyl acetate, butyl acetate or ethyl acetate. For the solution film forming method, a spin coating method, a washing method, a bar coating method, a roll coating method, a wire bar coating method, a dip coating method, a slit coating method using a solution can be used. Coating methods such as capillary coating method, spray coating method, nozzle coating method, micro gravure printing method, gravure printing method, screen printing method, flexographic printing method, lithography method, reverse printing method, inkjet printing Coating method such as printing method. In terms of ease of pattern formation, a printing method such as a gravure printing method, a screen printing method, a flexographic printing method, a lithography method, a reverse printing method, an inkjet 324119 112 201247733 printing method, or a nozzle coating method is preferred. After the β hole is injected into the layer, when an organic compound layer such as a hole transport layer or a light-emitting layer is formed, in particular, when two layers are formed by a coating method, the solvent contained in the solution in which the coating layer is dissolved in the post-coating layer is present. It is impossible to make a laminated structure. At this time, a method of making the lower layer insoluble in a solvent can be used. The method of insolubilizing the solvent may, for example, be a method in which a polymer compound is attached with a crosslinking group to be crosslinked to be insolubilized; and the mixture has a aryl group represented by an aromatic diazide group. a method in which a low molecular compound of a crosslinking group of a ring is crosslinked to be insolubilized; a low molecular compound having a crosslinking group represented by an acrylate group and having no aromatic ring is mixed as a crosslinking agent 'Method of insolubilizing by crosslinking; making the lower layer crosslinked by ultraviolet light sensation, insolubilizing the organic solvent used for the production of the upper layer; heating the lower layer for crosslinking, and not for the organic solvent used for the upper layer The method of dissolving, and the like. The heating temperature when heating the lower layer is usually loot: to 300 ° C, and the time is usually 1 minute to 1 hour. Further, as another method of laminating a layer other than cross-linking so that the lower layer does not dissolve, there is a method of using a solution of a different polarity in the production of adjacent layers. For example, a water-soluble polymer compound is used in the lower layer, and an oil is used in the upper layer. A method of dissolving a soluble polymer compound, which does not dissolve even if the lower layer is applied. The thickness of the main layer of the main layer is different depending on the material to be used, and may be selected so that the driving voltage and the luminous efficiency are appropriate values, and it is usually 1 nm to 1 μm, preferably 2 nm. To 500 nm, more preferably i 〇 nm to lOOnffl 0 - hole transport layer - 324119 113 201247733 In the electroluminescent device of the present invention, the material constituting the hole transport layer other than the polymer compound of the present invention may be exemplified Such as carbazole derivatives, three beta derivatives, lyre. Sit derivative, 曙αα sitting derivative, σ rice 唆 derivative, hydrazine derivative, polyaryl carbene derivative, π specific phenanthrene derivative, π ratio 0 ketene derivative, phenyldiamine derivative , arylamine derivative, amine substituted ketone derivative, styryl hydrazine derivative, anthrone derivative, anthracene derivative, stilbene derivative, decazane derivative, aromatic tertiary amine compound a styrylamine compound, an aromatic dihydrazinyl compound, a porphyrin compound, a poly I® decane compound, a poly(fluorene-vinylcarbazole) derivative, an organodecane derivative, and the like The polymer; an aniline copolymer, a thiophene oligomer, a conductive polymer such as polythiophene, and an oligomer; and an organic conductive material such as polypyrrole. The foregoing material may be a single component or a polymer compound containing a plurality of components. Further, the hole transport layer may be a single layer structure including only the above materials, or may be a multilayer structure of a plurality of layers including the same composition or different compositions. Further, the material exemplified as the material which can be used as the hole injection layer can also be used for the hole transport layer. The film formation method of the hole transport layer and the interlayer may be the same as the film formation method of the hole injection layer. The film forming method of the solution may, for example, be a spin coating method, a flood casting method, a bar coating method, a slit coating method, a spray coating method, a nozzle coating method, a gravure printing method, or a screen printing method. A coating method such as a method, a flexographic printing method, or an inkjet printing method, and a printing method, and a sublimation compound material may be a vacuum vapor deposition method or a transfer method. The solvent used for the film formation of the solution may, for example, be a solvent exemplified in the film formation method of the hole injection layer 324119 114 201247733. After forming the organic layer such as the light-emitting layer by the coating method after the hole transport layer, when the lower layer is dissolved in the solvent contained in the solution of the post-coat layer, the same method as that exemplified by the film formation method of the hole injection layer can be used. The lower layer is not dissolved in the solvent. The optimum thickness of the hole transport layer varies depending on the material to be used, and may be selected so that the driving voltage and the light-emitting efficiency are appropriate values, and is usually 1 nm to 1/m, preferably 2 nm to 500 nm, more preferably It is from 5 nm to 100 nm. --Light-emitting layer - When the light-emitting layer contains a polymer compound in the electroluminescent device of the present invention, a polyfluorene derivative or a poly(p-phenylenevinyl) derivative can be suitably used as the polymer compound. A conjugated polymer compound such as a polyphenylene derivative, a poly(p-phenylene) derivative, a polythiophene derivative, a polydialkylfluorene, a polyfluorene benzothiadiazole or a polyalkylthiophene. The light-emitting layer containing the polymer compound may contain a polymer dye compound such as an anthocyanidin, a fragrant pigment, or a rose-red pigment, or a red fluorene, an anthracene, a 9, 10-diphenyl fluorene or a tetraphenylene. Low molecular weight pigment compounds such as butylbutadiene, nile red, coumarin 6, and quinophthalone. Further, the light-emitting layer may contain a naphthalene derivative, an anthracene and a derivative thereof, a flower and a derivative thereof, a poly-indenyl group, a xanthene system, a coumarin system, a cyanine system, or the like. Pigments, metal complexes of 8-meridene and its derivatives, aromatic amines, tetraphenylcyclopentadiene and its derivatives, and tetraphenylbutadiene and its derivatives, ginseng (2 -Phenylpyridine) ruthenium or the like which emits a blue metal complex. 324119 115 201247733 The light-emitting layer of the electroluminescent device of the present invention may be composed of a non-conjugated polymer compound and a composition of a luminescent organic compound such as the above-described organic dye or the above metal complex. The non-conjugated polymer compound may, for example, be polyethylene, polyvinyl chloride, polycarbonate, polystyrene, polymethyl methacrylate, polybutyl methacrylate, polyester, polyfluorene, poly Phenylene ether, polybutadiene, poly(N-vinylcarbazole), hydrocarbon resin, ketone resin, phenoxy resin, polyamine, ethyl cellulose, vinyl acetate, ABS resin, polyamine phthalic acid Purpose, melamine resin, unsaturated polyester resin, alkyd resin, epoxy resin, polyoxyn resin. The non-conjugated polymer compound has a side chain selected from the group consisting of a stagnation derivative, a triterpene derivative, an anthracene derivative, a guanidine di-salt derivative, a sigma-salt derivative, an anthracene derivative, and a polyaryl group. Pyridine derivative, ° 〇 琳 衍生物 derivative, π 嗤 lin ketone derivative, phenyldiamine derivative, arylamine derivative, amine substituted ketone derivative, styryl hydrazine derivative, hydrazine a ketone derivative, an anthracene derivative, a stilbene derivative, a decazane derivative, an aromatic tertiary amine compound, a styrylamine compound, an aromatic di-indenylene compound, a porphyrin compound, and an organic A structure of one or more derivatives or compounds of a group of decane derivatives. When the light-emitting layer contains a low molecular compound, the low molecular compound may, for example, be erythrin, oxime, 9,10-diphenylanthracene, tetraphenylbutadiene, Nile red, coumarin 6, ° card Low-molecular pigment compounds such as sulphur, 喧α fluorenone, naphthalene derivatives, hydrazine and its derivatives, hydrazine and its derivatives, poly-f-based systems, dibenzo-B, D-South, coumarin, and cyanine, A pigment such as indigo, a metal complex of 8-pyrimidine and its derivatives, a metal complex of anthrain and its derivatives, an aromatic amine, tetraphenylcyclopentadiene And its derivatives, 324119 116 201247733 and tetraphenylbutadiene and its derivatives. When the light-emitting layer contains a metal complex which emits light, the metal 24 may include, for example, ginseng (2-phenyl) silver, a silver complex containing a (tetra) phenous tonnage group, and a phenyl group. The complex formula of the money ligand, the scorpion complex of the eight-a-trinitrogen-heterocyclic smoldering skeleton, and the like. 3 The foregoing materials may be single-component or may comprise a plurality of compositions. Further, the light-emitting layer may be one type including the foregoing materials, and

上之單層結構,亦可為包含相同組成或不同 ^ 之多層結構。 复數層 、就發光層的成膜方法而言,可例.舉如與電洞注入 成膜相同方法。就由溶液之成膜方法而言,可: 塗佈法、洗鑄法、棒塗佈法、狹缝塗佈法、喷塗二、= 塗佈法、凹版印刷法、網版印刷法、柔版印刷; 刷法等前述塗布法及印刷法,使料華性化合物材料= 例舉真空蒸鍍法、轉印法等。 1 就由溶液之成膜所用之溶媒而言,可例舉如電洞注入 層的成膜方法所例示之溶媒。 繼發光層之後’以塗布法形成電子輸送層等有機化人 物層時,下層溶解於後塗布層之溶液所含之溶媒時,可二 用與電m層的成膜方法所例示之方法相同方法以使下 層對溶媒不溶解。 發光層的厚度最適值依使用的材料而異,只要以使驅 動電壓與發光效率成為適度值之方式選擇即可,通常係5nm 至1/ΖΠ1 ’較佳係1〇咖至500nm,更佳係3〇随至2〇〇nm。 324119 117 201247733 _電子輸送層_The single layer structure may also be a multilayer structure containing the same composition or different ^. The method of forming a plurality of layers and forming a light-emitting layer can be exemplified by the same method as film formation by hole injection. The film forming method of the solution may be: a coating method, a washing method, a bar coating method, a slit coating method, a spray coating method, a coating method, a gravure printing method, a screen printing method, and a soft coating method. Printing method; a coating method such as a brushing method and a printing method, and a material-based compound material = a vacuum vapor deposition method, a transfer method, and the like. (1) The solvent used for the film formation of the solution may, for example, be a solvent exemplified as a film formation method of the hole injection layer. When an organic layer such as an electron transport layer is formed by a coating method after the light-emitting layer, when the lower layer is dissolved in the solvent contained in the solution of the post-coating layer, the same method as that exemplified by the film forming method of the electric m layer can be used. So that the lower layer does not dissolve in the solvent. The optimum thickness of the light-emitting layer varies depending on the material to be used, and may be selected so that the driving voltage and the light-emitting efficiency are appropriate values, and usually 5 nm to 1/ΖΠ1' is preferably from 1 to 500 nm, more preferably 3〇 to 2〇〇nm. 324119 117 201247733 _Electronic transport layer _

本發明電激發光元件中,就本發明高分子化合物以外 之構成電子輸送層的材料,可使用公知者,可例舉如三β坐 衍生物、卩琴嗤衍生物、卩等二嗤衍生物、°米β坐衍生物、苐衍 生物、苯醌及其衍生物、萘醌及其衍生物、蒽醌及其衍生 物、四氰基蒽醌二曱烷及其衍生物、苐酮衍生物、二苯基 二氰基乙烯及其衍生物、聯苯醌衍生物、蒽醌二曱烷衍生 物、蔥酮衍生物、二氧化噻喃衍生物、碳二亞胺衍生物、 亞i基曱烷衍生物、二苯乙烯基吡畊衍生物、萘、茈等芳 環四竣酸酐,酜青素衍生物、8-啥琳盼衍生物之金屬錯合 物或金屬酞青素,以將苯并卩琴唾或苯并β塞唾作為配位基之 金屬錯合物為代表之各種金屬錯合物,有機矽烷衍生物、 8-經基啥琳及其衍生物之金屬錯合物,聚喧琳及其衍生 物、聚喹噚啉及其衍生物、聚苐及其衍生物等。該等中, 較佳係三°坐衍生物、曙二。坐衍生物、苯醒及其衍生物、蒽 醌及其衍生物、以及8-羥基喹啉及其衍生物之金屬錯合 物、聚喹啉及其衍生物、聚喹噚啉及其衍生物、聚苐及其 衍生物。 前述材料可為單一成分或者可為包含複數種成分之組 成物。又,前述電子輸送層可為包含前述材料之1種或2 種以上之單層結構,亦可為包含相同組成或不同組成之複 數層之多層結構。又,作為電子注入層可使用之材料所例 示之材料亦可用於電子輸送層。 就電子輸送層的成膜方法而言,可例舉如與電洞注入 324119 118 201247733 層的成膜方法相同之方法。就由溶液之成膜方法而言,可 例舉如旋轉塗佈法、澆鑄法、棒塗佈法、狹縫塗佈法、喷 塗法、喷嘴塗佈法、凹版印刷法、網版印刷法、柔版印刷 法、喷墨印刷法等前述塗布法及印刷法,使用昇華性化合 物材料時,可例舉真空蒸鍍法、轉印法等。 就由溶液之成膜所用之溶媒而言,可例舉如電洞注入 層的成膜方法所例示之溶媒。 繼電子輸送層之後,以塗布法形成電子注入層等有機 化合物層時,下層溶解於後塗布層之溶液所含之溶媒時, 可使用與電洞注入層的成膜方法所例示之方法相同方法以 使下層對溶媒不溶解。 電子輸送層的厚度最適值依使用的材料而異,只要以 使驅動電壓與發光效率成為適度值之方式選擇即可,通常 係lnm至l/zm’較佳係2nm至500nm,更佳係5nm至lOOnm。 _電子注入層- 本發明電激發光元件中,就本發明高分子化合物以外 之構成電子注入層之材料,可使用公知化合物,可例舉如 三唑衍生物、噚唑衍生物、噚二唑衍生物、咪唑衍生物、 苐衍生物、笨醌及其衍生物、萘醌及其衍生物、蒽醌及其 衍生物、四氰基蒽醌二甲烷及其衍生物、g酮衍生物、二 苯基二氰基乙烯及其衍生物、聯苯醌衍生物、蒽醌二甲燒 衍生物、蔥酮衍生物、二氧化噻喃衍生物、碳二亞胺衍生 物、亞苐基甲烷衍生物、二苯乙烯基吡畊衍生物、萘、花 等芳環四羧酸酐,酞青素衍生物、8-喹啉酚衍生物之金屬 324119 119 201247733 將苯并,唾或苯并_作為配位 物等。屬I物錢表之各種金屬錯合物,有切燒衍生 =材=:單一成分或者可為包含複數種成分之組 構,亦“::Γ主入Γ為僅包含前述材料之單層結 了為包g相同組成或不同組成之複數層之多声結 。又,作為電子輸送層及電洞阻擋層 ^In the electroluminescent device of the present invention, a material constituting the electron transport layer other than the polymer compound of the present invention can be used, and examples thereof include a tri-β derivative, a scorpion derivative, and a ruthenium derivative such as ruthenium. , β-β-derivatives, anthracene derivatives, benzoquinones and their derivatives, naphthoquinone and its derivatives, anthraquinone and its derivatives, tetracyanoquinone dioxane and its derivatives, anthrone derivatives , diphenyldicyanoethylene and its derivatives, biphenyl hydrazine derivatives, decane derivatives, onion ketone derivatives, thiofuran derivatives, carbodiimide derivatives, sub-i 曱An alkane derivative, a distyryl pyridinium derivative, an aromatic ring tetraphthalic anhydride such as naphthalene or anthracene, an anthraquinone derivative, a metal complex of an 8-anthracene derivative or a metal anthraquinone to benzene a metal complex represented by a metal complex of a scorpion or a benzopyrene as a ligand, an organic decane derivative, a metal complex of 8-carbyl and its derivatives, Yulin and its derivatives, polyquinoxaline and its derivatives, polyfluorene and its derivatives. Among these, it is preferably a three-degree sitting derivative or a ruthenium. Derivatives, benzene oxime and its derivatives, hydrazine and its derivatives, and metal complexes of 8-hydroxyquinoline and its derivatives, polyquinoline and its derivatives, polyquinoxaline and its derivatives , polypeptone and its derivatives. The foregoing materials may be a single component or may be a composition comprising a plurality of components. Further, the electron transporting layer may be a single layer structure comprising one or more of the above materials, or a multilayer structure comprising a plurality of layers of the same composition or different compositions. Further, a material exemplified as a material which can be used as the electron injecting layer can also be used for the electron transporting layer. As for the film formation method of the electron transport layer, the same method as the film formation method of the hole injection 324119 118 201247733 layer can be exemplified. The film forming method of the solution may, for example, be a spin coating method, a casting method, a bar coating method, a slit coating method, a spray coating method, a nozzle coating method, a gravure printing method, or a screen printing method. In the coating method and the printing method, such as a flexographic printing method and an inkjet printing method, when a sublimation compound material is used, a vacuum deposition method, a transfer method, or the like can be exemplified. The solvent used for the film formation of the solution may, for example, be a solvent exemplified as a film formation method of the hole injection layer. After forming an organic compound layer such as an electron injecting layer by a coating method after the electron transporting layer, when the lower layer is dissolved in the solvent contained in the solution of the post-coating layer, the same method as that exemplified by the film forming method of the hole injecting layer can be used. So that the lower layer does not dissolve in the solvent. The optimum thickness of the electron transporting layer varies depending on the material to be used, and may be selected so that the driving voltage and the luminous efficiency are appropriate values, and usually 1 nm to 1/zm' is preferably 2 nm to 500 nm, more preferably 5 nm. To 100 nm. In the electroluminescent device of the present invention, a known compound may be used as the material constituting the electron injecting layer other than the polymer compound of the present invention, and examples thereof include a triazole derivative, a carbazole derivative, and an oxadiazole. Derivatives, imidazole derivatives, anthracene derivatives, alum and its derivatives, naphthoquinone and its derivatives, anthraquinone and its derivatives, tetracyanoquinodimethane and its derivatives, g ketone derivatives, two Phenyldicyanoethylene and its derivatives, biphenyl hydrazine derivatives, dimethyl hydrazine derivatives, onion ketone derivatives, thiofuran derivatives, carbodiimide derivatives, fluorenylene methane derivatives , distyryl pyridinium derivative, naphthalene, flower and other aromatic ring tetracarboxylic anhydride, anthraquinone derivative, 8-quinolinol derivative metal 324119 119 201247733 benzo, salic or benzo- as a coordination Things and so on. It is a kind of metal complex of I money table, which has cut-off derivative = material =: single component or may be a structure containing a plurality of components, and also ":: Γ main Γ is a single-layer knot containing only the aforementioned materials. a multi-sound junction of a plurality of layers of the same composition or different compositions of the package g. Also, as an electron transport layer and a hole barrier layer ^

示之材料亦可用於電子注人層。 讀枓所例 就電子注入層的成膜方法而言,可例舉如與電洞注入 :的成膜相同方法。就由溶液的成膜方法而言,可例舉如 旋轉塗佈法、澆鑄法、棒塗佈法、狹縫塗佈法、噴塗法、 噴嘴塗佈法、凹版印刷法、網版印刷法、柔版印刷法/、喷 墨印刷法等前述塗布法及印刷法,使用昇華性化合物材料 時,可例舉真空蒸鍍法、轉印法等。 就由溶液的成膜所用之溶媒而言,可例舉如電洞注入 層的成膜方法所例示之溶媒。 電子注入層的厚度最適值依使用的材料而異,只要以 使驅動電壓與發光效率成為適度值之方式選擇即可,通常 係lnm至1/zm,較佳係2nm至500nm,更佳係5nm至l〇〇nm。 、陰極- 本發明電激發光元件中,陰極可為包含單一材料或複 數種材料之單層結構,亦可為包含複數層之多層結構。陰 極為單層結構時,就陰極材料而言,可例舉如金、銀、銅、 麵、鉻、錫、鉛、鎳、鈦等低電阻金屬及含有該等之合金, 324119 120 201247733 氧化錫、氧化鋅、氧化銦、氧化銦錫(IT0)、氧化銦鋅(IZ〇)、 氧化鉬等導電性金屬氧化物,該等導電性金屬氧化物與金 屬之混合物,較佳係鋁及含鋁之合金。為多層結構時,較 佳係第1陰極層與保護陰極層之2層結構或者第1陰極 層、第2陰極層及保護陰極層之3層結構。在此,第i陰 極層係指陰極中最接近發光層側之層,保護陰極層在2層 結構中之情況下,是指將第1陰極層覆蓋之層,3層結構 中之情況下,是指將第1陰極層與第2陰極層覆蓋之層。 ' 從電子供應能力的觀點來看,第1陰極層之材料的功函數 較佳係3. 5eV以下。又,功函數在&amp; 5eV以下的金屬之氧 化物、氟化物、碳酸鹽、複合氧化物等適宜使用作為第i 陰極層材料◊保護陰極層之材料適宜使用電阻率低且對水 分的耐腐食性高之金屬、金屬氧化物等。 就第1陰極層材料,可例舉如鹼金屬或鹼土金屬、含 有1種以上前述金屬之合金,前述金屬之氧化物、_化物、 籲碳酸鹽、複合氧化物,以及該等之混合物等。驗金屬或其 氧化物、鹵化物、碳酸鹽、複合氧化物之例子而言,可例 舉如經、納、鉀、麵、鎚、氧化鐘、氧化納、氧化卸、氧 化物、氧化铯、氟化鐘、氟化納、氟化卸、氟化麵、氟化 铯、碳酸裡、碳酸納、碳酸鉀、碳酸麵、碳酸絶、銷酸卸、 鈦酸卸、紐卸、_鎚。驗土金屬或其氧化物、齒化物、 碳酸鹽、複合氧化物之例子而言,可例舉如鎮、辦、銘、 鋇、氧化鎂、氧化鈣、氧化锶、氧化鋇、氟化鎂、氟化鈣、 氟化錄、氟化鋇、碳酸鎂、碳酸約、碳酸錯、碳酸鎖、翻 324119 121 201247733 酸鋇、鎢酸鋇。含有1種以上鹼金屬或鹼土金屬之合金之 例子而言,可例舉如U-A1合金、Mg-Ag合金、M-Ba合金、The materials shown can also be used for the electronic injection layer. Example of Reading The film forming method of the electron injecting layer may be exemplified by the same method as film formation by hole injection. The film forming method of the solution may, for example, be a spin coating method, a casting method, a bar coating method, a slit coating method, a spray coating method, a nozzle coating method, a gravure printing method, a screen printing method, or the like. In the coating method and the printing method, such as a flexographic printing method and an inkjet printing method, when a sublimation compound material is used, a vacuum deposition method, a transfer method, or the like can be exemplified. The solvent used for the film formation of the solution may, for example, be a solvent exemplified as a film formation method of the hole injection layer. The optimum thickness of the electron injecting layer varies depending on the material to be used, and may be selected so that the driving voltage and the luminous efficiency are appropriate values, and is usually 1 nm to 1/zm, preferably 2 nm to 500 nm, more preferably 5 nm. To l〇〇nm. , Cathode - In the electroluminescent device of the present invention, the cathode may be a single layer structure comprising a single material or a plurality of materials, or may be a multilayer structure comprising a plurality of layers. When the cathode has a single-layer structure, the cathode material may, for example, be a low-resistance metal such as gold, silver, copper, surface, chromium, tin, lead, nickel or titanium, and an alloy containing the same, 324119 120 201247733 tin oxide a conductive metal oxide such as zinc oxide, indium oxide, indium tin oxide (IT0), indium zinc oxide (IZ〇), or molybdenum oxide, or a mixture of the conductive metal oxide and metal, preferably aluminum and aluminum. Alloy. In the case of a multilayer structure, a two-layer structure of the first cathode layer and the protective cathode layer or a three-layer structure of the first cathode layer, the second cathode layer and the protective cathode layer is preferable. Here, the i-th cathode layer refers to the layer closest to the light-emitting layer side of the cathode, and in the case where the protective cathode layer is in the two-layer structure, the layer covered by the first cathode layer, in the case of a three-layer structure, It means a layer covering the first cathode layer and the second cathode layer. 5e以下以下。 The work function of the material of the first cathode layer is preferably 3. 5eV or less. Further, a metal oxide, a fluoride, a carbonate, a composite oxide having a work function of &amp; 5 eV or less is suitably used as the material of the i-th cathode layer material and the cathode layer is suitably used, and the resistivity is low and the moisture resistance to moisture is suitably used. High-strength metals, metal oxides, etc. The material of the first cathode layer may, for example, be an alkali metal or an alkaline earth metal, an alloy containing one or more kinds of the above metals, an oxide of the metal, a compound, a carbonate, a composite oxide, and the like. Examples of the metal or an oxide thereof, a halide, a carbonate, and a composite oxide may, for example, be a medium, a nano, a potassium, a surface, a hammer, an oxidation clock, a sodium oxide, an oxidative desorption, an oxide, or a cerium oxide. Fluorinated clock, sodium fluoride, fluorination unloading, fluorinated surface, cesium fluoride, carbonic acid, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, carbonic acid surface, carbonic acid, acid acid unloading, titanic acid unloading, unloading, _ hammer. Examples of the soil-measuring metal or its oxide, dentate, carbonate, and composite oxide may, for example, be towns, offices, inscriptions, cerium, magnesium oxide, calcium oxide, cerium oxide, cerium oxide, magnesium fluoride, Calcium fluoride, fluoride, barium fluoride, magnesium carbonate, carbonic acid, carbonic acid, carbonic acid lock, turn 324119 121 201247733 barium, barium tungstate. Examples of the alloy containing one or more kinds of alkali metals or alkaline earth metals may, for example, be a U-Al alloy, a Mg-Ag alloy, or an M-Ba alloy.

Mg-Ba合金、Ba-Ag合金、Ca-Bi-Pb-Sn合金。又,作為第 1陰極層材料所例示之材料與作為構成電子注入層之材料 所例不之材料的組成物亦可使用於第1陰極層。就第2陰 極層之材料而言,例示如與第1陰極層之材料相同材料。 就保護陰極層材料之例子而言,可例舉如金、銀、銅、 鋁、鉻、錫、鉛、鎳、鈦等低電阻金屬及含有該等之合金, 金屬奈米粒子、金屬奈米線、氧化錫、氧化鋅、氧化銦、 氧化銦錫(ΙΤ0)、氧化銦鋅(ΙΖ0)、氧化鉬等導電性金屬氧 化物,該等導電性金屬氧化物與金屬之混合物,導電性金 屬氧化物之奈米粒子,石墨烯、富勒烯、碳奈米管等導電 性碳。 就陰極為多層結構時之例子而言’可例舉如Mg/A1、Mg-Ba alloy, Ba-Ag alloy, Ca-Bi-Pb-Sn alloy. Further, a material exemplified as the material of the first cathode layer and a material which is not a material constituting the electron injecting layer may be used for the first cathode layer. The material of the second cathode layer is exemplified as the material of the material of the first cathode layer. Examples of the material for protecting the cathode layer include low-resistance metals such as gold, silver, copper, aluminum, chromium, tin, lead, nickel, and titanium, and alloys containing the same, metal nanoparticles, and metal nanoparticles. Conductive metal oxide such as wire, tin oxide, zinc oxide, indium oxide, indium tin oxide (ΙΤ0), indium zinc oxide (ΙΖ0), molybdenum oxide, etc., a mixture of the conductive metal oxide and metal, and conductive metal oxidation Nanoparticles of matter, conductive carbon such as graphene, fullerene, carbon nanotubes. In the case of the case where the cathode is a multilayer structure, 'Mg/A1' can be exemplified.

Ca/A卜 Ba/A卜 NaF/A卜 KF/A卜 RbF/A卜 CsF/A卜 Na2C〇3/A1、 ί· K2C〇3/A1、Cs2C〇3/A1等第1陰極層與保護陰極層之2層結 構,LiF/Ca/Al 、 NaF/Ca/Al 、 KF/Ca/Al 、 RbF/Ca/A1 、Ca/A Bu Ba/A Bu NaF/A Bu KF/A Bu RbF/A Bu CsF/A Bu Na2C〇3/A1, ί· K2C〇3/A1, Cs2C〇3/A1, etc. 1st cathode layer and protection Two-layer structure of the cathode layer, LiF/Ca/Al, NaF/Ca/Al, KF/Ca/Al, RbF/Ca/A1,

CsF/Ca/Al、Ba/Al/Ag、KF/Al/Ag、KF/Ca/Ag、K2C〇3/Ca/Ag 等第1陰極層、第2陰極層及保護陰極層之3層結構。在 此’符號「/」表示各層相鄰接。再者,第2陰材料較 佳係對第1陰極層材料具有還原作用。在此,材料間的還 原作用之有無/程度’例如可從化合物間的鍵解離能(△ fH°)推算。亦即’構成第2陰極層之材料對構成第1陰極 層之材料的還原反應中’鍵解離能為正數之組合時,稱之 324119 122 201247733 為第2陰極層之材料對於第1陰極層之材料具有還原作 用。鍵解離能,例如可參照「電化學便覽第5版」(丸善, 2000年發行)、「熱力學資料庫malt」(科學技術公司,1992 年發行)。 就陰極製作方法可利用公知方法而言,例示如真空蒸 鍛法、錢鑛法、離子鍍法、由溶液之成膜方法(可使用與高 分子黏合劑之混合溶液)。使用金屬、金屬氧化物、氟化物、 鲁碳酸鹽時,大多使用真空蒸鍍法,使用高沸點之金屬氧化 物、金屬複合氧化物或氧化銦錫(IT〇)等導電性金屬氧化物 時,大多使用濺鍍法、離子鍍法。併用金屬、金屬氧化物、 氟化物、碳酸鹽、高沸點之金屬氧化物、金屬複合氧化物、 導電性金屬氧化物之2種以上而成膜時,使用共蒸鑛法、 濺鍍法、離子鍍法等。金屬奈米粒子、金屬奈米線、導電 性金屬氧化物奈米粒子時,大多使用由溶液之成膜方法。 尤其,使低分子有機化合物與金屬或金屬氧化物、氟化物、 # 碳酸鹽之組成物成膜時,適用共蒸鍍法。 陰極的厚度最適值依使用材料、層結構而異,只要以 使驅動電壓、發光效率、元件壽命成為適度值之方式選擇 即可,通常,第1陰極層的厚度係〇. 5nm至2〇nm,保護陰 極層的厚度係lOnra至1以例如,第丄陰極層使用Ba或 Ca,保護陰極層使用A1時,較佳係Ba或Ca的厚度為2咖 至10nm ’ A1的厚度為i〇nm至5〇〇nm,第1陰極層使用Nap 或KF,保護陰極層使用A1時,較佳係NaF或KF的厚度為 lnm 至 8nm ’ A1 的厚度為 10nm 至 5〇〇nm。 324119 123 201247733 本發明電激發光元件中,使用陰極作為光穿透性電極 時,保護陰極層的可見光穿透率較佳係40%以上,更佳係 5 0 %以上。该可見光穿透率藉由使作為保護陰極層材料使^ 用氧化銦錫(ΙΤ0)、氧化銦辞(ΙΖ0)、氧化鉬等透明導電性 金屬氧化物’或使用金、銀、銅、紹、絡、錫、錯等低電 阻金屬及含有該等之合金的保護陰極層厚度成為3〇nm以 下而達成。 又,作為以提升從陰極側之光穿透率為目的,可在陰 極的保護陰極層上設置抗反射層。就抗反射層所用之材 料’折射率較佳係1.8 S 3.0 ’就滿足該折射率之材料, 可例舉如ZnS、ZnSe、W〇3。抗反射層厚度依材料組合而異, 通常係1 Onm至150nm。 -絕緣層- 本發明電激發光元件可任意具有之厚度5nm以下的絕 緣層係具有:提升與電極之密著性、改善來自電極的電荷 /主入、防止與鄰接層混合等功能之層。就上述絕緣層之材 :而言,可例舉如金屬氟化物、金屬氧化物、有機絕緣材 =聚甲基丙烯酸甲醋等)等。就設置有厚度5nm以下的絕 =之電激發Μ件而言,可例舉如與陰極鄰接而設置厚 =Χ下的絕緣層之讀、與陽極鄰接而S置厚度5nm 以下的絕緣層之元件。 —其他構成要素-. 密封裝置可於夾著發光層等之基板的相反側,復具有 又’可復具有彩色;慮光片、螢光轉麟光片等 324119 124 201247733 濾光片,像素驅動所需之電路及配線等用以構成顯示裝置 之任意構成要素。 -電激發光元件的製造方法- 本發明電激發光元件,例如可藉由在基板上依序積層 各層而製造。具體而言,可藉由在基板上設置陽極,於其 上設置電洞注入層、電洞輸送層等層,於其上設置發光層, 於其上設置電子輸送層、電子注入層等層,再於其上積曰層 春陰極而製造電激發光元件。就其他製造方法而t,可藉由 在基板上設置陰極,於其上設置電子注入層、電子輸送層、 發光廣、電洞輸送層、電洞注入層等層,再於其上積層陽 極而製造電激發光元件。還有其他製造方法,可藉由^在 陽極或陽極上積層有各層之陽_基材以及在陰^或陰極 上積層有各層之陰極側基材對向並且接合而製造。π -電激發光元件的應用-A three-layer structure of a first cathode layer, a second cathode layer, and a protective cathode layer such as CsF/Ca/Al, Ba/Al/Ag, KF/Al/Ag, KF/Ca/Ag, and K2C〇3/Ca/Ag. Here, the symbol "/" indicates that the layers are adjacent. Further, the second negative material preferably has a reducing action on the first cathode layer material. Here, the presence/absence of the reduction effect between materials can be estimated, for example, from the bond dissociation energy (Δ fH°) between the compounds. That is, when the material constituting the second cathode layer has a combination of positive bond numbers in the reduction reaction of the material constituting the first cathode layer, 324119 122 201247733 is the material of the second cathode layer for the first cathode layer. The material has a reducing effect. For the dissociation energy of the bond, for example, refer to "Electrochemical Handbook Version 5" (Maruzen, issued in 2000), "The Thermodynamic Database Malt" (Science and Technology Corporation, issued in 1992). As the method for producing the cathode, a known method can be used, and examples thereof include a vacuum evaporation method, a money ore method, an ion plating method, and a film formation method from a solution (a mixed solution with a high molecular binder can be used). When a metal, a metal oxide, a fluoride, or a ruthenium carbonate is used, a vacuum deposition method is often used, and when a conductive metal oxide such as a high-boiling metal oxide, a metal composite oxide, or indium tin oxide (IT〇) is used, Most use sputtering or ion plating. When two or more kinds of metals, metal oxides, fluorides, carbonates, high-boiling metal oxides, metal composite oxides, and conductive metal oxides are used, a co-steaming method, a sputtering method, and an ion are used. Plating method, etc. In the case of metal nanoparticles, metal nanowires, and conductive metal oxide nanoparticles, a film formation method from a solution is often used. In particular, when a low molecular organic compound is formed into a film of a metal or a composition of a metal oxide, a fluoride or a carbonate, a co-evaporation method is applied. The optimum thickness of the cathode varies depending on the material used and the layer structure, and may be selected so that the driving voltage, the luminous efficiency, and the lifetime of the element are appropriate values. Generally, the thickness of the first cathode layer is 〇. 5 nm to 2 〇 nm. The thickness of the protective cathode layer is lOnra to 1 for example, when the second cathode layer is made of Ba or Ca, and when the cathode layer is protected with A1, the thickness of Ba or Ca is preferably 2 to 10 nm. The thickness of A1 is i〇nm. Up to 5 〇〇 nm, Nap or KF is used for the first cathode layer, and A1 is used for protecting the cathode layer. Preferably, the thickness of NaF or KF is from 1 nm to 8 nm 'A1, and the thickness is from 10 nm to 5 Å. 324119 123 201247733 In the electroluminescent device of the present invention, when the cathode is used as the light-transmitting electrode, the visible light transmittance of the protective cathode layer is preferably 40% or more, more preferably 50% or more. The visible light transmittance is obtained by using a transparent conductive metal oxide such as indium tin oxide (ΙΤ0), indium oxide (ΙΖ0), molybdenum oxide or the like as a material for protecting the cathode layer or using gold, silver, copper, or It is achieved that the thickness of the low-resistance metal such as a complex, tin, or the like and the protective cathode layer containing the alloy are 3 〇 nm or less. Further, as the purpose of improving the light transmittance from the cathode side, an antireflection layer can be provided on the protective cathode layer of the cathode. The material for which the refractive index of the antireflection layer is preferably '1.8 S 3.0 ' is a material satisfying the refractive index, and examples thereof include ZnS, ZnSe, and W〇3. The thickness of the antireflection layer varies depending on the material combination, and is usually from 1 Onm to 150 nm. - Insulating layer - The insulating layer of the present invention having an insulating layer having a thickness of 5 nm or less can have a function of improving adhesion to an electrode, improving charge/priming from an electrode, and preventing mixing with an adjacent layer. The material of the above insulating layer may, for example, be a metal fluoride, a metal oxide, an organic insulating material = polymethyl methacrylate or the like. In the case of an electrically-excited element having a thickness of 5 nm or less, an element in which an insulating layer having a thickness = Χ is attached adjacent to the cathode, and an insulating layer having a thickness of 5 nm or less is formed adjacent to the anode is exemplified. . - Other components - The sealing device can have a different color on the opposite side of the substrate sandwiching the light-emitting layer, etc. 324119 124 201247733 filter, pixel drive, etc. The required circuits, wiring, and the like are used to constitute any constituent elements of the display device. - Method of Producing Electroluminescent Device - The electroluminescent device of the present invention can be produced, for example, by sequentially laminating layers on a substrate. Specifically, an anode is provided on the substrate, and a layer such as a hole injection layer and a hole transport layer is provided thereon, and a light-emitting layer is disposed thereon, and an electron transport layer, an electron injection layer, and the like are disposed thereon. An electroluminescent element is fabricated by depositing a layer of a spring cathode thereon. For other manufacturing methods, a cathode may be provided on the substrate, and an electron injection layer, an electron transport layer, a light-emitting layer, a hole transport layer, a hole injection layer, and the like may be disposed thereon, and an anode may be laminated thereon. An electroluminescent element is fabricated. Still other manufacturing methods can be produced by opposing and bonding the anode-substrate in which the layers are laminated on the anode or the anode and the cathode-side substrate in which the layers are laminated on the cathode or cathode. Application of π-electroluminescence element -

可使用本發明電激發光元件製造顯示裝置。該頻示裳 置具備電激發光元件作為丨像素單位。像素單位的配 態樣可為電視等顯示裝置一般採用的配置 ^ ^ ι乃式,可為多數 像素在共通的基板上配置之態樣。本發明裝置中,配置於 基板上的像素可在以堤(bank)規範的像素區域内形成。、 本發明電激發光元件可使祕平峨或曲面狀的 裝置。 &lt;光電轉換元件&gt; ^有含有本㈣高分子化合物之層之光電轉換元件例 如,、有.陰極、陽極、位於前述陰極與前述陽極之間的電 324119 125 201247733 荷分離層、以及位於前述電荷分離層與前述陰極或前述陽 極之間的含有本發明高分子化合物之層。本發明光電轉換 元件可具有基板作為任意構成要素,並可為在該基板上設 置前述陰極、陽極、電荷分離層及含有本發明高分子化合 物之層、以及任意構成要素之構成。 就具有含有本發明高分子化合物之層之光電轉換元件 之一態樣而言,在基板上設置陽極,於其上層積層電荷分 離層,於其上層積層含有本發明高分子化合物之層,再於 ® 其上層積層陰極。就其他態樣而言,在基板上設置陽極, 於其上層積層含有本發明高分子化合物之層,積層電荷分 離層,再於其上層積層陰極。就其他態樣而言,在基板上 設置陽極,於其上層積層含有本發明高分子化合物之層, 積層電荷分離層,於其上層積層含有本發明高分子化合物 之層,再於其上層積層陰極。就其他態樣而言,在基板上 設置陰極,於其上層積層含有本發明高分子化合物之層, ^ 於其上層積層電荷分離層,再於其上層積層陽極。就其他 態樣而言,在基板上設置陰極,於其上層積層電荷分離層, 於其上層積層含有本發明高分子化合物之層,再於其上層 積層陽極。還有其他態樣,在基板上設置陰極,於其上層 積層含有本發明高分子化合物之層,於其上層積層電荷分 離層,於其上層積層含有本發明高分子化合物之層,再於 其上層積層陽極。又,該等態樣中,可復設置含有本發明 高分子化合物之層及電荷分離層以外之層。再者,光電轉 換元件的構成於下另外詳述。 324119 126 201247733 含有本發明高分子化合物之層可混合公知的電子供應 性化合物及/或電子受容性化合物、金屬奈米粒子、金屬氧 化物奈米粒子。 就形成含有高分子化合物之層之方法而言,可例舉如 使用含有高分子化合物之溶液之成膜方法。 就由溶液之成膜所用之溶媒而言’較佳係水、醇、醚、 酯、羧酸、烷基_化物、雜環芳族化合物、硫醇、硫化物、 硫酮、亞颯、硝基化合物、腈化合物、及該等之混合溶媒 等溶媒中’溶解參數為9. 3以上之溶媒。該溶媒之例及溶 解參數值如同前述。 就由溶液之成膜方法而3,可例舉如旋轉塗佈法、洗 鑄法、微凹版印刷法、凹版印刷法、棒塗佈法、輥塗佈法、 線棒塗佈法、&amp;視塗佈法、狹縫塗佈法、蓋塗佈法、喷塗 法、網版印刷法、柔版印刷法、平版印刷法、噴墨印刷法、 噴嘴塗佈法等塗布法。 含有高分子化合物之層的厚度最適值依使用的高分子 化合物而異’只要以使光電轉換效率成為適度值之方式選 擇即可,較佳係lmn至,更佳係2nm至5〇〇咖,又更 佳係2nm至200nm。 具有含有本發明高分子化合物之層的光電轉換元件中 具有陰極、陽極、及位於陰極與陽極之間的電荷分離層, 較佳係在電荷分離層與陰極之間、以及在電荷分離層:陰 極之間的任-位置或_位置具有該含有高分子化合物: 層,更佳係在陰極與電荷分離層之間具有該含有高分子化 324119 127 201247733 合物之層。 具有含有本發明高分子化合物之層之光電轉換元件的 電荷分離層中,較佳係含有電子供應性化合物與電子受容 性化合物。 前述電荷分離層可分別單獨含有一種電子供應性化合 物與電子受容性化合物或可含有組合二種以上。再者,前 述電子供應性化合物、前述電子受容性化合物係由該等化 合物的能量位準的能階而相對地決定。 就前述電子供應性化合物而言,可例舉如d比唾 物、芳基胺衍生物、二苯乙烯衍生物、二芏A 丁 视—本基二胺衍生物、 共軛高分子化合物,就前述共軛高分子化合物而士,。 舉如寡聚噻吩及其衍生物、聚第及其衍生物、聚乙I例 唑及其衍生物、聚矽烷及其衍生物、側鏈或主鏈具有二卡 胺之聚矽氧烷衍生物、聚苯胺及其衍生物、聚吡咯及二= 生物、聚(伸苯基伸乙烯基)及其衍生物、聚(伸嗔吩其ς何 烯基)及其衍生物等。 &amp; 匕 就前述電子受容性化合物而言,可例舉如嗜_哇,;_生 物、蒽醌二甲烷及其衍生物、苯醌及其衍生物、养藏及其 衍生物、蒽酿及其衍生物、四氰基蒽酿i二甲燒及其行生物 苐酮衍生物、二苯基二氰基乙烯及其衍生物、聯苯§昆彳亍生 物、8-羥基喹啉及其衍生物之金屬錯合物、聚嗜琳及其_ 生物、聚喹噚啉及其衍生物、聚苐及其衍生物、Ce。等:/T 烯類及其衍生物、2,9-二曱基-4, 7-二笨基〜〗: (bathocuproine)等菲衍生物、氧化鈦等金屬氧化物、太 々C不 324119 128 201247733 米管等。就電子受容性化合物而言,較佳係氧化欽、碳奈 米管、富勒埽、富勒稀衍生物,特佳係富勒稀、富勒稀衍 生物。 電荷分離層的厚度通常係lnm至1〇〇Am,較佳係2nm 至lOOOnm更佳係5nm至500nm’又更佳係2〇nm至2〇〇nm。 &lt;電荷分離層的製造方法&gt; 前述電荷分離層的製造方法係任何方法皆可,可例舉 如由溶液之成獏、由真空蒸鍍法之成膜方法。 由溶液之成膜,可使用旋轉塗佈法、淹鱗法、微凹版 塗佈法、凹版塗佈法、棒塗佈法、缝佈法、線棒塗佈法、 浸潰塗佈法、噴塗法、網版印刷法、凹版印刷法、柔版印 刷法、平版印刷法、喷墨印刷法、分配器㈤卿㈣印刷 法、喷嘴塗佈法、毛細管塗佈法等塗布法,較佳係旋轉塗 佈法、柔版印刷法、凹版印刷法、喷墨印刷法、分配器印 刷法。 |# ^ 1有含有本發明高分子化合物之層之光電轉換元件通 上。縣板只要是形成電極、形成有機物層 、…- 卩可。减板材料而言,可例舉如玻璃、塑膠、 南分子薄膜、聚錢等。不透明基板時,相反側的電極(亦 即’距離基板較遠的電極)較佳係透明或半透明。 亨、月J述透月或半透明的電極材料而言,可例舉如導電 性金屬氧化物膜、半透明金屬薄膜等。具體而言,使用包 氧化鋅、氧化錫、及該等之複合體之銦•錫· r匕ΙΤ0)、銦•鋅·氧化物等導電性材料所製作的膜, 324119 129 201247733 ΐΓΓΙ、金、白金、銀、銅等’較佳係™、銦•鋅· i化錫。就電極的製作方法而言,可例舉如真空 ο鍍法濺鍍法、離子鍍法、鍍覆法等。 作為電極材料可使㈣笨胺及•生物A display device can be manufactured using the electroluminescent device of the present invention. The frequency display device has an electroluminescence element as a unit of pixels. The configuration of the pixel unit can be a configuration generally adopted for a display device such as a television, and can be a configuration in which a plurality of pixels are arranged on a common substrate. In the device of the present invention, the pixels disposed on the substrate can be formed in a pixel region of a bank specification. The electroluminescent device of the present invention can be used for a flat or curved device. &lt;Photoelectric conversion element&gt; ^The photoelectric conversion element having the layer containing the (4) polymer compound, for example, a cathode, an anode, a charge 324119 125 201247733 between the cathode and the anode, and the foregoing A layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention between the charge separation layer and the foregoing cathode or the foregoing anode. The photoelectric conversion element of the present invention may have a substrate as an arbitrary constituent element, and may have a structure in which the cathode, the anode, the charge separation layer, the layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention, and any constituent elements are provided on the substrate. In one aspect of the photoelectric conversion element having the layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention, an anode is provided on the substrate, a charge separation layer is laminated thereon, and a layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention is laminated thereon, and then ® Its upper laminate cathode. In other aspects, an anode is provided on a substrate, a layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention is laminated thereon, a charge separation layer is laminated, and a cathode is laminated thereon. In another aspect, an anode is disposed on a substrate, a layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention is laminated thereon, a charge separation layer is laminated, a layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention is laminated thereon, and a cathode is laminated thereon . In other aspects, a cathode is provided on a substrate, and a layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention is laminated thereon, and a charge separation layer is laminated thereon, and an anode is laminated thereon. In other aspects, a cathode is provided on a substrate, and a charge separation layer is laminated thereon, and a layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention is laminated thereon, and an anode is laminated thereon. In another aspect, a cathode is provided on the substrate, and a layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention is laminated thereon, and a charge separation layer is laminated thereon, and a layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention is laminated thereon, and then the upper layer is laminated thereon. Laminated anode. Further, in the aspect, a layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention and a layer other than the charge separation layer may be repeatedly provided. Further, the configuration of the photoelectric conversion element will be described in detail below. 324119 126 201247733 The layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention may be a mixture of a known electron-donating compound and/or an electron-accepting compound, metal nanoparticles, and metal oxide nanoparticles. The method of forming a layer containing a polymer compound may, for example, be a film formation method using a solution containing a polymer compound. In terms of the solvent used for film formation of the solution, it is preferably water, alcohol, ether, ester, carboxylic acid, alkyl group, heterocyclic aromatic compound, mercaptan, sulfide, thioketone, hydrazine, nitrate The solvent having a solubility parameter of 9.3 or more in the solvent of the base compound, the nitrile compound, and the mixed solvent. Examples of the solvent and the dissolution parameter values are as described above. The film forming method of the solution 3 may, for example, be a spin coating method, a die casting method, a micro gravure printing method, a gravure printing method, a bar coating method, a roll coating method, a wire bar coating method, and a filming method. Coating methods such as a coating method, a slit coating method, a lid coating method, a spray coating method, a screen printing method, a flexographic printing method, a lithography method, an inkjet printing method, and a nozzle coating method are used. The thickness optimum of the layer containing the polymer compound may be selected depending on the polymer compound to be used, and it may be selected so that the photoelectric conversion efficiency is a moderate value, and it is preferably from 1 nm to 2, more preferably from 2 nm to 5 Å. More preferably, it is from 2 nm to 200 nm. A photoelectric conversion element having a layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention has a cathode, an anode, and a charge separation layer between the cathode and the anode, preferably between the charge separation layer and the cathode, and at the charge separation layer: cathode The between-position or _ position has the polymer compound: layer, and more preferably has a layer containing the polymerized 324119 127 201247733 compound between the cathode and the charge separation layer. The charge-separating layer having a photoelectric conversion element containing a layer of the polymer compound of the present invention preferably contains an electron-donating compound and an electron-accepting compound. The charge separation layer may contain one type of electron-donating compound and electron-acceptable compound, respectively, or may contain two or more types in combination. Further, the electron-accepting compound and the electron-accepting compound are relatively determined by the energy level of the compounds. The above-mentioned electron-donating compound may, for example, be a d-ratio, an arylamine derivative, a stilbene derivative, a diterpene A-denyl-based diamine derivative, or a conjugated polymer compound. The aforementioned conjugated polymer compound is used. Such as oligothiophene and its derivatives, polydipeptide and its derivatives, polyethylidene oxazole and its derivatives, polydecane and its derivatives, polyoxane derivatives with carbaryl in the side chain or main chain , polyaniline and its derivatives, polypyrrole and bis = biological, poly (phenylene vinyl) and its derivatives, poly (extension of its alkenyl) and its derivatives. &amp; 匕 In the case of the aforementioned electron-accepting compound, for example, _wow, _bio, quinodimethane and its derivatives, benzoquinone and its derivatives, nutrient and its derivatives, brewing and Its derivatives, tetracyano sulphide i dimethyl ketone and its derivatives, biotin ketone derivatives, diphenyldicyanoethylene and its derivatives, biphenyl § 彳亍 彳亍, 8-hydroxyquinoline and its derivatives Metal complex, polyphosphate and its biological, polyquinoxaline and its derivatives, polyfluorene and its derivatives, Ce. Etc.: /T olefins and their derivatives, 2,9-dimercapto-4, 7-di-phenyl-~: phenanthrene derivatives such as bathocuproine, metal oxides such as titanium oxide, and 々C not 324119 128 201247733 Meters and so on. In the case of an electron-accepting compound, it is preferably a oxidized chin, a carbon nanotube, a fullerene, a fullerene derivative, a particularly good one, a fullerene, and a fullerene. The thickness of the charge separation layer is usually from 1 nm to 1 Å Am, preferably from 2 nm to 100 nm, more preferably from 5 nm to 500 nm', and still more preferably from 2 Å to 2 Å. &lt;Manufacturing Method of Charge Separation Layer&gt; The method for producing the charge separation layer may be any method, and examples thereof include a method of forming a film by a vacuum deposition method. For film formation from a solution, a spin coating method, a flooding method, a micro gravure coating method, a gravure coating method, a bar coating method, a sewing method, a wire bar coating method, a dipping coating method, or a spray coating method can be used. Coating method such as method, screen printing method, gravure printing method, flexographic printing method, lithography method, inkjet printing method, dispenser (5), printing method, nozzle coating method, capillary coating method, etc. Coating method, flexographic printing method, gravure printing method, inkjet printing method, dispenser printing method. |# ^1 A photoelectric conversion element having a layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention is passed through. As long as the county plate is an electrode, an organic layer is formed, ...- 卩. As the material for the reduction plate, for example, glass, plastic, a film of a south molecule, and a money can be exemplified. In the case of an opaque substrate, the electrode on the opposite side (i.e., the electrode that is further from the substrate) is preferably transparent or translucent. For example, a conductive metal oxide film, a translucent metal film, or the like can be exemplified as the electrode material of the moon or the translucent. Specifically, a film made of a conductive material such as zinc oxide, tin oxide, or the like, indium, tin, r匕ΙΤ0), indium, zinc, or oxide is used, 324119 129 201247733 ΐΓΓΙ, gold, Platinum, silver, copper, etc. are preferably TM, indium, zinc, and tin. The method for producing the electrode may, for example, be a vacuum plating method, an ion plating method, a plating method or the like. As an electrode material, (4) stupid amines and

m等有機透明導電膜。再者,作為電極材料可使 用金屬、導電性高分子等,—對電極中之—電極較佳係功 函數小的材料。例如可使用鋰、鈉、鉀、铷、铯、鎂、鈣、 锶、鋇、產呂、釩、釩、辞、釔、銦、鈽、釤、銪、铽、鏡 等金屬,以及該等中之2個以上的合金,或該等中之上個 以上與金、銀、白金、銅、猛、鈦、始、鎳、鎢、錫中之 1個以上的合金,石墨或石墨層間化合物。就合金而言, 可例舉如鎂-銀合金、鎂-銦合金、鎂-鋁合金、銦一銀合金、 鋰-鋁合金、鋰-鎂合金、鋰_銦合金、鈣―鋁合金等。 作為用以提升光電轉換效率的手段,除了含有本發明 高分子化合物之層以外,可使用電荷分離層以外的附加的 中間層。就作為中間層所使用之材料而言,可使用氟化鋰 等鹼金屬,鹼土金屬之έ化物、氧化物等。又,可例舉氧 化鈦等無機半導體的微粒子、pED〇T(;聚_3, 4_伸乙基二氧基 嘆吩)等。 &lt;元件的用途&gt; 具有含有本發明高分子化合物之層之光電轉換元件, 藉由從透明或半透明的電極照射太陽光等光,電極間產生 光電壓,可作用為有機薄膜太陽電池。可積集複數個有機 薄膜太陽電池而作為有機薄膜太陽電池模組使用。 324119 130 201247733 又’在於電極間施加或未施加電壓之狀態下,從透明 或半透明之電極照射光,而使光電流流動,可作用為有機 光感測器。可藉由積集複數個有機光感測器而作為有機影 像感測器使用。 &lt;太陽電池模組&gt; 有機薄膜太陽電池可採取與以往的太陽電池模組基本 上相同的模組結構。太陽電池模組一般而言係於金屬、陶 鲁^等支#基板上構成單元(cell),於其上以填充樹脂或保 遵坡璃等覆蓋’從支樓基板的相反側取得光之結構,但亦 可為支撐基板使用強化玻璃等透明材料,於其上構成單元 教從該透明支樓基侧取得光之結構。具體而言,已知有稱 (super-straight type) &gt; ^^M (sub_straight 、)、封裝型(pelting type)之模組結構,非晶石夕太陽電 =等所用之基板一體型模組結構等。本發明有機薄膜太陽 t也亦可依使用目的、使用場所及環境而選擇適宜的模植 零結構。 代表性的超直型或次直型之模組係成為單侧或兩側為 透明且施行過抗反射處理之支撐基板之間以一定間隔配置 平元,相㈣單元彼此經由金屬導線或撓性配線等而連 ^ ’並於外緣部配置集電電極,以將產生的電力取出至外 #之結構。基板與單元之間為了㈣單元或提升集電效 率’可因應目的以薄膜或填充樹脂的形式使用乙嫦_乙酸乙 ^_(EVA)等各種種類的塑膠材料。 又,在來自外部的衝擊較少處等不需以硬的素材覆蓋 324li9 131 201247733 表面的場所使用時,以透明塑膠膜構成表面保護層,或藉 由使上述填充樹脂硬化而賦予保護功能,可去除單側的支 撐基板。支撐基板的周圍,為了確保内部的密封及模組的 剛性而用金屬製框架固定成三明治狀,支撐基板與框架之 間以密封材料密封。又,若於單元本身或支撐基板、填充 材料及密封材料使用可撓性素材,則可於曲面上構成太陽 電池。 使用聚合物薄膜等撓性支撐體之太陽電池時,一邊送 出輥狀的支撐體一邊依序形成單元,裁切成所期望的大小 後,周緣部用撓性且有防濕性的素材密封而可製作電池本 體。又,可採用 Solar Energy Materials and Solar Cel ls, 48,p383-391記載之稱為「SCAF」的模組結構。再者,使 用撓性支撐體的太陽電池可接著固定於曲面玻璃等後使 用。 (實施例) 以下依據實施例及比較例而更具體地說明本發明,但 本發明不限於以下實施例。 南分子化合物的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子 量(Μη)係使用凝膠滲透層析(Gpc)(T〇s〇H股份有限公司 製:HLC-8220GPC),換算成聚苯乙烯之重量平均分子量及 數量平均分子量而求得。又,測定的試料係以成為約〇 5 重里%之濃度的方式溶解於四氫咬喃,將L注入GPC 中。進一步,使用四氫呋喃作為GPC的移動相,以〇 5mL/ 分鐘的流速流動。高分子化合物的結構分析係藉由使用 324119 132 201247733An organic transparent conductive film such as m. Further, as the electrode material, a metal, a conductive polymer or the like can be used, and the electrode in the counter electrode is preferably a material having a small work function. For example, lithium, sodium, potassium, rubidium, cesium, magnesium, calcium, strontium, barium, uranium, vanadium, vanadium, rhodium, ruthenium, indium, osmium, iridium, osmium, iridium, mirror, etc., and the like can be used. Two or more alloys, or an alloy of one or more of gold, silver, platinum, copper, lanthanum, titanium, tin, nickel, tungsten, and tin, or a graphite or graphite intercalation compound. The alloy may, for example, be a magnesium-silver alloy, a magnesium-indium alloy, a magnesium-aluminum alloy, an indium-silver alloy, a lithium-aluminum alloy, a lithium-magnesium alloy, a lithium-indium alloy, a calcium-aluminum alloy or the like. As means for improving the photoelectric conversion efficiency, in addition to the layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention, an additional intermediate layer other than the charge separation layer can be used. As the material used as the intermediate layer, an alkali metal such as lithium fluoride, a halide of an alkaline earth metal, an oxide or the like can be used. Further, examples thereof include fine particles of an inorganic semiconductor such as titanium oxide, pED〇T (a poly- 3, 4-ethylhexyloxy sinter), and the like. &lt;Application of the element&gt; A photoelectric conversion element having a layer containing the polymer compound of the present invention can be used as an organic thin film solar cell by irradiating light such as sunlight from a transparent or translucent electrode to generate a photovoltage between the electrodes. It can be used as an organic thin film solar cell module by accumulating a plurality of organic thin film solar cells. 324119 130 201247733 Further, in a state where a voltage is applied or not applied between electrodes, light is irradiated from a transparent or translucent electrode, and a photocurrent flows to act as an organic photosensor. It can be used as an organic image sensor by accumulating a plurality of organic photo sensors. &lt;Solar Cell Module&gt; The organic thin film solar cell can adopt substantially the same module structure as the conventional solar cell module. In general, a solar cell module is formed on a substrate of a metal, a ceramic, or a ceramic substrate, and is covered with a resin or a glazing material to cover the light from the opposite side of the support substrate. However, a transparent material such as tempered glass may be used for the support substrate, and the structure may be configured to obtain light from the base side of the transparent support. Specifically, a module structure in which a super-straight type &gt; ^^M (sub_straight), a pelting type module structure, an amorphous stone solar power system, and the like are known is known. Structure, etc. The organic thin film sun t of the present invention can also select a suitable molded zero structure depending on the purpose of use, the place of use and the environment. A representative ultra-straight or sub-straight module is a flat element disposed at a certain interval between support substrates that are transparent on one side or both sides and subjected to anti-reflection treatment, and phase (four) units are mutually connected via metal wires or flexible The wiring or the like is connected and the collector electrode is disposed on the outer edge portion to take out the generated electric power to the outer structure. Between the substrate and the unit, various types of plastic materials such as acetonitrile-acetic acid ethyl acetate (EVA) may be used in the form of a film or a filled resin for the purpose of (iv) unit or lifting current efficiency. In addition, when it is used in a place where the surface of the 324li9 131 201247733 is not covered with a hard material, such as a small impact from the outside, the surface protective layer is formed of a transparent plastic film, or the protective resin is hardened to provide a protective function. Remove the support substrate on one side. The periphery of the support substrate is fixed in a sandwich shape by a metal frame in order to secure the internal seal and the rigidity of the module, and the support substrate and the frame are sealed with a sealing material. Further, if a flexible material is used for the unit itself, the support substrate, the filler, and the sealing material, the solar cell can be formed on the curved surface. When a solar cell of a flexible support such as a polymer film is used, a unit is sequentially formed while feeding a roll-shaped support, and after cutting to a desired size, the peripheral portion is sealed with a flexible and moisture-proof material. The battery body can be made. Further, a module structure called "SCAF" described in Solar Energy Materials and Solar Cels, 48, p383-391 can be used. Further, the solar cell using the flexible support can be used after being fixed to a curved glass or the like. (Examples) Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described based on examples and comparative examples, but the present invention is not limited to the following examples. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Μη) of the south molecular compound are determined by gel permeation chromatography (Gpc) (manufactured by T〇s〇H Co., Ltd.: HLC-8220GPC), and converted into the weight of polystyrene. The average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight are obtained. Further, the sample to be measured was dissolved in tetrahydrocyanate so as to have a concentration of about 5% by weight, and L was injected into GPC. Further, tetrahydrofuran was used as a mobile phase of GPC, and flowed at a flow rate of 〇 5 mL/min. Structural analysis of polymer compounds by using 324119 132 201247733

Varian公司製300MHzNMR光譜儀’ j-NMR解析而進行。又, 以成為20mg/mL的濃度的方式將試料溶解可溶重溶媒(溶 媒分子中的氫原子取代為重氫原子之溶媒)中而進行測定。 [實施例1] 化合物A的合成 使反應谷器内成為氣氣境後’將5 -漠-2 -經基节酸 (92. 85g)、乙醇(1140mL)、及濃硫酸(45mL)進行回流48小 時,減壓濃縮後添加乙酸乙酿(100OmL),以水及1 〇重量% • 碳酸鈉水溶液洗淨有機層。以無水硫酸鈉使有機層乾燥, 減壓濃縮後所得之粗生成物用矽凝膠管柱層析精製,得到 化合物A(95. 38g ’收率91%)。 ΟThe 300-MHz NMR spectrometer manufactured by Varian Co., Ltd. was analyzed by j-NMR. Further, the sample was dissolved in a soluble heavy solvent (a solvent in which a hydrogen atom in a solvent molecule was substituted with a heavy hydrogen atom) so as to have a concentration of 20 mg/mL. [Example 1] Synthesis of Compound A After the gas in the reaction vessel was made into a gas atmosphere, '5-gly-2 - refluxed with levulinic acid (92.85 g), ethanol (1140 mL), and concentrated sulfuric acid (45 mL) was refluxed. After 48 hours, concentrate under reduced pressure, and then add acetic acid (100 mL), and wash the organic layer with water and 1% by weight of sodium carbonate solution. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate (MgSO4). Ο

化合物ACompound A

[實施例2] • 化合物B的合成 使反應谷器内成為氣氣環境後’將化合物A(95 Og)、 聯硼酸頻哪醇酯(108. 5g)、[1,1’ -雙(二苯基膦基)二茂鐵] 二氣把(Π)二氣曱院加成物(3. 3g)、1,1’ -雙(二苯基膦基) 二茂鐵(2.2g)、乙酸鉀(117. 2g)、及1,4-二卩琴烧(i.3L)在 105°C攪拌22小時,將所得反應混合物過濾,以二曙烧及 曱苯洗淨。將濾液減壓濃縮後添加乙酸乙酯,以飽和食鹽 水洗淨’以無水硫酸納使有機層乾燥後減壓濃縮。所得之 324119 133 201247733 粗生成物用矽凝膠管柱層析精製,得到化合物B(90. lg ’ 308mmol)。[Example 2] • Synthesis of Compound B: After reacting the inside of the reaction vessel into an air-gas atmosphere, 'Compound A (95 Og), boranoic acid pinacol ester (108. 5 g), [1, 1' - double (two Phenylphosphino)ferrocene] Digas (Π) Digas broth Additive (3.3 g), 1,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene (2.2 g), acetic acid Potassium (117. 2 g) and 1,4-dioxin (i.3L) were stirred at 105 ° C for 22 hours, and the resulting reaction mixture was filtered and washed with dioxane and benzene. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure, and ethyl acetate was added and washed with saturated brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The obtained crude product was purified by hydrazine gel column chromatography to give Compound B (90. lg ' 308 mmol).

[實施例3] 化合物C的合成[Example 3] Synthesis of Compound C

使反應容器内成為氮氣環境後,將化合物B(60. 〇lg)、 1,4-二溴-2-碘苯(111.61g,用 Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2008, p. 888-890所記載之方法合成)、肆(三苯基膦)鈀(0) (12. 32g)、碳酸銀(84.95g)、及四氫呋喃(1200mL)在 65°C 授拌11小時,將所得反應混合物過滤,並以四氫吱南及甲 苯洗淨。將濾液減壓濃縮後用矽凝膠管柱層析精製,得到 化合物 C(36. 82g)。 〇After making the inside of the reaction vessel into a nitrogen atmosphere, Compound B (60. 〇lg), 1,4-dibromo-2-iodobenzene (111.61 g, using Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2008, p. 888-890 The method described was synthesized), hydrazine (triphenylphosphine) palladium (0) (12.32 g), silver carbonate (84.95 g), and tetrahydrofuran (1200 mL) were mixed at 65 ° C for 11 hours, and the resulting reaction mixture was filtered. And washed with tetrahydrofuran and toluene. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by silica gel column chromatography to afford Compound C (36. 82 g). 〇

[實施例4] 化合物D的合成 使反應容器内成為氮氣環境後,將化合物C(22. 0g)、 2-[ 2-(2-曱氧基乙氧基)乙氧基]乙基•對-曱苯磺酸酯 324119 134 201247733 (17· 8g)、二曱基曱醯胺(370mL)、碳酸鉀(18· 31g)、及 1,4,7,10,13,16-六氧雜環十八烷(亦稱為「18-冠醚-6」) (2. 30g)在95°C攪拌14小時,所得反應混合物中添加水並 以乙酸乙酯萃取。以飽和食鹽水將有機層洗淨並以無水硫 酸鈉乾燥,減壓濃縮後所得之粗生成物用矽凝膠管柱層析 精製,得到化合物D(26.30g)。 *H NMR (400MHz, CDCh, rt) (5 (ppm) 1.38 (3H), 3.38 (3H), 3.55 (2H), 3.62-3.71 .(4H), 3.78C2H), 3. 93 (2H), 4. 25 (2H), 4. 36 (2H), 7.04 (1H), 7.32 (1H), 7.44-7.53 (3H), 7.80 (1H). 〇[Example 4] Synthesis of Compound D After the inside of the reaction vessel was brought to a nitrogen atmosphere, Compound C (2. 0 g), 2-[2-(2-decyloxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethyl -Toluenesulfonate 324119 134 201247733 (17·8g), dimethyl decylamine (370mL), potassium carbonate (18·31g), and 1,4,7,10,13,16-hexahydroheterocycle Octadecane (also referred to as "18-crown-6") (2.30 g) was stirred at 95 ° C for 14 hours, and water was added to the obtained mixture and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with brine and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. *H NMR (400MHz, CDCh, rt) (5 (ppm) 1.38 (3H), 3.38 (3H), 3.55 (2H), 3.62-3.71 .(4H), 3.78C2H), 3. 93 (2H), 4 . 25 (2H), 4. 36 (2H), 7.04 (1H), 7.32 (1H), 7.44-7.53 (3H), 7.80 (1H). 〇

® [實施例5] 化合物E的合成 使反應容器内成氮氣氣流下之後,將2, 7-二溴-9-苐 酮(121. 9g)、兒茶酚(883. lg)、3-酼基丙酸(4. 87g)、及濃 硫酸(18.4g)混合,在125°C攪拌2小時。將所得混合物放 冷,將其添加於冰水中而生成之固體過滤而分離出來。將 所得固體溶解於乙醇中,將乙醇溶液添加於己烷中而生成 之固體過濾而分離出來,得到化合物E(168. lg)。 324119 135 201247733® [Example 5] Synthesis of Compound E After the reaction vessel was purged with nitrogen, 2,7-dibromo-9-fluorenone (121. 9 g), catechol (883. lg), 3-酼Propionic acid (4.87 g) and concentrated sulfuric acid (18.4 g) were mixed and stirred at 125 ° C for 2 hours. The resulting mixture was allowed to cool, and the resulting solid was added to ice water to be filtered and separated. The obtained solid was dissolved in ethanol, and the solid obtained by adding the ethanol solution to hexane was filtered and separated to give Compound E (168. lg). 324119 135 201247733

[實施例6] 化合物F的合成 使反應谷益内成氮氣氣流下後’將化合物E (13 8知)、 • 2_[2—(2_曱氧基乙氧基)乙氧基]乙基對-曱笨磺酸酯 (408.6g)、碳酸鉀(358.5g)、及乙腈(2.5L)混合,加熱回 流3小時。放冷後,將所得反應混合物過濾而分離出來, 將濾、液減壓濃縮後用石夕凝膠管柱層析精製,得到化合物ρ (109.4)。 h3c(oh2ch2c)3o^〇(CH2ch2o&gt;3ch3[Example 6] Synthesis of Compound F After the reaction was carried out under a nitrogen gas stream, 'Compound E (13 8), • 2_[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethoxy)ethyl The mixture was mixed with hydrazine sulfonate (408.6 g), potassium carbonate (358.5 g), and acetonitrile (2.5 L), and heated under reflux for 3 hours. After allowing to cool, the obtained reaction mixture was filtered and separated, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by silica gel column chromatography to afford compound ρ (109.4). H3c(oh2ch2c)3o^〇(CH2ch2o&gt;3ch3

^ 化合物F^ Compound F

[實施例7] 化合物G的合成 使反應容器内成為氮氣環境後,將化合物F(1〇12g)、 聯硼酸頻哪醇酯(53. Ig)、雙(二笨基膦基)二茂鐵] 一氣纪(II)一氯甲烧錯合物(3. 7g)、1,1’ -雙(二苯基膦基) 二茂鐵(5.4g)、乙酸鉀(90.6g)、及二噚烷(9〇〇mL)混合, 於110°C加熱’加熱回流8小時。放冷後,將所得反應液 過濾,將濾液減壓濃縮後用矽凝膠管柱層析精製,得到.化 324119 136 201247733 合物 G(51.4g)。[Example 7] Synthesis of Compound G After the inside of the reaction vessel was made into a nitrogen atmosphere, Compound F (1〇12g), boronic acid pinacol ester (53. Ig), bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene a gas (II) monochloromethane complex (3.7 g), 1,1'-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene (5.4 g), potassium acetate (90.6 g), and diterpenoid The alkane (9 〇〇 mL) was mixed and heated at 110 ° C and heated to reflux for 8 hours. After the mixture was allowed to cool, the obtained reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by silica gel column chromatography to afford compound 324119 136 201247733.

H3C(OH2CH2C}30 . / 'Ssi^s'0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 化合物GH3C(OH2CH2C}30 . / 'Ssi^s'0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 Compound G

[實施例8] 高分子化合物A的合成[Example 8] Synthesis of polymer compound A

φ 使反應容器内成為氬氣環境之後,將化合物G (1. 09g)、化合物D(〇 41g)、二氯雙(三苯基膦)鈀(1. lmg)、 氣化甲基三辛基銨(Aldrich製,商品名Aliquat336(註冊 商標))(8mg)、曱苯(18mL)、及2mol/L碳酸鈉水溶液(2mL) 在l〇5°C攪拌23小時,然後添加苯基硼酸(37mg),在105 °C攪拌6小時。於所得反應混合物中添加水並攪拌,將有 機層減壓濃縮而得到高分子化合物L(1.26g)。高分子化合 物L之換算成聚苯乙烯之數量平均分子量係8χ1〇3。高分子 Φ 化合物Α包含式(Α)所示結構單元。After φ is made into an argon atmosphere in the reaction vessel, compound G (1.09 g), compound D (〇41 g), dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (1.1 mg), vaporized methyltrioctyl group Ammonium (manufactured by Aldrich, trade name Aliquat 336 (registered trademark)) (8 mg), terpene (18 mL), and 2 mol/L sodium carbonate aqueous solution (2 mL) were stirred at 10 ° C for 23 hours, and then phenylboric acid (37 mg) was added. ), stirring at 105 ° C for 6 hours. Water was added to the obtained reaction mixture and stirred, and the organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure to give polymer compound L (1.26 g). The number average molecular weight of the polymer compound L converted to polystyrene is 8χ1〇3. The polymer Φ compound Α contains a structural unit represented by the formula (Α).

,0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 卜 cooch2ch3 [實施例9] 高分子化合物A之鉋鹽(共軛高分子化合物1)的合成 324119 137 201247733 使反應容器内成為氩氣環境之後,將高分子化合物a (0.20g)、四氫吱喃(i3mL)、甲醇(6mL)、氫氧化絶一水合 物(40mg)、及水(⑷在7〇以拌4小時,將所得反應混 合物進行減壓濃縮。添加水於固體並過滤,將固體乾燥而 得到共輛高分子化合物1(().l9g)。共軛高分子化合物i包 含式(B)所示結構單元。0(CH2CH2〇)3CH3 Bucooch2ch3 [Example 9] Synthesis of the polymer compound A of the planing salt (conjugated polymer compound 1) 324119 137 201247733 After the inside of the reaction vessel was made into an argon atmosphere, the polymer compound a ( 0.20 g), tetrahydrofuran (i3 mL), methanol (6 mL), hydrogen peroxide monohydrate (40 mg), and water ((4) were mixed at 7 Torr for 4 hours, and the obtained reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The solid was filtered, and the solid was dried to obtain a total of a polymer compound 1 ((1. 9 g). The conjugated polymer compound i contained a structural unit represented by the formula (B).

[參考例1] 聚胺曱酸酯鈉鹽(非共軛高分子化合物丨)的合成 使反應容器内成為氮氣環境後,將1,3_ 丁二醇 (1. Og)、二月桂酸二丁基錫(7. 5mg)、及二甲基醇丙酸(〇. 5g) φ 放入l〇()mL燒瓶中,添加DMF(50mL),在90〇C攪拌30分鐘。 其後,添加異佛酮二異氰酸酯(3. 3g),在9(TC加熱3小時。 對於含有此階段所传之高分子化合物的溶液,依照前述方 法進行GPC測定,測定高分子化合物的分子量,換算成聚 苯乙烯之數量平均分子量為1.9χ103,換算成聚笨乙烯之重 量平均分子量為3.0xl〇3。其後,將所得反應液的溫度降至 6 0 C,添加1Μ風氧化納水溶液進行中和。在6 q 復授伴1 小時後,從反應液將溶媒饀去而得到白色固體(2. 0g)。將 所得白色固體稱為非共輛高分子化合物1。再者,非共轭[Reference Example 1] Synthesis of polyamine phthalate sodium salt (non-conjugated polymer compound hydrazine) After the inside of the reaction vessel was placed in a nitrogen atmosphere, 1,3-butanediol (1.0 g, dibutyltin dilaurate) was added. (7.5 mg) and dimethylolpropionic acid (〇5 g) φ were placed in a 1 mL flask, DMF (50 mL) was added, and stirred at 90 ° C for 30 minutes. Thereafter, isophorone diisocyanate (3.3 g) was added and heated at 9 (TC for 3 hours. The solution containing the polymer compound transferred at this stage was subjected to GPC measurement according to the above method, and the molecular weight of the polymer compound was measured. The number average molecular weight converted to polystyrene is 1.9χ103, and the weight average molecular weight converted to polystyrene is 3.0xl〇3. Thereafter, the temperature of the obtained reaction liquid is lowered to 60 C, and a hurricane oxide nano-aqueous solution is added. Neutralization. After 1 hour of compounding, the solvent was decanted from the reaction solution to obtain a white solid (2.0 g). The obtained white solid was referred to as non-copolymer compound 1. Further, non-conjugated

324119 138 S 201247733 高分子化合物1含有式(c)所示結構單元324119 138 S 201247733 Polymer Compound 1 contains a structural unit represented by formula (c)

PH3H2H 9 h2h2H 9 C N-C-O—c -c—C· ch3 3 H3C CH3 COONa (C) [實施例10] 電激發光元件1的製作PH3H2H 9 h2h2H 9 C N-C-O-c -c-C· ch3 3 H3C CH3 COONa (C) [Example 10] Production of electroluminescent element 1

將電洞注入材料溶液塗布在玻璃基板表面成膜圖案化 的ΙΤ0陽極(厚度:45nm)上,藉由旋轉塗佈法以使厚度成 為60nm的方式將電洞注入層成膜。將成膜有電洞注入層之 玻璃基板在氮氣環境下,在200°C加熱10分鐘,使電洞注 入層不溶解化’將基板自然冷卻至室溫,得到形成有電洞 注入層之基板。 在此電洞注入材料溶液使用從Plextronics公司取得 之聚β塞吩•續酸系的電洞注入材料之AQ-1200。 接著,將電洞輸送性高分子材料與二甲苯混合。得到 φ 含有0.7重量%的電洞輸送性高分子材料之電洞輸送層形 成用組成物。 在此,電洞輸送性高分子材料係用以下方法合成。 使反應容器内的氣體成為惰性氣體環境後,將2, 7-二 溴-9,9-二(辛基)第(1.4这)、2,7-雙(4,4,5,5-四曱基-1’ 3, 2-二氧雜硼雜環戊烷-2-基)_9, 9_二(辛基)第 (6. 4g)、Ν,Ν-雙(4-溴苯基)-Ν’,Ν、雙(4-丁基苯基)-1,4- 伸苯基二胺(4. lg)、雙(4-溴苯基)苯并環丁烯胺(〇. 6g)、 324119 139 201247733 四乙基氫氧化銨(1. 7g)、乙酸鈀(4. 5mg)、三(2-曱氧基苯 基)膦(0. 03g)、曱笨(i〇〇mL)混合,將所得混合物在1〇〇。〇 加熱攪拌2小時。接著,添加苯基硼酸(〇. 〇6g),將所得混 合物攪拌10小時。放冷後’去除水層,添加二乙基二硫胺 甲酸鈉水溶液並攪拌後,去除水層,將有機層以水、3重 量%乙酸水溶液洗淨。將有機層注入曱醇中,使固體沉澱 後,將濾取的固體再度溶解於甲苯中,於矽膠及氧化鋁的 管枉通液。將含有固體之溶出曱苯溶液回收,將所回收的 籲前述曱苯溶液注入甲醇中,使固體沉澱。滤取沉殿的固體 後在5GC真空乾燥’得到電洞輸送性高分子材料。電洞輸 送性问刀子材料之換算成聚苯乙烯之重量平均分子量為 3. OxlO5 ° 將電洞輸送層形成用組成物藉由旋轉塗佈法塗布在形 成有上述所得之電洞注入層的基板之電洞注入層上,得到 厚度20nm塗膜。將設置有該塗膜之基板在氮氣環境下,在 180 C加熱60分鐘,使塗膜不溶解化後,自然冷卻至室溫, 得到形成有電洞輸送層之基板。 接者’將發光高分子材料與二曱苯混合,得到含有1.4 重量%的發光高分子材料之發光層形成用組成物。 在此’發光高分子材料係用以下方法合成。 使反應容器内成為惰性氣體環境後,將2, 7_二漠-9, 9-二(辛基)苐(9. 〇g)、N,N,_雙(4_溴苯基)_N,N, _雙(4_第三 丁基-2’6-二甲基笨基)14_伸苯基二胺(1.如、27_雙 (^’ 4’ 5’ 5四曱基3, 2~二氧雜硼雜環戊烧一2-基)_9, 9- 324119 140 201247733 二(4-己基苯基)g(13.4g)、四乙基氫氧化錄(43 〇g)、乙 酉夂鈀(8mg)、二(2-甲氧基苯基)膦(〇. 〇5g)、及甲苯(2〇〇乩) 混合’將所得之混合物在9〇。(:加熱授拌8小時。接著,添 加苯基硼酸(0.22g),將所得之混合物授摔14小時。放冷 後,去除水層’添加二乙基二硫胺甲酸鈉水溶液並攪拌後 去除水層’將有機廣以水、3重量%乙酸水溶液洗淨。將 有機層注入甲醇中,使固體沉澱後,將濾取的固體再度溶 解於曱苯,於石夕膠及氧化銘的管柱通液。將含有固體之溶 Λ甲苯溶液回收,將所回收的前述甲苯溶液注人曱醇中, 使固體沉澱。將沉澱固體在5(rc真空乾燥,得到發光高分 子材料(12. 5)g。藉由凝膠滲透層析,所得之發光高分子材 料之換算成聚苯乙烯之重量平均分子量為3. 1χ1〇5。 將發光層形成用組成物藉由旋轉塗佈法塗布在形成有 上述所得之電洞輸送層之基板的電洞輸送層上,得到厚度 80nm的塗膜。將設置有該塗膜之基板在氮氣環境下,在13〇 ,φ °C加熱10分鐘,使溶媒蒸發後,自然冷卻至室溫,得到形 成有發光層之基板。 將甲醇與共輛南分子化合物1混合,得到含有〇. 2重 里%的共輛尚分子化合物1之溶液。將前述溶液藉由旋轉 塗佈法塗布在形成有上述所得發光層之基板的發光層上, 得到厚度10nm的塗膜。設置有該塗膜之基板在氮氣環境 下,在130 C加熱10分鐘,使溶媒蒸發後,自然冷卻至室 溫,得到形成有含有共軛高分子化合物丨之層之基板。 將形成有含有上述所得共軛高分子化合物1之層之基 324119 141 201247733 板插入真空蒸鍍裝置内,藉由真空蒸鍍法於該層上使A1成 膜80nm,形成陰極,製造積層結構體1。 將上述所得積層結構體1從真空裝置取出,在氮氣環 境下,用密封玻璃與2液混合型環氧樹脂密封,得到電激 發光元件1。 [比較例1 ] 電激發光元件C1的製作 實施例10中,除了不形成含有共軛高分子化合物1之 層,並直接形成陰極以外,其餘與實施例10同樣操作,得 到電激發光元件C1。 [比較例2] 電激發光元件C2的製作 實施例10中,除了使用非共軛高分子化合物1代替共 軛高分子化合物1以外,其餘與實施例10同樣操作,得到 電激發光元件C2。 φ [測定] 於上述所得之電激發光元件1、Cl、C2施加10V的順 向電壓,測定發光亮度與發光效率。結果表示於表1。 324119 142 201247733 [表1 ] 高分子化合物 陰極 發光亮度 (cd/m2) 發光效率 (cd/A) 實施例10 (電激發光元件1) 共軛高分子化合物1 A1 153. 6 1.12 比較例1 (電激發光元件C1) 無 A1 1. 50 0. 01 比較例2 (電激發光元件C2) 非共軛高分子化合物1 A1 0. 74 0. 01The hole injecting material solution was applied onto a film-patterned ΙΤ0 anode (thickness: 45 nm) on the surface of the glass substrate, and the hole injection layer was formed into a film by a spin coating method so as to have a thickness of 60 nm. The glass substrate on which the hole injection layer was formed was heated in a nitrogen atmosphere at 200 ° C for 10 minutes to insolubilize the hole injection layer. The substrate was naturally cooled to room temperature to obtain a substrate on which a hole injection layer was formed. . In this hole injection material solution, AQ-1200 of a poly-β plug-and-acid-based hole injection material obtained from Plextronics was used. Next, the hole transporting polymer material is mixed with xylene. A composition for forming a hole transport layer containing φ of 0.7% by weight of a hole transporting polymer material was obtained. Here, the hole transporting polymer material was synthesized by the following method. After the gas in the reaction vessel is made into an inert gas atmosphere, 2,7-dibromo-9,9-di(octyl) (1.4), 2,7-bis (4,4,5,5-four) Mercapto-1' 3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-9,9-di(octyl) (6.4 g), anthracene, fluorene-bis(4-bromophenyl) -Ν', Ν, bis(4-butylphenyl)-1,4-phenylenediamine (4. lg), bis(4-bromophenyl)benzocyclobuteneamine (〇. 6g) , 324119 139 201247733 tetraethylammonium hydroxide (1.7 g), palladium acetate (4.5 mg), tris(2-decyloxyphenyl)phosphine (0.03 g), hydrazine (i〇〇mL) mixed The resulting mixture was at 1 Torr.加热 Stir and heat for 2 hours. Next, phenylboric acid (〇6 g) was added, and the resulting mixture was stirred for 10 hours. After allowing to cool, the aqueous layer was removed, and aqueous sodium diethyldithiocarbamate solution was added and stirred, and then the aqueous layer was removed, and the organic layer was washed with water and a 3% by weight aqueous acetic acid solution. The organic layer was poured into decyl alcohol to precipitate a solid, and the filtered solid was again dissolved in toluene, and passed through a solution of tantalum and alumina. The solution of the dissolved terpene containing solid was recovered, and the recovered toluene solution was poured into methanol to precipitate a solid. The solid of the sink was filtered and dried under vacuum at 5GC to obtain a hole transporting polymer material. The weight-average molecular weight of the material of the hole transporting knives converted to polystyrene is 3. OxlO5 ° The composition for forming a hole transport layer is applied to the substrate on which the hole injection layer obtained as described above is formed by spin coating. The hole was injected into the layer to obtain a coating film having a thickness of 20 nm. The substrate provided with the coating film was heated at 180 C for 60 minutes in a nitrogen atmosphere to insolubilize the coating film, and then naturally cooled to room temperature to obtain a substrate on which the hole transport layer was formed. The splicer's luminescent polymer material was mixed with diterpene benzene to obtain a composition for forming a light-emitting layer containing 1.4% by weight of a luminescent polymer material. Here, the luminescent polymer material was synthesized by the following method. After the inside of the reaction vessel is made into an inert gas atmosphere, 2,7-dimo-9,9-di(octyl)phosphonium (9. 〇g), N,N,_bis(4-bromophenyl)_N, N, _bis(4_t-butyl-2'6-dimethylphenyl) 14_phenylene diamine (1., 27_double (^' 4' 5' 5 tetradecyl 3, 2~Dioxaborolane-2-yl)_9, 9-324119 140 201247733 Di(4-hexylphenyl)g (13.4g), tetraethyl hydroxide (43 〇g), acetamidine Palladium (8 mg), bis(2-methoxyphenyl)phosphine (〇. 〇 5 g), and toluene (2 〇〇乩) were mixed 'The resulting mixture was 9 Torr. (: Heated for 8 hours.) Phenylboronic acid (0.22g) was added, and the resulting mixture was dropped for 14 hours. After cooling, the aqueous layer was removed, and the aqueous solution of sodium diethyldithiocarbamate was added and stirred to remove the aqueous layer. The organic layer is poured into methanol to precipitate the solid, and then the solid precipitated is dissolved again in the benzene, and the solution is passed through the column of Shixia and Oxidation. The solution is recovered, and the recovered toluene solution is injected into the solution. The solid is precipitated, and the precipitated solid is dried in vacuo at 5 (rc to obtain a luminescent polymer material (12.5) g. The weight of the obtained luminescent polymer material is converted into polystyrene by gel permeation chromatography. The average molecular weight was 3.1χ1〇5. The composition for forming a light-emitting layer was applied onto the hole transport layer of the substrate on which the hole transport layer obtained above was formed by a spin coating method to obtain a coating film having a thickness of 80 nm. The substrate provided with the coating film was heated in a nitrogen atmosphere at 13 Torr and φ ° C for 10 minutes to evaporate the solvent, and then naturally cooled to room temperature to obtain a substrate on which a light-emitting layer was formed. 1 was mixed to obtain a solution containing a total of 2% by weight of the total molecular compound 1. The solution was applied onto the light-emitting layer of the substrate on which the above-mentioned obtained light-emitting layer was formed by a spin coating method to obtain a coating film having a thickness of 10 nm. The substrate provided with the coating film was heated at 130 C for 10 minutes in a nitrogen atmosphere to evaporate the solvent, and then naturally cooled to room temperature to obtain a substrate on which a layer containing a conjugated polymer compound ruthenium was formed. The base 324119 141 201247733 containing the layer of the conjugated polymer compound 1 obtained above was inserted into a vacuum vapor deposition apparatus, and A1 was formed into a film of 80 nm on the layer by a vacuum deposition method to form a cathode, thereby producing a laminated structure 1. The laminated structure 1 obtained above was taken out from a vacuum apparatus, and sealed with a two-liquid mixed epoxy resin in a nitrogen atmosphere to obtain an electroluminescent device 1. [Comparative Example 1] Production Example of Electroluminescent Device C1 In the same manner as in Example 10 except that the layer containing the conjugated polymer compound 1 was not formed and the cathode was directly formed, the electroluminescent device C1 was obtained. [Comparative Example 2] Preparation of Electroluminescent Device C2 In the same manner as in Example 10 except that the non-conjugated polymer compound 1 was used instead of the conjugated polymer compound 1, the electroluminescent device C2 was obtained. φ [Measurement] A forward voltage of 10 V was applied to the electroluminescent devices 1, Cl, and C2 obtained above, and the luminance and the luminous efficiency were measured. The results are shown in Table 1. 324119 142 201247733 [Table 1] Cathodoluminescence luminance (cd/m2) of polymer compound Luminous efficiency (cd/A) Example 10 (electroluminescence device 1) Conjugated polymer compound 1 A1 153. 6 1.12 Comparative Example 1 ( Electroluminescent device C1) None A1 1. 50 0. 01 Comparative Example 2 (Electroluminescent device C2) Non-conjugated polymer compound 1 A1 0. 74 0. 01

【圖式簡單說明】 無。 【主要元件符號說明】 無。 143 324119[Simple description of the diagram] None. [Main component symbol description] None. 143 324119

Claims (1)

201247733 七、申請專利範圍: 1· 一種電子裝置,具備含有高分子化合物之層作為電荷注 入層及/或電荷輸送層,該高分子化合物具有選自式(1) 所示結構單元及式(14)所示結構單元所成之群之丨種 以上的結構單元; R1201247733 VII. Patent application scope: 1. An electronic device having a layer containing a polymer compound as a charge injection layer and/or a charge transport layer, the polymer compound having a structural unit selected from the formula (1) and a formula (14) a structural unit of more than one of the group of structural units shown; R1 (R2W(R2W (1) (式(1)中, R1表示式(2)或式(3)所示之基, R2表示式(4)所示之基,(1) In the formula (1), R1 represents a group represented by the formula (2) or the formula (3), and R2 represents a group represented by the formula (4). -R3 m2表示1至3的整數; R2有複數個時,可為相同或相異; 式(1)中的氫原子可經R1、κ2以外的取代基取代) { (Q1) nl —Y1 (M1) al (ζ Μ b 1 J m3 (2) (式(2)中, R表不單鍵或可具有取代基之(l+m3)價有機基, Q1表示2價有機基, 表不-C〇2、-s〇3-、—s〇2-、_p〇32j_B(Ra)3-, M表不金屬陽離子,或者表示可具有取代基之銨陽 離子, 表不 F、C1、Βγ—、Γ、〇H-、B(Ra)4-、Ras〇3_、Rac〇〇_、 324119 201247733 ci〇-、ci〇2'c1〇3、、ci P〇43- ' HP〇42- &gt; H2p〇 - 、CN、N〇3、s〇42—、HS〇4-、 _ H2P〇4、BF,或 PFV, nl表不0以上的整數, 擇; 不之基的電荷成為〇之方式選 可且有有取代基之碳原子數1至30的燒A戈 叮具^代基之•子數6至50的絲,坑基或 R表不可具有取代基之碳 可具有取代基1科數6 W0的芳基,的燒基或 丨;…表不1 U上的整數;惟’ R3為單鍵時,m3表示 Q1 、 Y1 、 M1 、 z1 、 n1 1 為相同或相異)Lb1各別有複數個時,可 Y2 (M2) a2 (Z2) bz} -R4- { (Q2) n: 3) (式(3)中, '表不單鍵或可具有取代基之(1+m4)價有機基, Q表示2價有機基, Y2表示碳陽離子、銨陽離子 或錤陽離子, 哥離于‘%離子 C.O-MC^Fc;〇Cr'Br'r'〇r'B(Rb)-RbS〇-^00-^ P(),二2Wunim P〇4、HP〇4、H2p〇4-、BF4-或 PFV, Z2表示金屬陽離子,或者表示可具有取代基之錄陽 324119 2 201247733 離子, n2表示0以上的整數, a2表示1以上的整數,b2表示0以上的整數;惟, a2及b2係以使式(3)所示之基的電荷成為0之方式選 擇; Rb表示可具有取代基之碳原子數1至30的烷基或 可具有取代基之碳原子數6至50的芳基, m4表示1以上的整數;惟,R4為單鍵時,m4表示 1 ; Q2、Y2、Μ2、Z2、n2、a2、b2各別有複數個時,可 為相同或相異) -R5- { (Q3) n3-Y3} m5 (4) (式(4)中, R5表示單鍵或可具有取代基之(l+m5)價有機基, Q3表示2價有機基, Y3表示氰基或式(5)至(13)中任一式所示之基, n3表示0以上的整數, m5表示1以上的整數;惟,R5為單鍵時,ιη5表示 1 ; Q3、Y3及n3各別有複數個時,可為相同或相異) —Ο-(R’ O) a3 —R’ ’ (5) -R&quot;,-0 wa3⑸ 324119 3 11) 201247733 -s- (R,S) “-R,, (7) (8) (9) (1 3) —C (=0) - (R’ 一C (=0) ) a4-R,, —C (=S) - (R’ 一C (=S) ) a4 —R,, -N { (R’)a4R’,} 2 (10) —C ( = 0) O— (R’ 一C (=0) O) “一r,, -C ( = 0)0_ (R,O) “-R,, (i 2) -NHC (=0) - (R* NHC (=0) ) a4-R&gt; (式(5)至(13)中, R’表示可具有取代基之2價烴基,-R3 m2 represents an integer from 1 to 3; when R2 has a plurality of plural, it may be the same or different; the hydrogen atom in the formula (1) may be substituted by a substituent other than R1, κ2) { (Q1) nl - Y1 ( M1) al (ζ Μ b 1 J m3 (2) (In the formula (2), R represents a single bond or a (l+m3) valence organic group which may have a substituent, and Q1 represents a divalent organic group, and represents -C 〇2, -s〇3-, -s〇2-, _p〇32j_B(Ra)3-, M represents no metal cation, or represents an ammonium cation which may have a substituent, and represents F, C1, Βγ-, Γ 〇H-, B(Ra)4-, Ras〇3_, Rac〇〇_, 324119 201247733 ci〇-, ci〇2'c1〇3,, ci P〇43- ' HP〇42- &gt; H2p〇 - , CN, N〇3, s〇42—, HS〇4-, _H2P〇4, BF, or PFV, nl is not an integer greater than 0, and the charge of the base is selected as A carbon atom having 1 to 30 carbon atoms having a substituent, a subunit of 6 to 50, a pit group or an R group having no substituent, the carbon may have a substituent 1 group 6 W0 The aryl group, the alkyl group or the oxime; ... represents an integer on 1 U; but when 'R3 is a single bond, m3 represents Q1, Y1 , M1, z1, and n1 1 are the same or different. When there are multiple numbers of Lb1, Y2 (M2) a2 (Z2) bz} -R4- { (Q2) n: 3) (in equation (3), 'There is no single bond or a (1+m4) valent organic group which may have a substituent, Q represents a divalent organic group, Y2 represents a carbocation, an ammonium cation or a phosphonium cation, and is distinguished from '% ion CO-MC^Fc; Cr'Br'r'〇r'B(Rb)-RbS〇-^00-^ P(), 2 2Wunim P〇4, HP〇4, H2p〇4-, BF4- or PFV, Z2 represents a metal cation, Or, it may represent a cation of 324119 2 201247733 which may have a substituent, n2 represents an integer of 0 or more, a2 represents an integer of 1 or more, and b2 represents an integer of 0 or more; however, a2 and b2 are represented by the formula (3). The base charge is selected as 0; Rb represents an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and m4 represents an integer of 1 or more; When R4 is a single bond, m4 represents 1; when Q2, Y2, Μ2, Z2, n2, a2, and b2 have a plurality of plural, they may be the same or different) -R5- { (Q3) n3-Y3} m5 ( 4) (In equation (4), R5 represents a single bond or a (l+m5)valent organic group having a substituent, Q3 represents a divalent organic group, Y3 represents a cyano group or a group represented by any one of the formulae (5) to (13), n3 represents an integer of 0 or more, and m5 represents An integer of 1 or more; however, when R5 is a single bond, ιη5 represents 1; when Q3, Y3, and n3 have a plurality of plural, they may be the same or different) - Ο - (R' O) a3 - R' ' ( 5) -R&quot;,-0 wa3(5) 324119 3 11) 201247733 -s- (R,S) “-R,, (7) (8) (9) (1 3) —C (=0) - (R' a C (=0) ) a4-R,, -C (=S) - (R' - C (=S) ) a4 -R,, -N { (R')a4R',} 2 (10) — C ( = 0) O—(R' - C (=0) O) "一r,, -C ( = 0)0_ (R,O) "-R,, (i 2) -NHC (=0) - (R* NHC (=0) ) a4-R&gt; (In the formulae (5) to (13), R' represents a divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, R’’表示氫原子、可具有取代基之1價烴基、羧美、 磺酸基、羥基、巯基、-NRC2、氰基或_C(==〇)nr、,土、 R’’’表示可具有取代基之3價烴基, a3表示1以上的整數’ a4表示〇以上的整數, Rc表示可具有取代基之碳原子數丨至Μ的燒 可具有取代基之碳原子數6至5〇的芳基, 土 4 及R’’’各別有複數個時,;'為相同或相異)R'' represents a hydrogen atom, a monovalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, a carboxy group, a sulfonic acid group, a hydroxyl group, a fluorenyl group, a -NRC2 group, a cyano group or a _C(==〇)nr, and a soil, R''' a trivalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, a3 represents an integer of 1 or more 'a4 represents an integer above 〇, and Rc represents a carbon atom which may have a substituent 丨 to Μ. The number of carbon atoms which may have a substituent is 6 to 5 〇 Of aryl, soil 4 and R''' each have a plurality of; 'for the same or different) (式(⑷中, R6表示式(15)或式(16)所示之基, R7表示前述式(4)所示之基, …· w王d的整數,· 复數個時,可為相同或相異; 式(⑷t的4原子可㈣6、心外的取代基取 324119 4 (15) (15) 201247733 —R8—{(Q1)n1-Y1(M1)a1(Z1)b1}m8 «Q3)n3-Y3}m9 (式(15)中, R8表示可具有取代基之(1+m8+m9)價有機基, Q、Q、Y、Υ3、Μ1、Z1、nl、n3、al 及 bl 表示與 前述同義, m8及m9分別獨立地表示1以上的整數, Q1、Q3、Y1、γ3、M1、z1、nl、n3、al 及 bl 各別有 複數個時,可為相同或相異) -f—{(Q2)n2-Y2(M2)a2(Z2)b2}m1〇 I , (16) {(QVv3}mn (式(16)中, R表不可具有取代基之(1+mlO+mll)價有機基, Q、Q、Y、Y3、Μ2、Z2、n2、n3、a2 及 b2 表示與 前述同義, ml〇及mil分別獨立地表示丨以上的整數; Q、Q、Y、γ3、M2、z2、n2、n3、a2 及 b2 各別有 複數個時,可為相同或相異)。 2·如申3月專利範圍第i項所述之電子裝置,其中,前述高 分f化合物復具有式(17)所示結構單元; (R1〇)mi2\ -Ar1—X (17) (式(17)中, 324119 201247733 Ar1表示可具有取代基之(2+ml2)價芳族基或可具 有取代基之(2+ml2)價芳族胺殘基* R1Q表示前述式(4)所示之基, ml2表示1以上的整數; R1()有複數個時,可為相同或相異)。 3.如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述之電子裝置,其 中,前述含有高分子化合物之層係電子注入層及/或電 子輸送層。 ® 4.如申請專利範圍第1項至第3項中任一項所述之電子裝 置,其係電激發光元件。 5. —種高分子化合物,其具有:選自式(1)所示結構單元 及式(14)所示結構單元所成之群之1種以上的結構單(In the formula (4), R6 represents a group represented by the formula (15) or the formula (16), and R7 represents a group represented by the above formula (4), an integer of ... w king d, and may be the same when plural Or different; formula ((4)t 4 atoms can be (4) 6, extracardiac substituents take 324119 4 (15) (15) 201247733 — R8—{(Q1)n1-Y1(M1)a1(Z1)b1}m8 «Q3 n3-Y3}m9 (In the formula (15), R8 represents a (1+m8+m9) valence organic group which may have a substituent, Q, Q, Y, Υ3, Μ1, Z1, nl, n3, al and bl It is synonymous with the above, m8 and m9 each independently represent an integer of 1 or more, and when Q1, Q3, Y1, γ3, M1, z1, nl, n3, al, and bl have plural numbers, they may be the same or different) -f—{(Q2)n2-Y2(M2)a2(Z2)b2}m1〇I , (16) {(QVv3}mn (in the formula (16), the R table cannot have a substituent (1+mlO+ Mll) valence organic group, Q, Q, Y, Y3, Μ2, Z2, n2, n3, a2 and b2 are synonymous with the above, ml〇 and mil respectively represent integers above 丨; Q, Q, Y, γ3 When M2, Z2, n2, n3, a2, and b2 have multiple numbers, they may be the same or different. 2) For example, the scope of patent application in March is i The electronic device according to the invention, wherein the high-component f compound has a structural unit represented by the formula (17); (R1〇)mi2\-Ar1—X (17) (in the formula (17), 324119 201247733 Ar1 represents a (2+ml2) valent aromatic group having a substituent or a (2+ml2) valent aromatic amine residue which may have a substituent * R1Q represents a group represented by the above formula (4), and ml2 represents an integer of 1 or more; In the case of a plurality of R1(), the electronic device according to the first or the second aspect of the invention, wherein the layer-containing electron injecting layer containing the polymer compound and/or Or an electron transporting layer. The electronic device according to any one of claims 1 to 3, which is an electroluminescent device. 5. A polymer compound having: selected from the group consisting of (1) One or more structural sheets of the group shown in the structural unit and the structural unit represented by the formula (14) (R2)m2 (式(1)中, R1表示式(2)或式(3)所示之基, R2表示式(4)所示之基, m2表示1至3的整數; R2有複數個時,可為相同或相異; 式(1)中的氫原子可經R1、R2以外的取代基取代) 324119 6 201247733(R2)m2 (In the formula (1), R1 represents a group represented by the formula (2) or the formula (3), R2 represents a group represented by the formula (4), m2 represents an integer of 1 to 3; and R2 has a plurality of In the case of the same or different; the hydrogen atom in the formula (1) may be substituted by a substituent other than R1, R2) 324119 6 201247733 (M1) a 1 (z1) bl} m3 (2) (式(2)中, R3表示單鍵或可具有取代基之(l+m3)價有機基, Q1表示2價有機基, γ1 表示-αν、-s〇3-、-s〇2、-p〇32-或-B(Ra)3_, M表示金屬陽離子’或者表示可具有取代基之銨陽 離子,(M1) a 1 (z1) bl} m3 (2) (In the formula (2), R3 represents a single bond or a (l+m3) valent organic group which may have a substituent, Q1 represents a divalent organic group, and γ1 represents - Νν, -s〇3, -s〇2, -p〇32- or -B(Ra)3_, M represents a metal cation' or an ammonium cation which may have a substituent, Ζ1 表示 Γ、Cl-、Br_、Γ、OH—、B(Ra v、RaS〇r、RaC00-、 CIO、Cl〇2—、CUV、CUV、SCN-、CN_、Ν0Γ、S〇42-、HSOr、 P〇43—、ΗΡ0Λ、Η2ΡΟΓ、BFr 或 PF6—, nl表示0以上的整數, al表示1以上的整數,bl表示〇以上的整數;惟, al及bl以使式(2)所示之基的電荷成為〇之方式選擇; ΙΓ表示可具有取代基之碳原子數1至30的烷基或 可具有取代基之碳原子數6至50的芳基, 1^表示可具有取代基之碳原子數1至30的烷基或 可具有取代基之碳原子數6至50的芳基, m3表示1以上的整數;惟,R3為單鍵時,m3表示 1 ; qi、γ1、Μ1、Z1、nl、al、bl各別有複數個時,可 為相同或相異) -R4_ { (Q2) n2-Y2 (M2) a2 (Z2) b2} m4 (3) (式(3)中, R4表矛單鍵或可具有取代基之(l+m4)價有機基, 324119 7 201247733 Q2表示2價有機基, Y2表示碳陽離子、銨陽離子、鱗陽離子、锍陽離子 或錤陽離子, M2表示 F、Cr、Br—、r、〇r、B(RbV、RbS〇3_、RbCO(T、 CIO—、C1(V、C1(V、C1(V、SCN—、CN_、NO,、S〇42-、HS〇r、 P〇43_、ΗΡ0Λ、Η2Ρ0Γ、BFr 或 PFr, Z2表示金屬陽離子,或者表示可具有取代基之銨陽 離子,Ζ1 means Γ, Cl-, Br_, Γ, OH-, B (Ra v, RaS〇r, RaC00-, CIO, Cl〇2—, CUV, CUV, SCN-, CN_, Ν0Γ, S〇42-, HSOr , P〇43—, ΗΡ0Λ, Η2ΡΟΓ, BFr or PF6—, nl represents an integer of 0 or more, al represents an integer of 1 or more, and bl represents an integer of 〇 or more; however, al and bl are represented by the formula (2) The charge of the group is selected as the mode of the oxime; ΙΓ represents an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and 1 represents a carbon which may have a substituent An alkyl group having 1 to 30 atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and m3 represents an integer of 1 or more; however, when R3 is a single bond, m3 represents 1; qi, γ1, Μ1, Z1 When nl, al, and bl have multiple numbers, they may be the same or different. -R4_ { (Q2) n2-Y2 (M2) a2 (Z2) b2} m4 (3) (in equation (3), R4 A spiro single bond or a (l+m4) valence organic group which may have a substituent, 324119 7 201247733 Q2 represents a divalent organic group, Y2 represents a carbocation, an ammonium cation, a scale cation, a phosphonium cation or a phosphonium cation, and M2 represents F, Cr, Br—, r, 〇r, B (RbV, RbS〇3_, RbCO (T, CIO—, C1 (V, C1 (V, C1 (V, SCN—, CN_, NO, S〇42-, HS〇r, P〇43_, ΗΡ0Λ, Η2Ρ0Γ, BFr or PFr, Z2 represents a metal cation, or an ammonium cation which may have a substituent, n2表示0以上的整數, a2表示1以上的整數,b2表示0以上的整數;惟, a2及b2係以使式(3)所示之基的電荷成為0之方式選 擇; Rb表示可具有取代基之碳原子數1至30的烷基或 可具有取代基之碳原子數6至50的芳基, m4表示1以上的整數;惟,R4為單鍵時,m4表示 1 ; Q2、Y2、Μ2、Z2、n2、a2、b2各別有複數個時,可 為相同或相異) -R5- { (Q3) n3-Y3} ms (4) (式(4)中, R5表示單鍵或可具有取代基之(l+m5)價有機基, Q3表示2價有機基, Y3表示氰基或式(5)至(13)中任一式所示之基, n3表示0以上的整數, 324119 8 201247733 m5表示1以上的整數; 表示 !; 限κ為半鍵時, 同或相異) Q3、Υ3及π3各別有複數個時, (6) -S- (R,S) e4-R,,⑺ (8) (9) -C (=0) - (R,—c (=〇) , _C (=S) - (R,_c (=s) ) a4 , :N i (R* ) a4R&gt; * } 2 (l〇)- R -C (^=0) 〇- (R&gt; 〇) R, , a4 R -NHC (=〇) - (R&gt; N^c (== 2) 3) (式(5)至(13)中, R’表示可具有取代基之2價烴基’ R’’表示氫原子、可具有取代基之丨價煙基 石黃酸基、經基、疏基、_NR%、氰基L〇)奶,土、 R’’’表示可具有取代基之3價烴基, 2 a3表示1以上的整數’以表示(Ux上的整數, 』=,代基之破原子數1至30的燒基或 可具有取代基之奴原子數6至5〇的芳基, D» . D» * η τ\9 ^ ·. R6N2 represents an integer of 0 or more, a2 represents an integer of 1 or more, and b2 represents an integer of 0 or more; a2 and b2 are selected such that the charge of the group represented by the formula (3) becomes 0; and Rb represents a substitution. An alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and m4 represents an integer of 1 or more; however, when R4 is a single bond, m4 represents 1; Q2, Y2 Μ2, Z2, n2, a2, and b2 each may have the same or different numbers. -R5- { (Q3) n3-Y3} ms (4) (In equation (4), R5 represents a single bond or a (l+m5) valent organic group which may have a substituent, Q3 represents a divalent organic group, Y3 represents a cyano group or a group represented by any one of the formulae (5) to (13), and n3 represents an integer of 0 or more, 324119 8 201247733 m5 denotes an integer of 1 or more; denotes!; when κ is a half-key, the same or different) When Q3, Υ3, and π3 have a plurality of numbers, (6) -S- (R,S) e4-R ,,(7) (8) (9) -C (=0) - (R, -c (=〇) , _C (=S) - (R,_c (=s)) a4 , :N i (R* ) a4R&gt; * } 2 (l〇)- R -C (^=0) 〇- (R&gt; 〇) R, , a4 R -NHC (=〇) - (R&gt; N^c (== 2) 3) (In the formulae (5) to (13), R' represents a divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent 'R'' represents a hydrogen atom, may have a substituent, and may be a valence-based fluorenyl group, a thiol group, Milky base, _NR%, cyano L〇) milk, soil, R''' represents a trivalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, and 2 a3 represents an integer of 1 or more to represent (an integer on Ux, 』=, alkenyl a sulphur group having an atomic number of 1 to 30 or an aryl group having a substituent of 6 to 5 Å, D» . D» * η τ\9 ^ ·. R6 (14) 324119 9 201247733 (式(14)中, R6表不式(15)或式(16)所示之基, R7表示前述式(4)所示之基, m7表示0至3的整數; R有複數個時,可為相同或相異; 式(14)中的氫原子可經R6、R7以外的取代基取代) -R8—{(Q1)nrY1(Mi)al(2i)bl}m8 {(Q3)n3-Y3&gt;m9 ^(14) 324119 9 201247733 (In the formula (14), R6 represents a group represented by the formula (15) or the formula (16), R7 represents a group represented by the above formula (4), and m7 represents an integer of 0 to 3; When R has a plurality of plural, it may be the same or different; the hydrogen atom in the formula (14) may be substituted by a substituent other than R6 and R7) -R8 - {(Q1)nrY1(Mi)al(2i)bl}m8 {(Q3)n3-Y3&gt;m9 ^ (式(15)中, ^表示可具有取代基之(l+m8+m9)價有機基, Q、Q、Y、Y、Μ1、Z1、nl、n3、al 及 bl 表示與 前述同義, m8及m9分別獨立地表示1以上的整數, Q1、Q3、Y1、Y3、Μ1、Z1、nl、n3、al 及 bl 各別有 複數個時’可為相同或相異) —{(Q2)n2-V2(M2)a2(Z2)b2}m1〇 I , (16) {(Q3)n3-Y3}m11 (式(16)中, R9表示可具有取代基之(1+ml〇+mll)價有機基, Q2、Q3、Y2、Y3、Μ2、Z2、n2、n3、a2 及 b2 表示與 前述同義, mlO及mil分別獨立地表示1以上的整數; Q2、Q3、Y2、Y3、Μ2、Z2、n2、n3、a2 及 b2 各別有 324119 10 201247733 複數個時,可為相同或相異)。 6.如申請專利範圍第5項所述之高分子化合物,其中,復 具有式(17)所示結構單元; / (R1〇)m12\ (17) (式(17)中, Ar1表示可具有取代基之(2+ml2)價芳族基或可具 有取代基之(2+ml2)價芳族胺殘基, R1()表示前述式(4)所示之基, ml2表示1以上的整數; R1()有複數個時,可為相同或相異)。 7. —種下述式(18)所示之有機化合物;(In the formula (15), ^ represents a (l+m8+m9) valent organic group which may have a substituent, and Q, Q, Y, Y, Μ1, Z1, nl, n3, al and bl represent the same as the foregoing, m8 And m9 independently represent an integer of 1 or more, and Q1, Q3, Y1, Y3, Μ1, Z1, nl, n3, al, and bl each have a plurality of 'may be the same or different) - {(Q2)n2 -V2(M2)a2(Z2)b2}m1〇I , (16) {(Q3)n3-Y3}m11 (In the formula (16), R9 represents a (1+ml〇+mll) valence which may have a substituent The organic group, Q2, Q3, Y2, Y3, Μ2, Z2, n2, n3, a2 and b2 are synonymous with the above, and mlO and mil each independently represent an integer of 1 or more; Q2, Q3, Y2, Y3, Μ2, Z2 , n2, n3, a2, and b2 each have 324119 10 201247733 when plural, they can be the same or different). 6. The polymer compound according to claim 5, wherein the structural unit represented by the formula (17); / (R1〇)m12\ (17) (in the formula (17), Ar1 represents a (2+ml2) valent aromatic group of a substituent or a (2+ml2) valent aromatic amine residue which may have a substituent, R1() represents a group represented by the above formula (4), and ml2 represents an integer of 1 or more. ; When R1() has multiples, it can be the same or different). 7. An organic compound represented by the following formula (18); (R12)m14 (式(18)中, R11表示式(2)或式(3)所示之基,或者式(19)或式 (20)所示之基, R12表示式(4)所示之基, ml4表示1至3的整數, X1及X2分別獨立地表示與縮合聚合相關之基; 324119 11 201247733 R12有複數個時,可為相同或相異; 式(18)中的氫原子可經fi、Ri2以外的取代基取代) -R3- { (QX) ηΐ-γ1 (M1) ai (zl) bi} ⑻ (式(2)中, R3表示單鍵或可具有取代基之(1+m3)價有機基, Q1表示2價有機基, Y1 表示-C〇2_、-S〇3—、-S〇2·、-P〇32-或-W)3-, M表不金屬陽離子,或者表示可具有取代基之銨陽 離子, Ζ1 表示 Γ、cr、Br_、Γ、OH-、B(Ra v、RaS〇3-、RX00-、 CIO、Cl〇2、Cl〇3、Cl〇4、SCN.、CM-、N〇3.、s〇42-、HS〇4_、 P〇43·、HP〇42—、H2P〇4-、BFr 或 PF6-, nl表示〇以上的整數, al表示1以上的整數,bl表示〇以上的整數;惟, al及bl係以使式(2)所示之基的電荷成為〇之方式選 擇; 1^表示可具有取代基之碳原子數1至30的烷基或 可具有取代基之碳原子數6至50的芳基, Ra表示可具有取代基之碳原子數1至3〇的烷基或 可具有取代基之碳原子數6至50的芳基, m3表示1以上的整數;惟’ R3為單鍵時,m3表示 1 ; q1、γ1、Μ1、Z1、nl、al、bl各別有複數個時,可 為相同或相異) 324119 12 201247733 —R 4 - { (Q 2) n 2 — Y2 (M2) a 2 (Z 2) b 2 } m4 (3) (式(3)中, R4表示單鍵或可具有取代基之(1+m4)價有機基, Q2表示2價有機基, Y2表示碳陽離子、銨陽離子、鱗陽離子、毓陽離子 或錤陽離子,(R12)m14 (In the formula (18), R11 represents a group represented by the formula (2) or the formula (3), or a group represented by the formula (19) or the formula (20), and R12 represents a formula (4). In the formula, ml4 represents an integer of 1 to 3, and X1 and X2 each independently represent a group related to condensation polymerization; 324119 11 201247733 When R12 has a plurality of plural, it may be the same or different; the hydrogen atom in the formula (18) may be Substituted by a substituent other than fi, Ri2) -R3- { (QX) ηΐ-γ1 (M1) ai (zl) bi} (8) (In the formula (2), R3 represents a single bond or may have a substituent (1+ M3) valence organic group, Q1 represents a divalent organic group, Y1 represents -C〇2_, -S〇3-, -S〇2·, -P〇32- or -W)3-, M represents no metal cation, Or an ammonium cation which may have a substituent, Ζ1 represents Γ, cr, Br_, Γ, OH-, B (Ra v, RaS〇3-, RX00-, CIO, Cl〇2, Cl〇3, Cl〇4, SCN., CM-, N〇3., s〇42-, HS〇4_, P〇43·, HP〇42—, H2P〇4-, BFr or PF6-, nl represents an integer above 〇, and al represents 1 The above integer, bl represents an integer above 〇; however, al and bl are such that the charge of the group represented by the formula (2) becomes The manner of selecting 1; represents an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and Ra represents a carbon number of 1 to 3 which may have a substituent An alkyl group of hydrazine or an aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, m3 represents an integer of 1 or more; and when 'R3 is a single bond, m3 represents 1; q1, γ1, Μ1, Z1, nl, al When there are multiples of bl, they may be the same or different. 324119 12 201247733 —R 4 - { (Q 2) n 2 — Y2 (M2) a 2 (Z 2) b 2 } m4 (3) In (3), R4 represents a single bond or a (1+m4) valent organic group which may have a substituent, Q2 represents a divalent organic group, and Y2 represents a carbocation, an ammonium cation, a scale cation, a phosphonium cation or a phosphonium cation, M2 表示 F—、Cl_、Br_、Γ、OH-、B(Rb V、RbS(V、RbC0(T、 CUT、C1(V、cior、CUV、SCN-、CN-、N〇3'、S〇42-、HSOr、 PO43-、ΗΡ0Λ、Η2Ρ0Γ、BFr或 PF6_, Z2表示金屬陽離子,或者表示可具有取代基之銨陽 離子, n2表示0以上的整數, a2表示1以上的整數,b2表示〇以上的整數;惟, a2及b2係以使式(3)所示之基的電荷成為〇之方式選 擇; Rb表不可具有取代基之碳原子數1至3〇的烷基或 可具有取代基&lt;碳原子數6至50的芳基, ra4表不1 ιχ上的整數;惟,R4為單鍵時,齟表示 1 ; Ο2、γ2、M2、72 y Z、n2、a2、b2各別有複數個時,可 為相同或相異) —R13 一 ((q4WY\is (19) (式(19)中’ Rl3表不單鏠或可具有取代基之(l+ml5)價有機基, 324119 13 201247733 Q4表示2價有機基, Y4 表示-C〇2fr、-S〇3ir、-S〇2Rx、-Ρ〇3〇Γ)2 或 -B(RX)2 , n4表示0以上的整數, Rz表示氫原子、可具有取代基之碳原子數1至30 的烷基或可具有取代基之碳原子數6至50的芳基, ml5表示1以上的整數;惟,R13為單鍵時,ml5表 示1 ;M2 represents F—, Cl_, Br_, Γ, OH-, B (Rb V, RbS (V, RbC0 (T, CUT, C1 (V, cior, CUV, SCN-, CN-, N〇3', S〇) 42-, HSOr, PO43-, ΗΡ0Λ, Η2Ρ0Γ, BFr or PF6_, Z2 represents a metal cation or an ammonium cation which may have a substituent, n2 represents an integer of 0 or more, a2 represents an integer of 1 or more, and b2 represents 〇 or more. An integer; a2 and b2 are selected in such a manner that the charge of the group represented by the formula (3) is 〇; Rb represents an alkyl group having 1 to 3 Å of carbon atoms which may have a substituent or may have a substituent &lt; An aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms, and ra4 represents an integer on 1 ιχ; however, when R4 is a single bond, 龃 represents 1; Ο2, γ2, M2, 72 y Z, n2, a2, and b2 each have a complex number , may be the same or different) - R13 - ((q4WY\is (19) (in the formula (19) 'Rl3 is not a single 鏠 or may have a substituent (l + ml5) valence organic group, 324119 13 201247733 Q4 represents a divalent organic group, Y4 represents -C〇2fr, -S〇3ir, -S〇2Rx, -Ρ〇3〇Γ)2 or -B(RX)2, n4 represents an integer of 0 or more, and Rz represents hydrogen. Atom, can have a substitution Number of carbon atoms or an alkyl group of 1 to 30 carbon atoms having a substituent of aryl of 6 to 50, ML5 represents an integer of 1; provided that, when R13 is a single bond, ML5 shown in Table 1; Q4、Y4、n4、Rx各別有複數個時,可為相同或相異) —R14—«Q5WY5}m16 (20) (式(20)中, R14表示單鍵或可具有取代基之(l+ml6)價有機基, Q5表示2價有機基, Y5表示鹵化烷基、鹵原子、-N(R5)2、-P(R5)2、或 -SR5, n5表示0以上的整數, R5表示氫原子、可具有取代基之碳原子數1至30 的烷基或可具有取代基之碳原子數6至50的芳基, ml6表示1以上的整數;惟,R14為單鍵時,ml6表 示1 ; Q5、Y5、n5、R5各別有複數個時,可為相同或相異) -R5- { (Q3) n3-Y3} m5 (4) (式⑷中, R5表示單鍵或可具有取代基之(l+m5)價有機基, 324119 14 201247733 Q3表示2價有機基, γ3表示氰基或式(5)至(13)中任一式所示之美, n3表示0以上的整數, m5表示1以上的整數·’惟,R5為單鍵時,祁表示When Q4, Y4, n4, and Rx have a plurality of plural, they may be the same or different) - R14 - «Q5WY5} m16 (20) (In the formula (20), R14 represents a single bond or may have a substituent (l +ml6) valence organic group, Q5 represents a divalent organic group, Y5 represents a halogenated alkyl group, a halogen atom, -N(R5)2, -P(R5)2, or -SR5, n5 represents an integer of 0 or more, and R5 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and ml6 represents an integer of 1 or more; however, when R14 is a single bond, ml6 represents 1 ; Q5, Y5, n5, R5 can have the same or different when there are multiples. -R5- { (Q3) n3-Y3} m5 (4) (In equation (4), R5 represents a single bond or can have Substituent (l+m5) valence organic group, 324119 14 201247733 Q3 represents a divalent organic group, γ3 represents a cyano group or a beauty represented by any one of the formulae (5) to (13), and n3 represents an integer of 0 or more, m5 An integer representing 1 or more · 'only, when R5 is a single bond, 祁 indicates Q3、Y3及n3各別有複數個時, 一〇- (R,〇) (5) 可為相同或相異) a 3When there are multiple numbers of Q3, Y3 and n3, one - (R, 〇) (5) may be the same or different) a 3 (6) -S' (R* S) a4-R&gt; &gt; (7) -C (=〇) — (R,一c () , -C (=s) - (R. _c (=s ^ l,, U(R;)“R,,}2 (Vo)84 -C (=〇) o- (R&gt; _c (= , -c (==〇) 〇- (R. 0) a4(1^ _NHC ( = 0) ~ (R,NHC (=〇) ) a4 — R, (式(5)至(13)中,(6) -S' (R* S) a4-R&gt;&gt; (7) -C (=〇) — (R, a c () , -C (=s) - (R. _c (=s ^ l,, U(R;)"R,,}2 (Vo)84 -C (=〇) o- (R&gt; _c (= , -c (==〇) 〇- (R. 0) a4(1 ^ _NHC ( = 0) ~ (R, NHC (=〇) ) a4 — R, (in equations (5) to (13), (8 (9(8 (9 R’表示可具有取代基之2價烴基, R’’表示氫原子、可具有取代基之1價烴基、羧基、 確酸基、羥基、縣、曹2、氰基或-C( = 0)船, R’’’表示可具有取代基之3價烴基, 心表示1以上的整數,a4表示〇以上的整數, R表不可具有取代基之碳原?數1 30的炫基戒 可具有取代基之碳原子數6至5G的芳基, R R及R各別有複數個時,可為相同戒相 異)。 324119 15 201247733 8. —種含有式(1)所示結構單元之高分子化合物的製造方 法,包含使式(18A)所示之有機化合物聚合,而得到含 有式(1)所示結構單元之高分子化合物; R11,R' represents a divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, R'' represents a hydrogen atom, a monovalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, a carboxyl group, an acid group, a hydroxyl group, a county, a Ca2, a cyano group or a -C(=0) The ship, R''' represents a trivalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, the heart represents an integer of 1 or more, a4 represents an integer above 〇, and the carbon of the R table may not have a substituent; The number of 30 decyl rings may have an aryl group having 6 to 5 carbon atoms, and when R R and R have a plurality of plural, they may be the same or different. 324119 15 201247733 8. A method for producing a polymer compound containing a structural unit represented by the formula (1), comprising polymerizing an organic compound represented by the formula (18A) to obtain a high structural unit represented by the formula (1) Molecular compound; R11, (式(18A)中, R11’表示式(2)或式(3)所示之基; R12表示式(4)所示之基, ml4表示1至3的整數, X1及X2分別獨立地表示與縮合聚合相關之基; R12有複數個時,可為相同或相異; 式(18A)中的氫原子可經R11’、R12以外的取代基取 代) -R3- { (Q1) ni-Y1 (M1) al (Z1) bl} m3 (2) (式⑵中, R3表示單鍵或可具有取代基之(l+m3)價有機基, Q1表示2價有機基, Y1 表不_C〇2、_S〇3、_S〇2、_P〇32 或_B(Ra)3 , M1表示金屬陽離子,或者表示可具有取代基之銨陽 離子, Ζ1 表示 Γ、cr、Br-、Γ、OH-、B(Ra V、RaS(V、RaC0(T、 324119 16 201247733 CIO、C1G2、C103、、⑽4.、scn ^3-、_42-、Η2ρ04-、Βί^ρρ6、,Ν03、^-、Ηδ04-、 nl表示0以上的整數, al表示1以上的整數,M表 ai及bi係錢切)料之電=的整數;惟, 擇; €何成為0之方式選 R表示了具有取代基之碳(In the formula (18A), R11' represents a group represented by the formula (2) or the formula (3); R12 represents a group represented by the formula (4), and ml4 represents an integer of 1 to 3, and X1 and X2 are each independently represented. a group related to condensation polymerization; when there are a plurality of R12, it may be the same or different; the hydrogen atom in the formula (18A) may be substituted by a substituent other than R11' and R12) -R3- { (Q1) ni-Y1 (M1) al (Z1) bl} m3 (2) (In the formula (2), R3 represents a single bond or a (l+m3) valent organic group which may have a substituent, Q1 represents a divalent organic group, and Y1 represents _C〇 2, _S 〇 3, _S 〇 2, _P 〇 32 or _B (Ra) 3, M1 represents a metal cation, or represents an ammonium cation which may have a substituent, Ζ 1 represents Γ, cr, Br-, Γ, OH-, B(Ra V, RaS(V, RaC0(T, 324119 16 201247733 CIO, C1G2, C103,, (10)4., scn ^3-, _42-, Η2ρ04-, Βί^ρρ6, Ν03, ^-, Ηδ04-, Nl represents an integer of 0 or more, al represents an integer of 1 or more, and M of the table ai and bi are the integers of the electric = material; however, the choice of R is 0, and R represents a carbon having a substituent. 可具有取代基之雙原子數6至5q至3Q的燒基或 Ra表示可料取絲之麵子數^’ 可具有取代基之如子數6 JL 50的料的燒基或 1;…表示1以上的整數;惟,R3為单:鍵時,的表示 ^Q,^V21'nl'al'bl —R4— ( (Q2) η2-γ2 (M2) a2 (z2) b2^4 ⑻ (式(3)中, R2表不單鍵或可具有取代基之(Hm4)價有機基, Q2表示2價有機基, Y表不碳陽離子、銨陽離子、鱗陽離子、锍陽離子 或鎭陽離子, Μ2 表示「、〇Γ、Br—、I —、〇『、B(RbV、RbS(V、RbC00-、 cio—、cior、ci〇3-、cl〇4-、SCN-、CN-、N〇3-、s〇?-、HS〇4_、 P〇4、HP〇42—、Η2ΡΟΓ、BFr 或 PFe—, z2表示金屬陽離子,或者表示可具有取代基之銨陽 324119 17 201247733 離子, n2表示0以上的整數, a2表示1以上的整數,b2表示0以上的整數;惟, a2及b2係以使式(3)所示之基的電荷成為0之方式選 擇; Rb表示可具有取代基之碳原子數1至30的烷基或 可具有取代基之碳原子數6至50的芳基, m4表示1以上的整數;惟,R4為單鍵時,m4表示 1 ; Q2、Y2、Μ2、Z2、n2、a2、b2各別有複數個時,可 為相同或相異) -R5- { (Q3) n3-Y3} m5 (4) (式⑷中, R5表示單鍵或可具有取代基之(l+m5)價有機基, Q3表示2價有機基, Y3表示氰基或式(5)至(13)中任一式所示之基, n3表示0以上的整數, m5表示1以上的整數;惟,R5為單鍵時,m5表示 1 ; Q3、Y3及η3各別有複數個時,可為相同或相異) -〇- (R,Ο) a3-R’ ’ (5)An alkyl group having a diatomic number of 6 to 5q to 3Q which may have a substituent or Ra represents a number of faces of the wire which can be taken, and a base of a material having a substituent of 6 JL 50 or 1; The above integer; only, when R3 is a single: bond, the representation ^Q, ^V21'nl'al'bl - R4 - ( (Q2) η2-γ2 (M2) a2 (z2) b2^4 (8) ( In 3), R2 represents a single bond or a (Hm4) valent organic group which may have a substituent, Q2 represents a divalent organic group, Y represents a carbocation, an ammonium cation, a scale cation, a phosphonium cation or a phosphonium cation, and Μ2 represents ", 〇Γ, Br—, I —, 〇 ”, B (RbV, RbS (V, RbC00-, cio—, cior, ci〇3-, cl〇4-, SCN-, CN-, N〇3-, s 〇?-, HS〇4_, P〇4, HP〇42-, Η2ΡΟΓ, BFr or PFe-, z2 represents a metal cation, or an ammonium 324119 17 201247733 ion which may have a substituent, and n2 represents an integer of 0 or more, A2 represents an integer of 1 or more, and b2 represents an integer of 0 or more; however, a2 and b2 are selected such that the charge of the group represented by the formula (3) becomes 0; and Rb represents the number of carbon atoms which may have a substituent of 1 to 30 alkyl Or an aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and m4 represents an integer of 1 or more; however, when R4 is a single bond, m4 represents 1; and Q2, Y2, Μ2, Z2, n2, a2, and b2 are each When there are plural, it may be the same or different) -R5- { (Q3) n3-Y3} m5 (4) (In the formula (4), R5 represents a single bond or a (l+m5) valence organic group which may have a substituent Q3 represents a divalent organic group, Y3 represents a cyano group or a group represented by any one of the formulae (5) to (13), n3 represents an integer of 0 or more, and m5 represents an integer of 1 or more; however, when R5 is a single bond M5 represents 1; when there are multiples of Q3, Y3 and η3, they may be the same or different) -〇- (R,Ο) a3-R' ' (5) 324119 18 (11) 201247733 —t S) “~R,, (7) (8) (9) -C =〇) — (R, ( , -C (=S) — (R, j “ g,, 二(m,,“ (丨〇)e (13) -NHC(=0)_(r, Wc^〇))(12)r (式(5)至(13)中, R表不可具有取代基之2價烴基, R,,表示氫原子、可具有取代基之、缓基、 被基,、,祕、戴基、-船、氰基L〇)Nr2 , R 表示可具有取代基之3價烴基, =表示丨以上的整數’ a4表示Q以上的整數, R表示可具有取代基之韻子數UN的院 可具有取代基之碳原子數6至50的芳基, 土成 P,、D,, η η,,, “ . R1324119 18 (11) 201247733 —t S) “~R,, (7) (8) (9) -C =〇) — (R, ( , -C (=S) — (R, j “ g,, Two (m,, "(丨〇)e (13) -NHC(=0)_(r, Wc^〇))(12)r (in the formulae (5) to (13), the R table may not have a substituent a divalent hydrocarbon group, R, represents a hydrogen atom, a substituent which may have a substituent, a sulfhydryl group, an anion group, a syllabic group, a syllabic group, a saponin, a cyano group, an Nr2 group, and a R group which may have a substituent Hydrocarbyl group, = represents an integer above 丨 ' a4 represents an integer above Q, and R represents an aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and the soil may be P, D ,, η η,,, “ . R1 Ο) (式(1)中, R1表示前述式(2)或前述式(3)所示之基, R2表示前述式(4)所示之基, m2表示1至3的整數; R2有複數個時,可為相同或相異; 324119 201247733 式(1)中的氫原子可經R1、R2以外的取代基取代)。 9. 一種含有式(1)所示結構單元之高分子化合物的製造方 法,其包含: (i) 使式(18B)所示之有機化合物聚合,而得到具 有式(18B’)所示結構單元之高分子化合物;以及 (ii) 使具有式(18B’)所示結構單元之高分子化合 物離子化,而得到含有式(1)所示結構單元之高分子化Ο) (In the formula (1), R1 represents a group represented by the above formula (2) or the above formula (3), R2 represents a group represented by the above formula (4), m2 represents an integer of 1 to 3; and R2 has a plural number In the case of the same or different; 324119 201247733 The hydrogen atom in the formula (1) may be substituted by a substituent other than R1 and R2). A method for producing a polymer compound containing a structural unit represented by the formula (1), which comprises: (i) polymerizing an organic compound represented by the formula (18B) to obtain a structural unit represented by the formula (18B') a polymer compound; and (ii) ionizing a polymer compound having a structural unit represented by the formula (18B') to obtain a polymerized composition containing the structural unit represented by the formula (1) 合物; R11,,Compound; R11,, X2 (18B) (式(18B)中, R11’’表示式(19)或式(20)所示之基; R12表示式(4)所示之基, ml4表示1至3的整數, X1及X2分別獨立地表示與縮合聚合相關之基; R12有複數個時,可為相同或相異; 式(18B)中的氫原子可經R11’ ’、R12以外的取代基取 代) —R13—{(Q4)n4-Y4}m15 (19) (式(19)中, R13表示單鍵或可具有取代基之(l+ml5)價有機基, 324119 20 201247733 Q4表示2價有機基, Y4表示-C〇2Rz、-SOsIT、-S02FT、-P〇3(fT)2 或 -B(RX)2, n4表示0以上的整數, IT表示氫原子、可具有取代基之碳原子數1至30 的烷基或可具有取代基之碳原子數6至50的芳基, ml5表示1以上的整數;惟,R13為單鍵時,ml5表 示1 ; • Q4、Y4、n4、Rz各別有複數個時,可為相同或相異) —R14—{(Q5)n5-Y5}m16 (20) (式(20)中, R14表示單鍵或可具有取代基之(l+ml6)價有機基, Q5表示2價有機基, Y5表示鹵化烷基、鹵原子、-Ν(ν)2、-P(R5)2、或 -SR5, ^ n5表示0以上的整數, R5表示氫原子、可具有取代基之碳原子數1至30 的烷基或可具有取代基之碳原子數6至50的芳基, ml6表示1以上的整數;惟,R14為單鍵時,ml6表 示1 ; Q5、Y5、n5、R&quot;各別有複數個時,可為相同或相異) -R5- { (Q3) n3-Y3} m5 (4) (式(4)中, R5表示單鍵或可具有取代基之(l+m5)價有機基, 324119 21 201247733 Q3表示2價有機基, Y3表示氰基或式(5)至(13)中任一式所示之基, n3表示0以上的整數, m5表示1以上的整數;惟,R5為單鍵時,沾表示 Q3、Y3及n3各別有複數個時,可為相同或相異) -ο- (R,O) a3-R,, (5) &quot;·-〇X2 (18B) (In the formula (18B), R11'' represents a group represented by the formula (19) or the formula (20); R12 represents a group represented by the formula (4), and ml4 represents an integer of 1 to 3, X1 and X2 independently represents a group related to condensation polymerization; when R12 has a plurality of plural, it may be the same or different; the hydrogen atom in the formula (18B) may be substituted by a substituent other than R11'' and R12) - R13 - { (Q4)n4-Y4}m15 (19) (In the formula (19), R13 represents a single bond or a (l+ml5) valent organic group which may have a substituent, 324119 20 201247733 Q4 represents a divalent organic group, and Y4 represents - C〇2Rz, -SOsIT, -S02FT, -P〇3(fT)2 or -B(RX)2, n4 represents an integer of 0 or more, and IT represents a hydrogen atom, and may have a substituent having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. An alkyl group or an aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and ml5 represents an integer of 1 or more; however, when R13 is a single bond, ml5 represents 1; • Q4, Y4, n4, and Rz each have a plurality of When it may be the same or different) - R14 - {(Q5) n5 - Y5} m16 (20) (In the formula (20), R14 represents a single bond or a (l+ml6) valence organic group which may have a substituent, Q5 represents a divalent organic group, and Y5 represents a halogenated alkane a halogen atom, -Ν(ν)2, -P(R5)2, or -SR5, ^n5 represents an integer of 0 or more, and R5 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or An aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and ml6 represents an integer of 1 or more; however, when R14 is a single bond, ml6 represents 1; and Q5, Y5, n5, and R&quot; Is the same or different) -R5- { (Q3) n3-Y3} m5 (4) (In the formula (4), R5 represents a single bond or a (l+m5) valence organic group which may have a substituent, 324119 21 201247733 Q3 represents a divalent organic group, Y3 represents a cyano group or a group represented by any one of the formulae (5) to (13), n3 represents an integer of 0 or more, and m5 represents an integer of 1 or more; however, when R5 is a single bond, Dip indicates that there are multiples of Q3, Y3, and n3, which may be the same or different. -ο- (R,O) a3-R,, (5) &quot;·-〇 wa3 (6) ―s- (R,s) “-R,, (7) -C (=〇) - (R,—C (=〇” “ -C (=s) - (R,—c (=S) ) :4 -N { (R,)a4R,,} 2 (1 〇) —C (=〇) 〇— (R,—C (=〇) 〇) -C ( = 〇) 〇- (R,〇) “―R,’ -NHC (=0) - (R* NHC (=〇)(式(5)至(13)中, -R* · -R* *“一R,, (12) )“*~R, (8) (9)Wa3 (6) ―s- (R,s) “-R,, (7) -C (=〇) - (R,—C (=〇) “ -C (=s) - (R, —c ( =S) ) :4 -N { (R,)a4R,,} 2 (1 〇) —C (=〇) 〇—(R,—C (=〇) 〇) -C ( = 〇) 〇- ( R, 〇) "-R,' -NHC (=0) - (R* NHC (=〇) (in equations (5) to (13), -R* · -R* *"-R,, (12 ) )"*~R, (8) (9) (13)(13) R’表示可具有取代基之2價烴基, R’ ’表示氩原子、可具有取代基之i價煙基、敌基、 磺酸基、經基、巯基、-NR%、氰基或吒(==〇),2, R’ ’ ’表示可具有取代基之3價烴基, a3表不1以上的整數,a4表示〇以上的整數, r表示可具有取代基之碳好數丨至3q的院 可具有取代基之碳原子數6至5〇的芳基, mR’’’各別有複數個時為相同或相異) 324119 22 201247733R' represents a divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, and R' ' represents an argon atom, an i-valent sulphur group which may have a substituent, an ester group, a sulfonic acid group, a thiol group, a fluorenyl group, -NR%, a cyano group or a hydrazine group ( ==〇), 2, R' ' ' represents a trivalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, a3 represents an integer of 1 or more, a4 represents an integer above 〇, and r represents a carbon number 丨 to 3q which may have a substituent The aryl group having 6 to 5 Å carbon atoms in the substituent may be the same or different when there are plural numbers in each of the mR'''s) 324119 22 201247733 (式(18B’)中, R11’’表示前述式(19)或前述式(20)所示之基; R12及ml4表示與前述同義;(In the formula (18B'), R11'' represents a group represented by the above formula (19) or the above formula (20); and R12 and ml4 represent the same as defined above; 式(18B’)中的氫原子可經R11’ ’、R12以外的取代基 取代) R1The hydrogen atom in the formula (18B') may be substituted by a substituent other than R11'' and R12) R1 (式(1)中, R1表示式(2)或式(3)所示之基, R2表示前述式(4)所示之基, m2表示1至3的整數; R2有複數個時,可為相同或相異J 式(1)中的氫原子可經R1、R2以外的取代基取代) -R3- { (Q1) πχ-Υ1 (M1) al (z1) bl} m3 (2) (式⑵中, R3表示單鍵或可具有取代基之(l+m3)價有機基, 324119 23 201247733 Q1表示2價有機基, Y1 表示-C(V、-S〇3_、-S(V、-P〇32-或-B(Ra V, M1表示金屬陽離子,或者表示可具有取代基之銨陽 離子, Ζ1 表示 Γ、cr、Br-、Γ、0『、B(RaV、RaS(V、RaC00_、 cur、cuv、cuv、cior、scr、cr、n〇3-、s〇42_、Hsor、 Ρ0Λ、ΗΡ0Λ、H2P〇4_、BFr或 PFr, nl表示0以上的整數, • al表示1以上的整數,bl表示0以上的整數;惟, al及bl係以使式(2)所示之基的電荷成為0之方式選 擇; 1^表示可具有取代基之碳原子數1至30的烷基或 可具有取代基之碳原子數6至50的芳基, Ra表示可具有取代基之碳原子數1至30的烷基或 可具有取代基之碳原子數6至50的芳基, ^ m3表示1以上的整數;惟,R3為單鍵時,m3表示 Q1、Y1、Μ1、Z1、nl、al、bl各別有複數個時,可 為相同或相異) -R4- { (Q2) n2-Y2 (M2) a2 (Z2) b2} a4 (3) (式(3)中, R4表示單鍵、或可具有取代基之(l+m4)價有機基, Q2表示2價有機基, Y2表示碳陽離子、銨陽離子、鱗陽離子、銕陽離子 324119 24 201247733 或錤陽離子, Μ2 表示 F.、Cl -、Br、Γ、0ΙΓ、B(RbV、RbS(V、RbC00_、 CIO-、Cl〇2一、CUV、Cl〇4' SCN_、CN_、N〇3_、S〇42' HS〇4-、 P〇43-、ΗΡ0Λ、H2P〇4_、BFr或 PFr, Z2表示金屬陽離子,或者表示可具有取代基之銨陽 離子, n2表示0以上的整數,(In the formula (1), R1 represents a group represented by the formula (2) or the formula (3), R2 represents a group represented by the above formula (4), m2 represents an integer of 1 to 3; and when a plurality of R2 are present, For the same or different formula, the hydrogen atom in formula (1) may be substituted by a substituent other than R1 and R2) -R3- { (Q1) πχ-Υ1 (M1) al (z1) bl} m3 (2) In (2), R3 represents a single bond or a (l+m3) valent organic group which may have a substituent, 324119 23 201247733 Q1 represents a divalent organic group, and Y1 represents -C(V, -S〇3_, -S(V, - P〇32- or -B (Ra V, M1 represents a metal cation, or an ammonium cation which may have a substituent, Ζ1 represents Γ, cr, Br-, Γ, 0 ”, B (RaV, RaS (V, RaC00_, Cur, cuv, cuv, cior, scr, cr, n〇3-, s〇42_, Hsor, Ρ0Λ, ΗΡ0Λ, H2P〇4_, BFr or PFr, nl represents an integer of 0 or more, • al represents an integer of 1 or more, Bl represents an integer of 0 or more; however, al and bl are selected such that the charge of the group represented by the formula (2) becomes 0; 1^ represents an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or may be Aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms having a substituent, Ra An alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and ^ m3 represents an integer of 1 or more; however, when R 3 is a single bond, m 3 represents Q1. When Y1, Μ1, Z1, nl, al, and bl have multiple numbers, they may be the same or different. -R4- { (Q2) n2-Y2 (M2) a2 (Z2) b2} a4 (3) In (3), R4 represents a single bond, or a (l+m4) valent organic group which may have a substituent, Q2 represents a divalent organic group, and Y2 represents a carbocation, an ammonium cation, a scale cation, a phosphonium cation 324119 24 201247733 or 錤Cation, Μ2 means F., Cl -, Br, Γ, 0ΙΓ, B (RbV, RbS (V, RbC00_, CIO-, Cl〇2, CUV, Cl〇4' SCN_, CN_, N〇3_, S〇) 42' HS〇4-, P〇43-, ΗΡ0Λ, H2P〇4_, BFr or PFr, Z2 represents a metal cation, or an ammonium cation which may have a substituent, and n2 represents an integer of 0 or more, a2表示1以上的整數,b2表示0以上的整數;惟, a2及b2係以使式(3)所示之基的電荷成為0之方式選 擇; Rb表示可具有取代基之碳原子數1至.30的烷基或 可具有取代基之碳原子數6至50的芳基, m4表示1以上的整數;惟,R4為單鍵時,m4表示 1 ; Q2、Y2、Μ2、Z2、n2、a2、b2各別有複數個時,可 為相同或相異)。 10. —種具有式(18B’)所示結構單元之高分子化合物;A2 represents an integer of 1 or more, and b2 represents an integer of 0 or more; however, a2 and b2 are selected such that the charge of the group represented by the formula (3) becomes 0; and Rb represents the number of carbon atoms which may have a substituent of 1 to An alkyl group of .30 or an aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and m4 represents an integer of 1 or more; however, when R4 is a single bond, m4 represents 1; Q2, Y2, Μ2, Z2, n2 When a2 and b2 have multiple numbers, they may be the same or different. 10. A polymer compound having a structural unit represented by the formula (18B'); (1犯,) (式(18B’)中, R11’’表示式(19)或式(20)所示之基; 324119 25 201247733 R12表示式(4)所示之基, ml4表示1至3的整數, R12有複數個時,可為相同或相異; 式(18B’)中的氳原子可經R11’’、R12以外的取代基 取代) —R13—{(Q\4-Y4}m15 (19) (式(19)中,(1 sin,) (In the formula (18B'), R11'' represents a group represented by the formula (19) or the formula (20); 324119 25 201247733 R12 represents a group represented by the formula (4), and ml4 represents 1 to 3 An integer, when R12 has a plurality of, may be the same or different; a halogen atom in the formula (18B') may be substituted by a substituent other than R11'' and R12) - R13 - {(Q\4-Y4}m15 (19) (in equation (19), R13表示單鍵或可具有取代基之(l+ml5)價有機基, Q4表示2價有機基, Y4 表示-C〇2R&quot;、-S〇3Rx、-SOzIT、-Ρ〇3(ΙΓ)2 或 -Β(ίΤ )2, η4表示0以上的整數, V表示氫原子、可具有取代基之碳原子數1至30 的烷基或可具有取代基之碳原子數6至50的芳基, ml5表示1以上的整數;惟,R13為單鍵時,ml5表 示1 ; Q4、Y4、n4、Rx各別有複數個時,可為相同或相異) —R14—{(Q5)n5-Y5}m16 (20) (式(20)中, R14表示單鍵或可具有取代基之(l+ml6)價有機基, Q5表示2價有機基, Y5表示鹵化烷基、鹵原子、-N(R5)2、-P(R5)2、或 -SR5, n5表示0以上的整數, 324119 26 201247733 R5表示氫原子、可具有取代基之碳原 的烷基或可具有取代基之碳原子數6至5〇的芳其30 ml6表示1以上的整數;惟,Ru 、方基’ 示1 ; . 马早鍵時,nil6表 異) (式⑷中 RR13 represents a single bond or a (l+ml5) valent organic group which may have a substituent, Q4 represents a divalent organic group, and Y4 represents -C〇2R&quot;, -S〇3Rx, -SOzIT, -Ρ〇3(ΙΓ)2 Or -Β(ίΤ)2, η4 represents an integer of 0 or more, and V represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. Ml5 represents an integer of 1 or more; however, when R13 is a single bond, ml5 represents 1; when Q4, Y4, n4, and Rx have a plurality of plural, they may be the same or different)—R14—{(Q5)n5-Y5 }m16 (20) (In the formula (20), R14 represents a single bond or a (l+ml6) valent organic group which may have a substituent, Q5 represents a divalent organic group, and Y5 represents a halogenated alkyl group, a halogen atom, -N ( R5)2, -P(R5)2, or -SR5, n5 represents an integer of 0 or more, 324119 26 201247733 R5 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group of a carbon atom which may have a substituent, or a carbon atom which may have a substituent of 6 30 ml of aryl to 5 表示 represents an integer of 1 or more; however, Ru, the square base shows 1; when the horse is early, the nil6 is different) (R in formula (4) 表示單鍵或可具有取代基之(1+m5)價有 Q表示2價有機基, Y3表示氰基或式(5)至(13)中任一式所示之旯 n3表示〇以上的整數, m5表示1以上的整數;惟’ R5為單鍵時,奶表厂、 1, Q3、Y3及Π3各別有複數個時,可為相同或相 -〇 —(R,O) a3-R,, (5) 、 ·&quot;-〇 wa3⑹ -S- (R’ S) a4-R,, (7)(1+m5) represents a single bond or may have a substituent, and Q represents a divalent organic group, Y3 represents a cyano group, or 旯n3 represented by any one of the formulas (5) to (13) represents an integer above 〇, M5 represents an integer of 1 or more; but when 'R5 is a single bond, when the milk meter factory, 1, Q3, Y3, and Π3 have a plurality of different numbers, they may be the same or phase-〇-(R, O) a3-R, , (5) , ·&quot;-〇wa3(6) -S- (R' S) a4-R,, (7) —C (=0) — (R,-C (=〇) ) a4_R,, -C (=S) - (R,一C (=S) ) “-R,, -N{(R’)a4R’’}2 (10) -C (=0) O- (R, -C (=〇) O) “-R, -C (=0) O- (R,〇) “_R,, (1 2) -NHC (=0) - (R,NHC (=0) ) e4~R (式(5)至(13)中, R’表示可具有取代基之2價烴基, 324119 27 (13) 201247733 R’ ’表示氫原子、可具有取代基之1價烴基、羧基、 磺酸基、羥基、黢基、-NRe2、氰基或-C( = 0)NRe2, R’ ’’表示可具有取代基之3價烴基, a3表示1以上的整數,a4表示0以上的整數, Re表示可具有取代基之碳原子數1至30的烷基或 可具有取代基之碳原子數6至50的芳基, R’、R’’及R’’’各別有複數個時,可為相同或相 異)。 ® 11. 一種式(21)所示之有機化合物; R15—C (=0) — (R,-C (=〇) ) a4_R,, -C (=S) - (R, a C (=S) ) "-R,, -N{(R')a4R ''}2 (10) -C (=0) O- (R, -C (=〇) O) "-R, -C (=0) O- (R,〇) "_R,, (1 2 -NHC (=0) - (R, NHC (=0) ) e4~R (in the formulae (5) to (13), R' represents a divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, 324119 27 (13) 201247733 R ' ' represents a hydrogen atom, a monovalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a hydroxyl group, a fluorenyl group, a -NRe 2 group, a cyano group or a -C(=0)NRe2, and R' '' indicates that it may have a substituent. a trivalent hydrocarbon group, a3 represents an integer of 1 or more, a4 represents an integer of 0 or more, and Re represents an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. When R', R'' and R''' are plural, they may be the same or different.) 1. An organic compound of the formula (21); R15 (式(21)中, R15表示式(15)或式(16)所示之基,或者式(22)或 式(23)所示之基, R16表示式(4)所示之基, ml8表示0至3的整數, X3及X4分別獨立地表示與縮合聚合相關之基; R16有複數個時,可為相同或相異; 式(21)中的氫原子可經R15、R16以外的取代基取代) —R8—{(Q1)n1-Y1(M1)a1(Z1)b1}m8 I (15) {(Q3)n3-Y3}m9 324119 28 201247733 (式(15)中, R8表示可具有取代基之(l+m8+m9)價有機基, Q1表示2價有機基, Q3表示2價有機基, Y1 表示-OV、-S〇3_、-S(V、-P〇32-或-B(Ra V, Y3表示氰基或式(5)至(13)中任一式所示之基, Μ1表示金屬陽離子,或者表示可具有取代基之銨陽 離子, Ζ1 表示 Γ、cr、Br、Γ、OH—、B(Ra V、RaS(V、RaC00_、 CUT、CUV、C1(V、Cior、SCN_、CN_、N〇3—、S〇42-、HSOr、 P〇43_、ΗΡ0Λ、H2P〇4-、BFr或 PFr, nl表示0以上的整數, n3表示0以上的整數, al表示1以上的整數,bl表示0以上的整數;惟, al及bl係以使式(2)所示之基的電荷成為0之方式選 擇; Ra表示可具有取代基之碳原子數1至30的烷基或 可具有取代基之碳原子數6至50的芳基, Ra表示可具有取代基之碳原子數1至30的烷基或 可具有取代基之碳原子數6至50的芳基, m8及ιη9分別獨立地表示1以上的整數, Q1、Q3、Υ1、Υ3、Μ1、Ζ1、nl、n3、al 及 bl 各別有 複數個時,可為相同或相異) -〇- (R’ O) a3 —R’, (5) 324119 29 (6) 201247733(In the formula (21), R15 represents a group represented by the formula (15) or the formula (16), or a group represented by the formula (22) or the formula (23), and R16 represents a group represented by the formula (4), ml8 An integer representing 0 to 3, X3 and X4 each independently represent a group related to condensation polymerization; when there are a plurality of R16, they may be the same or different; the hydrogen atom in the formula (21) may be substituted by R15 or R16. Substituted) —R8—{(Q1)n1-Y1(M1)a1(Z1)b1}m8 I (15) {(Q3)n3-Y3}m9 324119 28 201247733 (in equation (15), R8 means The (l+m8+m9) valence organic group of the substituent, Q1 represents a divalent organic group, Q3 represents a divalent organic group, and Y1 represents -OV, -S〇3_, -S(V, -P〇32- or - B (Ra V, Y3 represents a cyano group or a group represented by any one of the formulae (5) to (13), Μ1 represents a metal cation, or represents an ammonium cation which may have a substituent, and Ζ1 represents Γ, cr, Br, Γ , OH—, B (Ra V, RaS (V, RaC00_, CUT, CUV, C1 (V, Cior, SCN_, CN_, N〇3—, S〇42-, HSOr, P〇43_, ΗΡ0Λ, H2P〇4 -, BFr or PFr, nl represents an integer of 0 or more, n3 represents an integer of 0 or more, and al represents 1 or more. An integer, bl represents an integer of 0 or more; however, al and bl are selected such that the charge of the group represented by the formula (2) becomes 0; Ra represents an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or An aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, Ra represents an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, m8 and ιη9 Each of the integers of 1 or more is independently indicated, and Q1, Q3, Υ1, Υ3, Μ1, Ζ1, nl, n3, al, and bl may be the same or different when they have a plurality of plurals. -〇- (R' O) A3 —R', (5) 324119 29 (6) 201247733 -S- (R, S) a4-R,,⑺ -C (=〇) - (r,—c (==〇&quot; -C (=S) - (R,-c (=s” a -N ( (R,)“R,,} 2 (1〇)“ -c ( = 〇) 〇- (R, —c (=〇) 〇) -c ( = 〇) 〇- (R,〇) “ 一R,, -NHC (=〇) - (r» NHC (=0)(式(5)至(13)中, -R -R-S- (R, S) a4-R,,(7) -C (=〇) - (r,-c (==〇&quot; -C (=S) - (R,-c (=s" a - N ( (R,)"R,,} 2 (1〇)" -c ( = 〇) 〇- (R, —c (=〇) 〇) -c ( = 〇) 〇- (R,〇) “ An R,, -NHC (=〇) - (r» NHC (=0) (in equations (5) to (13), -R -R a4-RJ (12) )a 4 Ra4-RJ (12) )a 4 R 13) R’表示可具有取代基之2價烴基, ’表示氫原子、可具有取代基之上價煙基 、 磺酸基、羥基、疏基、-NR%、氰基或_c(==〇)卯、,土、 R’’’表示可具有取代基之3價烴基, a3表示1以上的整數,a4表示〇以上的整數, 表示可具有取代基之碳原子數1至3〇的燒基或 可具有取代基之碳原子數6至50的芳基, 3 R’、R’ ’及R’ ’ ’各別有複數個時,可為相同或相 —f一{(Q2)n2-Y2(M2)a2(z2)b2}m10 ^ I, , (16) {(Q3)n3-Y3)m11 (式(16)中, R表示可具有取代基之(l+ml〇+mll)價有機基, Q3、Y3及n3表示與前述同義, Q2表示2價有機基, Y2表示破陽離子、銨陽離子、鱗陽離子、疏陽離子 或鎭陽離子, 324119 30 201247733 Μ2 表示 F、Cr、Br-、r、0H、B(RbV、RbS03-、RbC0(r、 CUT、C1(V、CKV、Cior、SCN_、CN_、N(V、S〇42-、HS〇4-、 P〇43—、HP〇42_、H2P〇4—、BFr或 PF6—, Z2表示金屬陽離子,或者表示可具有取代基之銨陽 離子, n2表示0以上的整數, a2表示1以上的整數,b2表示0以上的整數;惟, a 2及b 2係以使式(3)所不之基的電何成為0之方式選 擇; Rb表示可具有取代基之碳原子數1至30的烷基或 可具有取代基之碳原子數6至50的芳基, ml0及mil分別獨立地表示1以上的整數; Q2、Q3、Y2、Y3、Μ2、Z2、n2、n3、a2 及 b2 各別有 複數個時,可為相同或相異) —R16—{(Q4)n4-Y4}ml9 {22) {(Q3)n3-Y3W〇 (式(22)中, R16’表示可具有取代基之(l+ml9+m20)價有機基, Q3、Y3及n3表示與前述同義, Q4表示2價有機基, Y4 表示-C〇2Rx、-S〇3Rz、-S〇2Rx、-Ρ〇3(ίΤ)2 或 -B(RX)2, n4表示0以上的整數, Rz表示氫原子、可具有取代基之碳原子數1至30 324119 31 201247733 的烷基或可具有取代基之碳原子數6至50的芳基, ml9及m20分別獨立地表示1以上的整數, Q3、Q4、Y3、Y4、n3、n4各別有複數個時,可為栢 同或相異) —f—{(Q5)-Y5“ (23) {(Q3)n3-Y3}m22 (式(23)中, R17表示可具有取代基之(l+m21+m22)價有機基, Q3、Y3及n3表示與前述同義, Q5表示2價有機基, Y5表示鹵化烷基、鹵原子、-Wh、-P(R5)2、或 -SR5, η5表示0以上的整數, R5表示氫原子、可具有取代基之碳原子數1至30 的烷基或可具有取代基之碳原子數6至50的芳基, m21及m22分別獨立地表示1以上的整數, Q3、Q5、Y3、Y5、n3、n5各別有複數個時,可為相 同或相異) -R5- { (Q3) n3-Y3} m5 (4) (式⑷中, R5表示單鍵或可具有取代基之(l+m5)價有機基, Q3、Y3及n3表示與前述同義, m5表示1以上的整數;惟,R5為單鍵時,m5表示 324119 32 201247733 Q3、Y3及n3各別有複數個時,可為相同或相異)。 12. —種含有式(14)所示結構單元之高分子化合物的製造 方法,包含使式(21A)所示之有機化合物聚合,而得到 含有式(14)所示結構單元之高分子化合物;13) R' represents a divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, ' represents a hydrogen atom, may have a substituent on a valence group, a sulfonic acid group, a hydroxyl group, a sulfhydryl group, -NR%, a cyano group or a _c (== 〇), 土, 土, R''' denotes a trivalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, a3 represents an integer of 1 or more, and a4 represents an integer of 〇 or more, and represents a group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms which may have a substituent. a group or an aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and 3 R', R' ' and R' ' ' may have the same or a phase -f a {(Q2)n2- Y2(M2)a2(z2)b2}m10 ^ I, , (16) {(Q3)n3-Y3)m11 (In the formula (16), R represents a (l+ml〇+mll) valence which may have a substituent The organic group, Q3, Y3 and n3 are synonymous with the above, Q2 represents a divalent organic group, Y2 represents a cationic cation, an ammonium cation, a scaly cation, a cation or a phosphonium cation, 324119 30 201247733 Μ2 represents F, Cr, Br-, r , 0H, B (RbV, RbS03-, RbC0 (r, CUT, C1 (V, CKV, Cior, SCN_, CN_, N (V, S〇42-, HS〇4-, P〇43-, HP〇42_) , H2P〇4—, BFr or PF6—, Z2 represents a metal cation, or An ammonium cation which may have a substituent, n2 represents an integer of 0 or more, a2 represents an integer of 1 or more, and b2 represents an integer of 0 or more; however, a 2 and b 2 are an electric group which is not based on the formula (3) How to select 0; Rb represents an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and ml0 and mil each independently represent an integer of 1 or more ; Q2, Q3, Y2, Y3, Μ2, Z2, n2, n3, a2, and b2 may each be the same or different when there are multiples. —R16—{(Q4)n4-Y4}ml9 {22) { (Q3)n3-Y3W〇 (In the formula (22), R16' represents a (l+ml9+m20) valent organic group which may have a substituent, Q3, Y3 and n3 represent the same as defined above, and Q4 represents a divalent organic group, Y4 represents -C〇2Rx, -S〇3Rz, -S〇2Rx, -Ρ〇3(ίΤ)2 or -B(RX)2, n4 represents an integer of 0 or more, and Rz represents a hydrogen atom and may have a substituent. An alkyl group having 1 to 30 324119 31 201247733 or an aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and ml9 and m20 each independently represent an integer of 1 or more, and Q3, Q4, Y3, Y4, n3, N4 each has When plural, it may be cypress or different)—f—{(Q5)-Y5“ (23) {(Q3)n3-Y3}m22 (in the formula (23), R17 represents a substituent (l) +m21+m22) valence organic group, Q3, Y3 and n3 are synonymous with the above, Q5 represents a divalent organic group, and Y5 represents a halogenated alkyl group, a halogen atom, -Wh, -P(R5)2, or -SR5, η5 An integer of 0 or more, and R5 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and m21 and m22 each independently represent 1 or more. The integer, Q3, Q5, Y3, Y5, n3, and n5 may be the same or different when there are multiples. -R5- { (Q3) n3-Y3} m5 (4) (in equation (4), R5 represents a single bond or a (l+m5) valent organic group which may have a substituent, Q3, Y3 and n3 represent the same as defined above, and m5 represents an integer of 1 or more; however, when R5 is a single bond, m5 represents 324119 32 201247733 Q3, Y3 And when n3 has a plurality of different numbers, they may be the same or different). A method for producing a polymer compound containing a structural unit represented by the formula (14), which comprises polymerizing an organic compound represented by the formula (21A) to obtain a polymer compound containing a structural unit represented by the formula (14); (式(21A)中, R15’表示式(15)或式(16)所示之基; R16表示式(4)所示之基, ml8表示0至3的整數, X3及X4分別獨立地表示與縮合聚合相關之基; R16有複數個時,可為相同或相異; |· 式(21A)中的氫原子可經R15’、R16以外的取代基取 代) —R8—{(Q1)n1-V1(M1)a1(Z1)51}m8 I (15) {(Q3)n3-Y3}m9 (式(15)中, R8表示可具有取代基之(l+m8+m9)價有機基, Q1表示2價有機基, Q3表示2價有機基, 324119 33 201247733 Y1 表不_C〇2、-S〇3、-S〇2、-P〇32 或-B(Ra)3, Y3表示氰基或式(5)至(13)中任一式所示之基, M1表示金屬陽離子,或者表示可具有取代基之銨陽 離子,(In the formula (21A), R15' represents a group represented by the formula (15) or the formula (16); R16 represents a group represented by the formula (4), ml8 represents an integer of 0 to 3, and X3 and X4 are each independently represented a group related to condensation polymerization; when there are a plurality of R16, it may be the same or different; |· The hydrogen atom in the formula (21A) may be substituted by a substituent other than R15' and R16) - R8 - {(Q1)n1 -V1(M1)a1(Z1)51}m8 I (15) {(Q3)n3-Y3}m9 (In the formula (15), R8 represents a (l+m8+m9) valence organic group which may have a substituent, Q1 represents a divalent organic group, Q3 represents a divalent organic group, 324119 33 201247733 Y1 represents _C〇2, -S〇3, -S〇2, -P〇32 or -B(Ra)3, and Y3 represents cyanide a group represented by any one of the formulae (5) to (13), M1 represents a metal cation, or an ammonium cation which may have a substituent, Z1 表示 Γ、cr、Br_、Γ、0『、B(RaV、RaS(V、RaC00_、 CIO-、C1(V、C1(V、Cl〇4_、SCN—、CN-、N(V、S〇42-、HS〇4—、 P〇43-、HP〇42—、H2P〇4—、BFr或 PF6-, nl表示0以上的整數, n3表示0以上的整數, al表示1以上的整數,bl表示0以上的整數;惟, al及bl係以使式(2)所示之基的電荷成為0之方式選 擇; Ra表示可具有取代基之碳原子數1至30的烷基或 可具有取代基之碳原子數6至50的芳基,Z1 represents Γ, cr, Br_, Γ, 0 ”, B (RaV, RaS (V, RaC00_, CIO-, C1 (V, C1 (V, Cl〇4_, SCN-, CN-, N (V, S〇) 42-, HS〇4—, P〇43-, HP〇42—, H2P〇4—, BFr or PF6-, nl represents an integer of 0 or more, n3 represents an integer of 0 or more, and al represents an integer of 1 or more, bl An integer of 0 or more; however, al and bl are selected such that the charge of the group represented by the formula (2) becomes 0; Ra represents an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or may have a substitution An aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms, 1^表示可具有取代基之碳原子數1至30的烷基或 可具有取代基之碳原子數6至50的芳基, m8及m9分別獨立地表示1以上的整數, Q1、Q3、Y1、Y3、Μ1、Z1、nl、n3、al 及 bl 各別有 複數個時,可為相同或相異) -〇- (R’ O) a3-R’ ’ (5) ——R&quot;.-〇 wa3⑹ 324119 34 11) 201247733 -S- (R’ S) “ —R,,⑺ (8) (9) _C (=〇) - (R,__c ()) ,, -c (=s) - (R,-c (=s a —^, U;)“R,,}2 (10) -c (一O) 〇- (R,—c (=〇)) &gt; -C (=〇) O- (R* 〇) ;4-r» } a(l^ (13) -NHC (=〇) - (R, NHC (=〇&quot; “_r,, (式(5)至(13)申, R’表示可具有取代基之2價烴基,1^ represents an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and m8 and m9 each independently represent an integer of 1 or more, Q1, Q3, Y1 When Y3, Μ1, Z1, nl, n3, al, and bl have multiple numbers, they may be the same or different. -〇- (R' O) a3-R' ' (5) ——R&quot;.- 〇wa3(6) 324119 34 11) 201247733 -S- (R' S) “ —R,,(7) (8) (9) _C (=〇) - (R,__c ()) ,, -c (=s) - ( R,-c (=sa —^, U;) “R,,}2 (10) -c (一O) 〇- (R, —c (=〇)) &gt; -C (=〇) O- (R* 〇) ;4-r» } a(l^ (13) -NHC (=〇) - (R, NHC (=〇&quot; "_r,, (Formula (5) to (13), R 'is a divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, R’’表示氫原子、可具有取代基之1價烴基、叛基、 續酸基,、歸、疏基、翁2、氰基或_c(,膨2, R’’’表示可具有取代基之3價烴基, a3表示1以上的整數,a4表示〇以上的整數, Γ表示可具有取代基之碳原子數1至30的烷基或 可具有取代基之碳原子數6至5〇的芳基, R、R’’及R’’’各別有複數個時,可為相同或相異) 一{(QVY2(M2)a2(Z2)b2}ml〇 、 I , (16) {(Q3)n3-Y3)m11 (式(16)中, R9表示可具有取代基之(l+ral〇+mll)價有機基’ Q3、Y3及n3表示與前述同義, Q2表示2價有機基, Y2表示碳陽離子、銨陽離子、鱗陽離子、銃陽離子 或錤陽離子, M2 表示 Γ、Cl_、Br_、Γ、〇『、B(Rb)4、RbS〇3、RbC0(T、 CIO-、CKV、Cior、Cl〇4-、scr、cr、、S〇42、HS〇4-、 324119 35 201247733 Ρ〇Λ、HPOf、Η2Ρ0Γ、BFr或 PF6_, Z2表示金屬陽離子,或者表示可具有取代基之銨陽 離子, n2表示0以上的整數, a2表示1以上的整數,b2表示0以上的整數;惟, a 2及b 2係以使式(3)所不之基的電]寺成為0之方式選 擇; Rb表示可具有取代基之碳原子數1至30的烷基或 可具有取代基之碳原子數6至50的芳基, ml0及mil分別獨立地表示1以上的整數; Q2、Q3、Y2、Y3、Μ2、Z2、n2、n3、a2 及 b2 各別有 複數個時,可為相同或相異) -R5- { (Q3) n3-Y3} m5 (4) (式(4)中, R5表示單鍵或可具有取代基之(l+m5)價有機基, Q3、Y3及n3表示與前述同義, m5表示1以上的整數;惟,R5為單鍵時,m5表示 Q3、Y3及n3各別有複數個時,可為相同或相異) R6R'' represents a hydrogen atom, a monovalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, a thiol group, a carboxylic acid group, a ruthenium group, a thiol group, an anthracene 2, a cyano group or a _c (, 2, R''' indicates that it may have a substitution. a trivalent hydrocarbon group, a3 represents an integer of 1 or more, a4 represents an integer of 〇 or more, Γ represents an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or a carbon atom having 6 to 5 Å which may have a substituent When aryl, R, R'' and R''' have a plurality of plural, they may be the same or different) a {(QVY2(M2)a2(Z2)b2}ml〇, I, (16) {( Q3) n3-Y3)m11 (In the formula (16), R9 represents a (l+ral〇+mll) valence organic group which may have a substituent 'Q3, Y3 and n3 are synonymous with the above, and Q2 represents a divalent organic group, Y2 represents a carbocation, an ammonium cation, a scale cation, a phosphonium cation or a phosphonium cation, and M2 represents hydrazine, Cl_, Br_, Γ, 〇, B(Rb)4, RbS〇3, RbC0 (T, CIO-, CKV, Cior , Cl〇4-, scr, cr, S〇42, HS〇4-, 324119 35 201247733 Ρ〇Λ, HPOf, Η2Ρ0Γ, BFr or PF6_, Z2 represents a metal cation, or an ammonium cation which may have a substituent, N2 table An integer of 0 or more, a2 represents an integer of 1 or more, and b2 represents an integer of 0 or more; however, a 2 and b 2 are selected such that the electric temple of the formula (3) is 0; Rb represents An alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and ml0 and mil each independently represent an integer of 1 or more; Q2, Q3, Y2, Y3, Μ2, Z2, n2, n3, a2, and b2 each may have the same or different numbers. -R5- { (Q3) n3-Y3} m5 (4) (In equation (4), R5 indicates a single a bond or a (l+m5)valent organic group which may have a substituent, Q3, Y3 and n3 are synonymous with the above, and m5 represents an integer of 1 or more; however, when R5 is a single bond, m5 represents each of Q3, Y3 and n3. When there are multiple, they can be the same or different) R6 (14) 324119 36 201247733 (式(14)中, R6表示前述式(15)或前述式(16)所示之基, R7表示前述式(4)所示之基, m7表示0至3的整數; R7有複數個時,可為相同或相異; 式(14)中的氳原子可經R6、R7以外的取代基取代)。 13. —種含有式(14)所示結構單元之高分子化合物的製造 方法,其含有: (i’)使式(21B)所示之有機化合物聚合,而得到具 有式(21B’)所示結構單元之高分子化合物;以及 (ii’)使具有式(21B’)所示結構單元之高分子化合 物離子化,而得到含有式(14)所示結構單元之高分子化 合物; r15”(14) 324119 36 201247733 (In the formula (14), R6 represents a group represented by the above formula (15) or the above formula (16), R7 represents a group represented by the above formula (4), and m7 represents an integer of 0 to 3. When R7 has a plurality of plural, it may be the same or different; the halogen atom in the formula (14) may be substituted by a substituent other than R6 or R7). A method for producing a polymer compound containing a structural unit represented by the formula (14), which comprises: (i') polymerizing an organic compound represented by the formula (21B) to obtain a formula (21B') a polymer compound of a structural unit; and (ii') ionizing a polymer compound having a structural unit represented by the formula (21B') to obtain a polymer compound containing a structural unit represented by the formula (14); r15" (R16)m18 (式(21B)中, R15’’表示式(22)或式(23)所示之基; R16表示式(4)所示之基, ml8表示0至3的整數, X3及X4分別獨立地表示與縮合聚合相關之基; R16有複數個時,可為相同或相異; 324119 37 201247733 式(21B)中的氳原子可經R15’ ’、R16以外的取代基取 代) —R16—{(Q4)n4-V4)mi9 {(Q3)n3~Y3}m20 (22)(R16)m18 (In the formula (21B), R15'' represents a group represented by the formula (22) or the formula (23); R16 represents a group represented by the formula (4), and ml8 represents an integer of 0 to 3, X3 and X4 independently represents a group related to condensation polymerization; when there are a plurality of R16, it may be the same or different; 324119 37 201247733 The halogen atom in formula (21B) may be substituted by a substituent other than R15' ', R16) R16—{(Q4)n4-V4)mi9 {(Q3)n3~Y3}m20 (22) (式(22)中, R16’表示可具有取代基之(l+m19+m20)價有機基, Q3表示2價有機基, Q4表示2價有機基, Y3表示氰基或式(5)至(13)中任一式所示之基, Y4 表示-c〇2ir、-S〇3iT、-SO,、-p〇3(R〇2 或 -B(Rz)2’(In the formula (22), R16' represents a (l+m19+m20) valent organic group which may have a substituent, Q3 represents a divalent organic group, Q4 represents a divalent organic group, and Y3 represents a cyano group or a formula (5) to (13) The base of any of the formulas, Y4 represents -c〇2ir, -S〇3iT, -SO,, -p〇3 (R〇2 or -B(Rz)2' ii3表示〇以上的整數, η4表示〇以上的整數, 瓜19及m2〇分別獨立地表示丨以上的整數, Q Q、Y、Y、n3、各別有複數個時, 同或相異) 可為相 一〇- (R,〇) e3~R, (5)Ii3 represents an integer greater than 〇, η4 represents an integer greater than 〇, and melon 19 and m2〇 each independently represent an integer greater than 丨, and when QQ, Y, Y, n3, and plural, respectively, the same or different) Phase one - (R, 〇) e3~R, (5) 一 S—(R, —C (= Ο) 一 c (=s) -N i (R* —C (=〇) —C ( = 〇) (6) s) a4-R,, (7) -(R,-C ( = 〇)) -(R,-C (=S))»4尺’ ’ } 2 (l 〇) 〇- (R,-C ( = 〇) 〇) “ —R,,〇- (R,O) a4-R,, d 2) -NHC (=〇) 一(R, NHC (=〇” “ — a 4 — R 8 4 - R (8) (9) 11) (1 3) 324119 38 201247733 (式(5)至(13)中, R’表示可具有取代基之2價烴基, R’ ’表示氫原子、可具有取代基之1價烴基、緣基、 磺酸基、羥基、酼基、-NRe2、氰基或-C( = 〇)nrc2,An S—(R, —C (= Ο) a c (=s) -N i (R* —C (=〇)—C ( = 〇) (6) s) a4-R,, (7) - (R,-C ( = 〇)) -(R,-C (=S))»4 ft' ' } 2 (l 〇) 〇- (R,-C ( = 〇) 〇) “ —R,, 〇- (R,O) a4-R,, d 2) -NHC (=〇) one (R, NHC (=〇) “ — a 4 — R 8 4 - R (8) (9) 11) (1 3) 324119 38 201247733 (In the formulae (5) to (13), R' represents a divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, and R' ' represents a hydrogen atom, a monovalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, a sulfhydryl group, a sulfonic acid group , hydroxy, thiol, -NRe2, cyano or -C( = 〇)nrc2, R’ ’’表示可具有取代基之3價烴基, a3表示1以上的整數,a4表示0以上的整數, 1^表示可具有取代基之碳原子數1至30的燒基或 可具有取代基之碳原子數6至50的芳基, R’、R’,及R’ ’ ’各別有複數個時,可為相同或相異) —R17—{(Q5)n5-Y5)m21 、 I (23) {(Q3)n3-Y3}m22 (式(23)中, R17表示可具有取代基之(l+m21+m22)價有機基, Q3、Y3及n3表示與前述同義, Q5表示2價有機基, Y5表示鹵化烷基、鹵原子、- W)2、_p(R5)2、或 -SR5 &gt; n5表示0以上的整數, R5表示氫原子、可具有取代基Μ原子數i至3〇 的烷基或可具有取代基之碳原子數6 $ ^ 足50的芳基, m21及m22分別獨立地表示1以上的整數, Q3、Q5、Y3、Y5、n3、n5 I別有後數個時,可為相 同或相異) R 5 _ { (Q3) Π3-Υ3} m 5 (4) 324119 39 201247733 (式(4)中, R5表示單鍵或可具有取代基之(l+m5)價有機基, Q3、Y3及n3表示與前述同義, m5表示1以上的整數;惟,R5為單鍵時,m5表示 1 ; Q3、Y3及n3各別有複數個時,可為相同或相異)R' '' represents a trivalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, a3 represents an integer of 1 or more, a4 represents an integer of 0 or more, and 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or may have a substituent An aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms, R', R', and R' '' may each be the same or different when they have a plurality of plurals - R17 - {(Q5)n5-Y5) m21 , I (23) {(Q3)n3-Y3}m22 (In the formula (23), R17 represents a (l+m21+m22) valent organic group which may have a substituent, Q3, Y3 and n3 represent the same as defined above, and Q5 represents 2 a valence organic group, Y5 represents a halogenated alkyl group, a halogen atom, -W)2, _p(R5)2, or -SR5 &gt; n5 represents an integer of 0 or more, and R5 represents a hydrogen atom, which may have a substituent Μ atomic number i to a 3 fluorene alkyl group or an aryl group having a carbon atom number of 6 $ ^ and a substituent of 50, m21 and m22 each independently represent an integer of 1 or more, and Q3, Q5, Y3, Y5, n3, and n5 I have When several, it may be the same or different) R 5 _ { (Q3) Π3-Υ3} m 5 (4) 324119 39 201247733 (In the formula (4), R5 represents a single bond or may have a substituent (l+ M5) valence organic group, Q3, Y3 and n3 Shown as defined above, m5 represents an integer of 1 or more; but when, R5 is a single bond, m5 represents 1; Q3, and Y3 and n3 have a plurality of individual, it may be the same or different) (Rl6)m18 (式(21B’)中, R15’’表示前述式(22)或前述式(23)所示之基; R16及ml8表示與前述同義; 式(21B’)中的氳原子可經R15’ ’、R16以外的取代基 取代)(Rl6)m18 (in the formula (21B'), R15'' represents a group represented by the above formula (22) or the above formula (23); R16 and ml8 have the same meaning as defined above; the ruthenium atom in the formula (21B') may be Substituted by substituents other than R15' ', R16) (式(14)中, R6表示式(15)或式(16)所示之基, R7表示前述式(4)所示之基, 324119 40 201247733 m7表示0至3的整數; R7有複數個時,可為相同或相異; 式(14)中的氫原子可經R6、R7以外的取代基取代) —R8—{(Q1)nrY1(M1)a1(Z1)b1}m8 I (15) {(Q3)n3-Y3&gt;m9 (式(15)中, R8表示可具有取代基之(l+m8+in9)價有機基, Q3、Y3及n3表示與前述同義,(In the formula (14), R6 represents a group represented by the formula (15) or the formula (16), R7 represents a group represented by the above formula (4), 324119 40 201247733 m7 represents an integer of 0 to 3; and R7 has a plurality of When they are the same or different; the hydrogen atom in the formula (14) may be substituted by a substituent other than R6 or R7) - R8 - {(Q1)nrY1(M1)a1(Z1)b1}m8 I (15) {(Q3)n3-Y3&gt;m9 (In the formula (15), R8 represents a (l+m8+in9) valence organic group which may have a substituent, and Q3, Y3 and n3 represent the same as the foregoing, Q1表示2價有機基, Y1 表示-C〇2_、-S〇3—、-S(V、-P〇32—或-B(Ra V, M1表示金屬陽離子,或者表示可具有取代基之銨陽 離子, Ζ1 表示 Γ、cr、Br-、Γ、OH-、B(RaV、RaS〇r、RaCO(T、 CIO-、Cl〇2-、CUV、CUV、scr、CN_、N〇3_、S〇42-、HS〇4_、 P〇43-、HP〇42_、H2P〇4-、BFr 或 PFr, nl表示0以上的整數, al表示1以上的整數,bl表示0以上的整數;惟, al及bl係以使式(2)所示之基的電荷成為0之方式選 擇; fT表示可具有取代基之碳原子數1至30的烷基或 可具有取代基之碳原子數6至50的芳基, Ra表示可具有取代基之碳原子數1至30的烷基或 可具有取代基之碳原子數6至50的芳基, m8及m9分別獨立地表示1以上的整數, 324119 41 201247733 Q1、Q3、Υ1、Υ3、Μ1、Z1、nl、n3、al 及 bl 各別有 複數個時,可為相同或相異) —R9一{(Q2)n2-Y2(M2)a2(Z2)b2}m10 (邱 {(Q3)n3-Y3}m11 (式(16)中, R9表示可具有取代基之(l+mlO+mll)價有機基, Q3、Y3及n3表示與前述同義, Q2表示2價有機基, Y2表示碳陽離子、銨陽離子、鱗陽離子、锍陽離子 或錤陽離子, M2 表示 Γ、Cr、Br_、Γ、OH—、B(RbV、RbS〇3_、RbCO(T、 CIO-、CUV、C1(V、CUV、SCN.、CN_、N(V、S〇42-、HSOr、 P〇43_、ΗΡ0Λ、Η2Ρ0Γ、BFr 或 PFr, Z2表示金屬陽離子,或者表示可具有取代基之銨陽 離子, n2表示0以上的整數, a2表示1以上的整數,b2表示0以上的整數;惟, a2及b2係以使式(3)所示之基的電荷成為0之方式選 擇; 鲈表示可具有取代基之碳原子數1至30的烷基或 可具有取代基之碳原子數6至50的芳基, mlO及mil分別獨立地表示1以上的整數; Q2、Q3、Υ2、Ύ3、Μ2、Z2、n2、n3、a2 及 b2 各別有 複數個時,可為相同或相異)。 324119 42 201247733 14. 一種具有式(21B’)所示結構單元之高分子化合物; R15,,Q1 represents a divalent organic group, and Y1 represents -C〇2_, -S〇3—, -S(V, -P〇32- or -B (Ra V, M1 represents a metal cation, or represents an ammonium which may have a substituent Cation, Ζ1 means Γ, cr, Br-, Γ, OH-, B (RaV, RaS〇r, RaCO (T, CIO-, Cl〇2-, CUV, CUV, scr, CN_, N〇3_, S〇) 42-, HS〇4_, P〇43-, HP〇42_, H2P〇4-, BFr or PFr, nl represents an integer of 0 or more, al represents an integer of 1 or more, and bl represents an integer of 0 or more; Bl is selected in such a manner that the charge of the group represented by the formula (2) becomes 0; fT represents an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aromatic group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent And Ra represents an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or an aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, and m8 and m9 each independently represent an integer of 1 or more, 324119 41 201247733 Q1 , Q3, Υ1, Υ3, Μ1, Z1, nl, n3, al, and bl may each be the same or different when there are multiples—R9_{(Q2)n2-Y2(M2)a2(Z2)b2 }m10 (Qiu {(Q3)n3-Y3}m11 (in equation (16), R9 means a (1+mlO+mll) valence organic group having a substituent, Q3, Y3 and n3 are synonymous with the above, Q2 represents a divalent organic group, and Y2 represents a carbocation, an ammonium cation, a scale cation, a phosphonium cation or a phosphonium cation, M2 Represents Γ, Cr, Br_, Γ, OH—, B (RbV, RbS〇3_, RbCO (T, CIO-, CUV, C1 (V, CUV, SCN., CN_, N(V, S〇42-, HSOr) , P〇43_, ΗΡ0Λ, Η2Ρ0Γ, BFr or PFr, Z2 represents a metal cation, or an ammonium cation which may have a substituent, n2 represents an integer of 0 or more, a2 represents an integer of 1 or more, and b2 represents an integer of 0 or more; , a2 and b2 are selected such that the charge of the group represented by the formula (3) becomes 0; 鲈 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent or a carbon atom which may have a substituent of 6 to 50 aryl, mlO and mil each independently represent an integer of 1 or more; Q2, Q3, Υ2, Ύ3, Μ2, Z2, n2, n3, a2, and b2 each may have the same or different 324119 42 201247733 14. A polymer compound having the structural unit represented by formula (21B'); R15, (21B) (式(21B’)中,(21B) (in the formula (21B'), R15’’表示式(22)或式(23)所示之基; R16表示式(4)所示之基, ml8表示0至3的整數, R16有複數個時,可為相同或相異; 式(21B’)中的氫原子可經R15’ ’、R16以外的取代基 取代) —R16~{(Q4)n4-Y4}mi9 (22) {(Q3)n3'Y3}m20 (式(22)中, R16’表示可具有取代基之(l+ml9+m20)價有機基, Q3表示2價有機基, Q4表示2價有機基, Y3表示氰基或式(5)至(13)中任一式所示之基, Y4 表示-C02IT、-S〇3Rx、-SCMT、-Ρ〇3(ί^)2 或 -B(r )2 ’ n3表示0以上的整數, 324119 43 201247733 n4表示〇以上的整數, ml 9及m20分別獨立地表示1以上的整數, Q3、Q4、Y3、Y4、n3、n4各別有複數個時,可為相 同或相異) -Ο —(R,Ο) a3-R,, (5) ,&quot;-0 (6) Ua3R15'' represents a group represented by the formula (22) or the formula (23); R16 represents a group represented by the formula (4), and ml8 represents an integer of 0 to 3, and when a plurality of R16 are plural, they may be the same or different; The hydrogen atom in the formula (21B') may be substituted by a substituent other than R15'' and R16) - R16~{(Q4)n4-Y4}mi9 (22) {(Q3)n3'Y3}m20 (Formula (22) In the formula, R16' represents a (l+ml9+m20) valent organic group which may have a substituent, Q3 represents a divalent organic group, Q4 represents a divalent organic group, Y3 represents a cyano group or in the formulae (5) to (13) The base shown by any formula, Y4 represents -C02IT, -S〇3Rx, -SCMT, -Ρ〇3(ί^)2 or -B(r)2 'n3 represents an integer greater than 0, 324119 43 201247733 n4 denotes 〇 The above integers, ml 9 and m20 each independently represent an integer of 1 or more, and when there are plural numbers of Q3, Q4, Y3, Y4, n3, and n4, they may be the same or different) - Ο - (R, Ο) a3-R,, (5) ,&quot;-0 (6) Ua3 -S —(R,S) “-R,, (7) -C (=0) - (R,-c (=〇) ) “-R,, -C (=S) - (R,—c (=S) ) “-R,, -N { (R,),4R,,} 2 (1 0) —C ( = 0) O— (R,—c ( = 〇) 〇) a _R, _C (=0) O- (R,〇) “-R,,* ( χ 2) -NHC ( = 0) - (r- nhc (=〇) ) a4__j (式(5)至(13)中, (8)(9) &gt; (13) R’表示可具有取代基之2價烴基,-S —(R,S) “-R,, (7) -C (=0) - (R,-c (=〇) ) “-R,, -C (=S) - (R, —c (=S) ) "-R,, -N { (R,),4R,,} 2 (1 0) —C ( = 0) O— (R, —c ( = 〇) 〇) a _R, _C (=0) O- (R, 〇) "-R,,* ( χ 2) -NHC ( = 0) - (r- nhc (=〇) ) a4__j (in equations (5) to (13), ( 8) (9) &gt; (13) R' represents a divalent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, R’ ’表示氫原子、可具有取代基之t價烴基、縣、 磺酸基、羥基、巯基、-NA、氰基或吒( = 〇)nrC2, R’ ’ ’表示可具有取代基之3價烴基, a3表不1以上的整數,a4表示〇以上 η Rc表科具有广代基之碳原子數丨至⑽的規基或 可具有取代基之碳原子數6至50的芳基, y、R’ ’及R’ ’ ’各別有複數個時,可為相 —R17—{(Q5)n5.Y5}m21 』及相異) I (23) {(Q3)n3-Y3)m22 (式(23)中, 324119 44 201247733 R17表示可具有取代基之(Hm2Hm22)價有機基, Q3、Y3及n3表示與前述同義, Q5表示2價有機基, Y5表示鹵化烧基、鹵原子、-N(R5)2、-P(R5)2、或 -SR5, n5表示0以上的整數, R5表示氩原子、可具有取代基之碳原子數1至30 的烷基或可具有取代基之碳原子數6至50的芳基, m21及m22分別獨立地表示1以上的整數, q3、Q5、γ3、γ5、n3、n5各別有複數個時,可為相 同或相異) -R5- { (Q3) n3-Y3} m5 (4) (式(4)中, R5表示單鍵或可具有取代基之(l+m5)價有機基, Q3、Y3及n3表示與前述同義, m5表示1以上的整數;惟,R5為單鍵時,m5表示 1 ; Q3、Y3及n3各別有複數個時,可為相同或相異)。 324119 45 201247733 四、指定代表圖: (一) 本案指定代表圖為:本案無圖式。 (二) 本代表圖之元件符號簡單說明:無。R' ' represents a hydrogen atom, a t-valent hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent, a county, a sulfonic acid group, a hydroxyl group, a fluorenyl group, a -NA group, a cyano group or a fluorene (= 〇) nrC2, and R' ' ' represents a group which may have a substituent a valence hydrocarbon group, a3 represents an integer of 1 or more, and a4 represents an aryl group having a carbon atom number of 广 to (10) of a broad base group or an aryl group having 6 to 50 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, y When R' ' and R' ' ' have multiple numbers, they can be phase - R17 - {(Q5)n5.Y5}m21" and different) I (23) {(Q3)n3-Y3)m22 ( In the formula (23), 324119 44 201247733 R17 represents a (Hm2Hm22) valent organic group which may have a substituent, Q3, Y3 and n3 represent the same as defined above, Q5 represents a divalent organic group, and Y5 represents a halogenated alkyl group, a halogen atom, - N(R5)2, -P(R5)2, or -SR5, n5 represents an integer of 0 or more, and R5 represents an argon atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or a carbon which may have a substituent An aryl group having 6 to 50 atoms, m21 and m22 each independently represent an integer of 1 or more, and when q3, Q5, γ3, γ5, n3, and n5 have a plurality of plural, they may be the same or different) -R5- { (Q3) n3-Y3} m5 (4) (In the formula (4), R5 represents a single bond or a (l+m5) valent organic group which may have a substituent, Q3, Y3 and n3 represent the same meaning as the above, and m5 represents an integer of 1 or more. However, when R5 is a single bond, m5 represents 1; when there are multiples of Q3, Y3, and n3, they may be the same or different). 324119 45 201247733 IV. Designated representative map: (1) The representative representative of the case is: The case has no schema. (2) A brief description of the symbol of the representative figure: None. 五、本案若有化學式時,請揭示最能顯示發明特徵的化學式:5. If there is a chemical formula in this case, please disclose the chemical formula that best shows the characteristics of the invention: 324119 5324119 5
TW101110520A 2011-03-28 2012-03-27 Electronic device and polymer compound TW201247733A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2011070644 2011-03-28

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201247733A true TW201247733A (en) 2012-12-01

Family

ID=46931174

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW101110520A TW201247733A (en) 2011-03-28 2012-03-27 Electronic device and polymer compound

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2012216822A (en)
TW (1) TW201247733A (en)
WO (1) WO2012133462A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108285408A (en) * 2018-01-12 2018-07-17 华南协同创新研究院 A kind of alkoxy fluorene derivative and its ethers preparation, face heterojunction device and application

Families Citing this family (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105594303B (en) * 2013-10-01 2018-05-01 住友化学株式会社 Light-emitting component
WO2015159932A1 (en) * 2014-04-18 2015-10-22 住友化学株式会社 Light emitting element and polymer compound used in same
CN108292709B (en) 2015-12-07 2020-10-30 住友化学株式会社 Light emitting element
KR20220000988A (en) 2016-01-29 2022-01-04 스미또모 가가꾸 가부시키가이샤 Composition, phosphorescent compound, and light-emitting element
GB2547462A (en) * 2016-02-19 2017-08-23 Cambridge Display Tech Ltd Method
JP6836908B2 (en) 2017-01-10 2021-03-03 住友化学株式会社 Manufacturing method of organic device
WO2018139442A1 (en) 2017-01-27 2018-08-02 住友化学株式会社 Composition, film using said composition, and method for producing light emitting element
US10811610B2 (en) 2017-01-27 2020-10-20 Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited Composition and light emitting device obtained by using the composition
KR20190141210A (en) 2017-04-27 2019-12-23 스미또모 가가꾸 가부시키가이샤 Light emitting element
EP3703145A4 (en) 2017-10-27 2021-08-18 Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited Light-emitting element
US20200266378A1 (en) 2017-10-27 2020-08-20 Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited Light-emitting element
WO2021084598A1 (en) * 2019-10-29 2021-05-06 シャープ株式会社 Light emitting element
JP7216754B2 (en) 2020-03-31 2023-02-01 住友化学株式会社 COMPOSITION AND LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE CONTAINING THE SAME

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8951646B2 (en) * 2008-03-07 2015-02-10 Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited Layered structure comprising a layer containing a conjugated polymer compound

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108285408A (en) * 2018-01-12 2018-07-17 华南协同创新研究院 A kind of alkoxy fluorene derivative and its ethers preparation, face heterojunction device and application

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2012133462A1 (en) 2012-10-04
JP2012216822A (en) 2012-11-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TW201247733A (en) Electronic device and polymer compound
TWI545143B (en) Electronic device and polymer compound
TWI491704B (en) Laminated structure, polymer, electroluminescent element, and photoelectric conversion element
TWI496689B (en) Laminatyed construction
TW201307424A (en) Electronic device and polymer compound
TWI542059B (en) Method for making an organic luminescent device
TW201008975A (en) Copolymer and high polymer light-emitting device using the same
TW201245267A (en) Electronic device and polymer compound
TW201220575A (en) Method for making an oreanic EL element
TW201012806A (en) Compound having 1,3-diene structure and process for production thereof
TW201301597A (en) Organic electro luminescence element and manufacturing method thereof
TW200813111A (en) Polymer compound and polymer illuminating element
TWI479007B (en) Luminescent material, ink composition, film, luminescent element and the manufacturing method thereof
CN104380494A (en) Organic electroluminescent element, organic electroluminescent lighting device, and organic electroluminescent display device
TW201232871A (en) Method of making organic electroluminescence element
TW201228842A (en) Organic electro luminescence (EL) device and manufacturing method thereof
TW201238993A (en) Composition
TW201116553A (en) Polymeric light emitting element
TW201241035A (en) Polymer compound containing carbon cluster structure and organic device using same
TW201009047A (en) Laminated structure, process for production of the same and electronic device comprising the same
TW200906891A (en) Anthracene polymer compound and lifght-emitting element using the same
TW201215226A (en) Organic EL element
WO2007074920A1 (en) Block copolymer
TWI568055B (en) Method for manufacturing organic electroluminescence element
TW201302838A (en) Organic EL element